Rhodora

RHodova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP paises} ee

VOLUME 16

1914

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1,
1052 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 16. January, 1914. No. 181.

DRIFTING ALGAE.
Frank S. COLLINS.

THE conditions for collecting marine algae differ much from those
for other plants. Practically all marine algae are under water part
of the time, and more than half the number of species grow below low
water mark; some of course can be distinguished when passing over
them in a boat, but many of the most interesting species grow at a
depth below the range of vision. The only way to get at these in their
homes is by dredging, a slow, uncertain process. As Farlow ! says of
the dredge, “ One sometimes secures by its means rare species, but as a
rule, a day of dredging is a day wasted." "The only way in which good
results can be secured, is by a thoroughly equipped expedition, working
from a steamer and going carefully over the selected area systemati-
cally. That such work may produce good results is shown by the
recent Vol. XXXI of the Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries, contain-
ing the Survey of the Wood's Hole region. But as to the prospect of
getting a fairly complete representation of the flora of a region in this
way, the land botanist can judge if he imagines himself getting the
flora of a meadow by going over it in an peronmerte in a dark night,
with a long-handled rake.

Ever since the beginning of the study of algae, our knowledge of the
sublitoral ? flora has been obtained from the “rejectamenta,” plants
washed ashore; often immense quantities of algae, in great variety,

1 Farlow, The marine algae of New England, p. 22, 1881.

2 Sublitoral is here used in the sense of below the litoral, the litoral region including
the range between tide marks; in zoological terminology it has sometimes been used
as meaning partly or nearly litoral, the prefix being used in the same sense as in sub-
tropical; I use it here in the same sense as in subterranean.

EAD
2 Rhodora [JANUARY

are thrown ashore on beaches after storms. That this is the normal
source for material is recognized in all the text books. “Collecting
on sandy or gravelly beaches is very simple. One finds there only the
Florideae and larger brown sea-weeds that are washed ashore after a
storm." ! “First, from the mass of material which the sea throws up
upon the beaches and leaves behind it when the tide goes out.... By
careful search among this material you will find all the deep water
forms." ? “A storm is often more productive than a dredging expedi-
tion." 3 “At the time of maturity, the algae of the deeper waters are
more or less readily torn away from their attachments, rise to the sur-
face or near it, and are drifted ashore. Consequently it is well to
examine the masses of driftweed driven ashore, especially after storms,
in search of these inhabitants of the deeper waters." * As might be
inferred from the quotations given above, authors of manuals and
floras have included algae picked up with those found actually at-
tached; indeed, not to have done so would have left out a considerable
part of the species, among them some of the most interesting. Occa-
sionally attention has been called to some plant, from its recorded dis-
tribution unlikely to occur in the region where it came ashore, and it
has been noted only as a waif, but as a rule, the question of origin has
not been raised. Recently more consideration has been given to
possible long distance transportation; Sauvageau, preliminary to giv-
ing a list of the algae of the Bay of Biscay,* says “ Le temps a toujours
été trés calme durant mon séjour en Espagne, et les algues déposées
sur le rivage n'étaient pas apportées de loin, comme cela arrive souvent
aprés une tempéte."

Reinke 5 enumerates three species which he considers as transported
from their homes to the western Baltic, and not native there. Ros-
envinge 7 gives a list of 48 species coming ashore on the west coast
of Jutland, with indications as to their probable origin. Schiller’s

1 Farlow, l. c., p. 21.

! Hervey, Sea Mosses, p. 14, 1881.

3 Murray, An introduction to the study of seaweeds, p. 27, 1895.

4 Setchell, Directions for collecting and preserving marine algae. Erythea, Vol.
VII, p. 24, 1899.

5 Sauvageau, Note preliminaire sur les algues marines du golfe de Gascogne. Jour-
nal de Botanique, Vol. XI, p. 3 (of reprint), 1897.

* Reinke, Ueber Gaste der Ostseeflora. Berichte der deutschen Botanische Gesell-
schaft, Vol. X, p. 2, 1892.

7 Rosenvinge, Om fremmede Alger ilanddrevne paa Jyllands Vestkyst. Bot.
Tidsskrift, Vol. XXVII, p. 83, 1905.

1914] Collins,— Drifting Algae 3

recent paper ! is concerned chiefly with algae that have a definite and
prolonged unattached existence, usually with change of form from that
of the fixed state, to adapt the plant to the unattached state; the possi-
bility of transportation to considerable distances is however also dis-
cussed. "That unless this possibility is taken into account one may be
led into serious errors, was shown me by a recent experience.

On October 8, 1913, I visited the ocean shore of Eastham, Massa-
chusetts, near the Nauset lighthouse. From Chatham to Highland
Light in Truro the shore stretches for about 25 miles in a nearly
straight line; a rather steep beach of shifting sand, overlooked by
sand dunes. No algae ever grow here, and as off shore the bottom is
the same loose sand with more or less shifting bars a short distance out,
the occurrence of algae below low water mark is improbable. All I
had found on my many visits here had been scraps, more or less bat-
tered, the same as one might find floating anywhere in Massachusetts
Bay or Nantucket Sound. But on this occasion as I looked from the
dunes I saw plants of good size washing up and down in the waves,
and on going down I found to my surprise that the beach was strewn
with Laminaria, and that not L. Agardhii Kjell., the common species
of southern New England, but L. longicruris De la Pyl., a northern
species, occurring south of Nahant only at a few isolated stations.
They were not battered and waterworn plants, but perfectly fresh,
and were of all sizes from young plants 3-4 dm. high, to mature
individuals, with stipe alone over three meters long. The small
plants were often in clumps of a number of individuals, still attached
at base to shells or pebbles; the laminae often bore abundant fruit.
Along with the Laminaria were, almost equally abundant, but from
their smaller stature less conspicuous, Fucus vesiculosus L., Ascophyl-
lum nodosum (L.) Le Jolis, Desmarestia aculeata (L.) Lamour., and
Rhodymenia palmata (L.) Grev. There had been a heavy surf for
several days, and my first thought was that some colony in deeper
water had been struck by it, but from what I knew of the bottom,
I concluded that this would be very unlikely; moreover Fucus and
Ascophyllum are litoral plants. They occur more or less all along
the southern New England coast, but I know no station except New-
port, Rhode Island, where the plants are at all luxuriant; usually they
are much smaller than the northern form, or than the plants now in

1 Schiller, Ueber Algentransport und Migrationsformationen im Meere. Inter-
nationale Revue der gesamten H ydrobiologie und Hydrographie, Vol. II, p. 62, 1909.

4 Rhodora [JANUARY

question. On the Ascophyllum were large tufts of Polysiphonia fas-
tigiata (Roth) Grev., which occurs south of Cape Cod only rarely and
in reduced form. The Rhodymenia fronds were large, often 3-4 dm.
high and nearly as broad; and finally I found one fine tuft of Halosac-
cion ramentaceum (L.) J. Ag. and several plants of Monostroma fuscum
(Post. & Rupr.) Wittr; the Halosaccion has not been recorded south
of Marblehead, and a doubtful record of the Monostroma at Newport
is the only one south of Boston. As epiphytes on the Laminaria
I noted Ceramium rubrum (Huds.) Ag., Chantransia sp.?, Pylaiella lit-
toralis (L.) Kjell., Ectocarpus confervoides (Roth) Le Jolis, Antitham-
nion floccosum (Muell. Kleen and Rhodochorton Rothii (Eng. Bot.)
Nág.!

All this taken together left no doubt in my mind that the northeast
storm had brought the whole collection (there were thousands of
Laminarias in sight) from the shores of northern New England. From
the absence of other species of Laminariaceae, it is probable that they
came from some quite limited station. I know of no point on the Mas-
sachusetts coast where Laminaria longicruris. grows in large numbers,
unmixed with other species of Laminaria or with Alaria, but on the
Maine coast, east of Portland, there are stations where L. longicruris
is abundant and unmixed with other Laminariaceae, usually in
channels where there is a rather swift tidal current, but not exposed
to the surf. If a gale happened to blow in a quarter that would send
a heavy surf up such a channel, there might be torn up just such a
“formation” or “facies” as I found, and the northeast wind might
then carry it to the place where I found it. With the wind then pre-
vailing it could hardly have originated west of Penobscot Bay, which
would give 150 miles as the least distance it must have travelled. On
returning to the beach the next day, I found the plants of the day
before in a narrow windrow at high water mark, and rapidly decay-
ing; the beach below and the water were bare and empty as usual.

Now if I had been on an unfamiliar shore, and was making a record
of the plants of the region, I think that under the circumstances re-
corded, I should not have hesitated to enter in the list all the species
I have named above; I have no doubt that some anomalies in regional

1 It is noteworthy that among the 48 species recorded by Rosenvinge as coming
ashore at Jutland, 44 were epiphytes on Ascophyllum nodosum and Himanthalia lorea
(L.) Lyng. As long as the host plant is intact, the epiphytes find little change from

their normal conditions, though most of them would speedily perish if detached from
the host.

1914] Fernald & Long,— Variations of Potentilla palustris 5

lists may be due to this cause; in this case it is only because the “ con-
signment" came ashore at a point itself barren that the detection
and correction is so easy; if it had been at a place where deep water
plants from just off shore were also coming in, it might be quite per-
plexing. It may seem like severity to put all deep water plants on
the waiting list until some dredging expedition vouches for their
eligibility, but it may be the only safe way.
Norra EASTHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

THE AMERICAN VARIATIONS OF POTENTILLA
PALUSTRIS.

M. L. FERNALD AND Bayarp Lona.
(Plate 106).

In 1908 attention was called by Dr. Theodor Wolf,! in his Mono-
graphie der Gattung Potentilla, to the fact that in North America
Potentilla palustris is not a uniform species but that the little known
var. villosa (Pers.) Lehm., a plant of rare occurrence in northern
Europe and possibly Greenland, is also found on the continent of North
America (Cartwright, Manitoba). In 1909 our knowledge of var.
villosa was sufficient to justify the statement that it is found “ Through-
out the St. Lawrence system from n. N. S. and e. Que. to L. Superior
and L. Winnipeg,"? and in 1910 the plant was recorded as “the
common form of the species in eastern Washington County, Maine." ?
In the study of this and other variants of P. palustris it has been
necessary to look with some detail into the plant throughout its known
range and into the very different treatments of its variations by au-
thors, either as a Potentilla or as a separate genus, Comarum. As a
result of these studies it seems to the writers that the plant in America
falls into three well marked varieties with pronounced geographic
ranges.

1 Wolf. Mon. Pot. 76 (1908).
2 Robinson & Fernald, Ruopona, xi. 48 (1909).
3 Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xii. 140 (1910).

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

As indicated by the Species Plantarum Linnaeus intended as his
Comarum palustre! the common European plant. He gave no de-
scription but cited numerous previous works, Flora Lapponica, ete.,
the Quinquefolium palustre rubrum of Bauhin and the Pentaphyllum
palustre of Cordus, and gave the habitat “in Europae uliginosis."
Subsequent European students of the group, such as Lehmann and
Wolf, have accepted as typical Potentilla palustris the common plant
of Eurasia (fig. 1) and northern North America, with leaflets oblong-
lanceolate, green and glabrous or merely puberulent above, glaucous
and glabrous or merely puberulent beneath,? and have recognized a
single notable variety, var. villosa (Pers.) Lehm., a plant figured by
Plukenet and said to come from Sweden and Ireland.

In 1836, however, Rafinesque,’ taking up the Linnean genus Coma-
rum “(or Pancovia or Potentilla)" said: “I can increase it to 3
Species; all in my Autikon. Only one was known," and treated
* Comarum (or Pancovia or Potentilla)” palustre as a strictly Old
World plant, described “fol. pinnatis"; separated the “C. palustre
of all the American botanists!” as “ Comarum (Pane. Pot.) digitatum,”
«€ TER digitatis"; and described as another new species “Comarum
(Pane. Pot.) angustifolium,” “fol. pinnatis,.... foliolis 5 cuneatis
angustis" from “Oregon or N. W. Amer.” In the Autikon Botanikon,
in 1840, Rafinesque somewhat modified his treatment, coining the
name C. tomentosum for Persoon's C. palustre, 8 villosum; altering the
range of his C. angustifolium to read “Origon and Boreal America,
Ohio: very peculiar, leaves narrow smooth, fl. small &c."; and pub-
lishing a new C. angustifolium, “Var. parvifolium Raf. folioles 5-7
small smooth cuneate or elliptic, petiols membranose, flowers very
small, branches uniflore; Labrador, 3 to 10 inches high, folioles less
than uncial.” 4

More recently, in the North American Flora, Rydberg? has stated
that the typical form of the species, with “leaflets . . . .elliptic or oval,”
occurs in “Northern and subalpine Europe and Asia; also subarctic
and arctic America, from Greenland and Labrador to Alaska," while

1 L. Sp. Pl. 502 (1753).

?''Foliola...oblongo-lanceolata, acute-serrata, superiore facie laete-viridia, dorsa
glaucescentia, venosa’’ — Lehm, Mon. Pot. 53 (1820); ''foliola...oblongo-lanceolata
acute et aequaliter serrata, supra viridia, subtus glauca, utrinque vel subtus tantum
puberula’’ — Wolf, Mon. Pot. 75 (1908).

* Raf. Fl. Tell. pt. ii. 55, 56 (1836).

4 Raf. Aut. Bot. 170 (1840).
5 Rydb. N. A. FI. xxii. 355 (1908).

Fernald and Long,— Variations of Potentilla palustris 7

*the more common American form (C. angustifolium Raf.)," with
leaflets “linear-oblong,” extends “south to New England, Minnesota,
Wyoming, and California"; thus seeming to indicate that the com-
mon American plant has recognizably narrower leaflets than the
European. In their study of this species, however, the writers have
been unable to make out any definite difference in the shape of leaflets
to separate from the European plant the common plant of southern
British America and the Northern States, which extends southward
at least to New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Iowa,
Wyoming and California. In the plant of Europe (fig. 1) the leaflets
are, of course, variable in size and form, but they have in general an
oblong-lanceolate to oblanceolate outline, and the various Eurasian
specimens are readily matched by specimens from Canada and the
northern United States. In the Eurasian plant the terminal leaflet
of the primary leaves varies (in a rather small series of specimens
examined) from 2-7 (average 4) cm. in length, though some of the
European plates show that they may be longer. In a much larger
American series the common plant has the terminal leaflet ranging in
length from 2-10 (av. 5.2) em. In the Eurasian plant the terminal
leaflet ranges from 0.9-2.7 (av. 1.6) em. wide, in the American from
0.7-3.8 (av. 1.8) em. wide. Expressed as a proportion, the breadth of
the terminal leaflet in the Eurasian plant is 4453 as great as the length;
in the common American plant the terminal leaflet is $—3 as broad as
long, but it should be noted that the plants with narrowest leaflets
come for the most part from the West — Montana, Washington,
Oregon, etc. and are undoubtedly the extreme which was separated
by Rafinesque as Comarum angustifolium (fig. 2). Similar plants
with the leaflets only $ as broad as long are found at scattered points
eastward and the variant seems to be merely an extreme of the series
rather than * the more common American form," for as already stated,
the majority of American specimens seem to the writers quite in-
separable from the Eurasian material.

The small-leaved plant of Labrador and Alaska (and the islands of
northeastern Asia), however, which Rafinesque separated as Comarum
angustifolium, var. parvifolium and which Rydberg identifies as the
typical form of Comarum palustre, impresses us as sufficiently distinct
for varietal recognition. The characters emphasized by Rafinesque,
the small cuneate or elliptic leaflets and the few flowers (“branches
uniflore"), seem to be reasonably constant in nearly all plants from

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

the coastal regions of Labrador and Alaska and the islands of Bering
Sea (fig. 3), the elliptic to cuneate-obovate subtruncate or round-
tipped leaflets being 1.3-4.5 (av. 2.75) em. long and 0.9-2.5 (av. 1.5)
cm. broad, ranging from 3 —} as broad as long.

The other noteworthy variety, Potentilla palustris, var. villosa has
already been referred to. In this plant the petioles, stipules, pedun-
cles, bractlets, etc. are densely glandular-villous and the leaflets are
villous or very densely sericeous. "The plant (fig. 4) was figured and
described by Plukenet! in 1692 from Sweden and Ireland; was taken
up by Linnaeus in his Flora Lapponica as an unnamed variety “rarius
observatur & plane non differt a naturali planta" ;? was recognized
without discussion by Persoon as Comarum palustre, B villosum; ?
and was later transferred by Lehmann * to Potentilla.

That Potentilla palustris, var. villosa is a rare plant in Europe is
indicated by the citation of specimens by European monographers.
Plukenet, upon whose figure and description the variety rests, said
that the plant came from Sweden and Ireland; but in his Revisio
Potentillarum Lehmann omitted the Swedish citation and referred to
the plant only “in Groenlandia et Hibernia”; while Wolf, in his
monumental Monographie der Gattung Potentilla, states that it appears
to be a subarctic plant which Lehmann knew only from Greenland
and Ireland, though J. Lange says in his Conspectus Florae groen-
landicae that he has not seen it from Greenland but from Iceland.
Wolf goes on to say that in an old English herbarium he has seen the
plant from “Canada, Distrikt Cartwrigt [Cartwright, Souris Co.,
Manitoba] (leg. W. Scott 1891).” 7 With the exception of the Cart-
wright record and the old but perhaps erroneous report from Greenland,
there seems to have been no suggestion that the plant occurs in North
America until the notes published in Rnopona4 in 1909 and 1910;
but the range of the plant in North America, from the Magdalen
Islands, Nova Scotia, and Maine to Minnesota and Manitoba, indi-
cates that, with us at least, it belongs to the Canadian rather than the
subarctic zone.

1 Pluk. Phyt. t. cexii. f. 2 (1692). * Pers. Syn. ii. 58 (1807).

3 L. Fl. Lapp. 172 (1737). 1 Lehm. Stirp. Pug. ix. 44 (1851).

$ *! Pentaphyllum palustre rubrum, crassis, & villosis foliis Suecicum, & Hibernicum.
hujus exemplar ez Suevia sibi allatum. nobis dedit Reverend D. Stonestreet, quod etiam
Ornatissimus Vir D. Gideon. Bonavert ez Hibernia (qua invenit) rediens, nobis amicis-
sime communicavit."— Pluk. Phyt. t. ccxii. f. 2 (1692).

* Lehm. Revis. Pot. 74 (1856). 7 Wolf, Mon. Pot. 76 (1908).

1914] Fernald & Long,—Variations of Potentilla palustris — 9

In his account of Potentilla palustris, var. villosa, Lehmann said
* villosa, minor";! but as Wolf points out Lehmann's diagnosis
“ist ungenau und zweideutig" and the var. villosa instead of being
called “minor” should be described "foliolis magnis."? That the
leaflets are larger than in other variations of P. palustris is well shown
by measurements of the 16 sheets of specimens examined. In these
plants the leaflets are as shown in Plukenet’s figure and as later de-
scribed by Rafinesque (as Comarum tomentosum), presumably from
Plukenet’s drawing: “more robust....with broader leaves [leaflets]
obl[ong-] ellipt[ic] "; ?* and measurements of the terminal leaflets of
this American series of var. villosa show them to vary from 3.3-9.4
(av. 5.6) em. long and from 1.4-3.1 (av. 2.2) em. broad, or from 1-4
as broad as long, thus indicating that the leaflets are relatively con-
siderably broader than in either the European or the American plants
which are passing as typical P. palustris. In fact, so many of the
specimens from eastern America have leaves of which Plukenet's
figure might easily pass as a tracing that one is led to infer that Leh-
mann's lack of a clear understanding of the variety was indicated not
merely by his description of it as “minor” but by his characteriza-
tion of Plukenet's figure as “mala.” * The occurrence of this variety,
with glandular-villous peduncles and rather large elliptic-oblong
villous leaflets, so generally in the comparatively temperate belt of
southern Canada and the adjacent States together with Lehmann's
vagueness in describing the plant and Lange's statement that he does
not know of it in Greenland, indicate that the Greenland record
(originating with Lehmann and apparently unverified by later stu-
dents) may wisely be treated with doubt until more clearly vouched for.

Another variant of Potentilla palustris, somewhat conspicuous in its
extreme development, is forma subsericea (Becker) Wolf, originally
proposed by Becker as a variety.) Our own experience accords with
that recently described by Mr. S. F. Blake,’ and it is probable that the
form is an ecological state rather than a true geographic variety, for
the sericeous foliage is most often found in exsiccated spots or as a late
development in colonies which earlier in the season produced the
ordinary green leaves. Since this form of P. palustris is sometimes

1 Lehm, L. c. 3 Raf. Aut. Bot. 170 (1840).

2 Wolf, 1. c. * Lehm. Mon. Pot. 53 (1820).

* Wolf, Mon. Pot. 76 (1908).

6 Becker, Deutsch. Bot. Monatschr. xv. 85 (1897).
? S. F. Blake, Roopora, xv, 165 (1913).

10 ; Rhodora [JANUARY

mistaken for var. villosa it is probable that some of the unverified or
doubtful records of the latter belong to forma subsericea.

Briefly summarized our interpretation of the American variations
of Potentilla palustris follows.

PorENTILLA PALUSTRIS (L.) Scop. Figs. 1 and 2. Branches more
or less minutely pilose or glandular above, 1-many-flowered: leaflets
oblong-lanceolate to oblanceolate, acutish to obtuse, green and
glabrous or merely puberulent above, glaucous and puberulent or
sericeous beneath: the terminal leaflets of the primary leaves 4-3 as
broad as long, 2-10 (av. 4.6) em. long, 0.7-3.8 (av. 1.7) em. wide.—
Fl. Carn. ed. 2, i. 359 (1772). P. Comarum Nestler, Mon. Pot. 36
(1816). P. rubra Hall. f. in Ser. Mus. Helv. i. 56 (1818). P. digitata
and angustifolia Raf. Fl. Tell. ii. 55, 56 (1837). Comarum palustre
L. Sp. Pl. 502 (1753). C. digitatum and angustifolium, Raf. |. c. 55,
56 (1837). Argentina rubra Lam. Fl. Fr. iii. 120 (1778). Pancovia
palustris, digitata, and angustifolia Raf. 1. c. 55, 56 (1837).— Cooler
regions of Eurasia; in North America known from Labrador, Ungava,
Keewatin, Yukon, and Alaska, southward to Newfoundland, Nova
Scotia, southern New England, northern New Jersey, eastern and
northern Pennsylvania, Ohio, northern Indiana, northern Illinois,
northern Iowa, Wyoming and California— Forma | SUBSERICEA
(Becker) Wolf, Mon. Pot. 76 (1908); S. F. Blake Ruopora xv. 165
(1913). Var. subsericea Becker, Deutsch. Bot. Monatsschr. xv. 85
(1897); Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopona, xii. 111, 140 (1910). Leaflets
densely sericeous upon both surfaces. Apparently a form developed
in exsiccated habitats or toward the end of the summer.

Var. parvifolia (Raf.) n. comb. Fig. 3. Similar, but smaller:
branches 1-4-flowered: leaflets elliptic to cuneate-obovate, subtrun-
cate or rounded at tip; the terminal -4 as broad as long, 1.3-4.5 (av.
2.7) cm. long, 0.9-2.5 (av. 1.5) em. broad.— Comarum angustifolium,
var. parvifolium Raf. Aut. Bot. 170 (1840).— Labrador, Alaska, and
islands of Bering Sea; examined from the following stations. LABRA-
DOR: Ramah, A. Stecker, no. 323; Okkak, Fratres Moravi; Nain,
. Lundberg; Hopedale (large-leaved transitional plant), Sornborger,
no. 131; Rigoulette, Bowdoin College Expedition, no. 270; Spear
Harbor, C. W. Townsend, no. 44. ArasKa: Cape Nome, F.. E.
Blaisdell; Anvik, J. W. Chapman, no. 4; St. Paul Island, J. M.
Macoun, no. 71; Dutch Harbor, Unalaska, E. C. Van Dyke, no. 93.
COMMANDER IsLANDs: Bering Island, Stejneger, no. 27.

Var. viLLOSA (Pers.) Lehm. Fig. 4. Often coarser: branches
few- many-flowered, with the petioles, peduncles, bractlets, etc.
densely glandular-villous: leaflets villous or densely sericeous, oblong-
elliptic to narrowly obovate, rounded at tip, 3-2 as broad as long;
the terminal 3.3-9.4 (av. 5.6) cm. long, 1.4-3.1 (av. 2.2) em. broad.—
Stirp. Pug. ix. 44 (1851) and Revis. Pot. 74 (1856); Walp. Ann. ii.
483 (1851-52); Wolf, Mon. Pot. 76 (1908); Robinson & Fernald,

1914] Knowlton,— Flora of the Sandy River Valley 11

Ruopona, xi. 48 (1909); Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xii. 140 (1910).
Pentaphyllum palustre rubrum, crassis, & villosis foliis Pluk. Phyt.
t. cexii. f. 2 (1692). Comarum palustre, B. villosum Pers. Syn. ii. 58
(1807); Rydb. Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. ii. 163 (1898) and
N. A. Fl. xxii. 355 (1908). | C. tomentosum Raf. Aut. Bot. 170 (1840).—
Reported but apparently rare or of doubtful status in Sweden, Ireland,
Iceland and Greenland (see notes above), and Germany and Hungary
(records questioned by Wolf, Mon. Pot. 76). In North America
definitely known from the following stations. QuEkmBEc: Alright
Island, Magdalen Islands, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 7619. Nova
Scotia: near Pictou, Howe & Lang, no. 478. Mae: Princeton,
Fernald & Wiegand (Fernald, no. 1920); Moose Island, Passamaquoddy
Bay, Fernald & Wiegand (Fernald, no. 1921); Marshfield, Kate Fur-
bish; Merchants’ Island, Hancock Co., N. T. Kidder; Readfield,
Kate Furbish. New York: Wellesley Island, Jefferson Co. (transi-
tional form), Robinson & Mazon, no. 9; Chatauqua Co., M. S. Pettit.
Minnesota: Lake Kilpatrick, Cass Co., C. A. Ballard; Fort Snelling,
E. A. Mearns. MaNriTOBA: Lake Winnipeg Valley, Bourgeau; Cart-
wright, W. Scott (acc. to Wolf). A specimen from Port Ludlow,
Washington (F. Binns) strongly approaches var. villosa but is hardly
typical.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 106.

Fig. 1. Typical leaf of Potentilla palustris, after Svensk Botanik, t. 310.
Fig. 2. Leaf of extreme form of P. palustris with narrow leaflets (Comarum
angustifolium Raf.) from lone, Washington (Kreager, no. 427). Fig. 3. Leaf
of var. parvifolia from Dutch Harbor, Unalaska (Van Dyke, no. 93). Fig. 4.
Leaf of var. villosa from Princeton, Maine (Fernald, no. 1920.)

FLORA OF THE SANDY RIVER VALLEY IN MAINE.
CLARENCE H. KNowrrow.

THE Sandy River is a tributary of the Kennebec, in western Maine.
It rises in the central part of Franklin County, with two main branches.
One of these originates in a string of small ponds lying in Sandy River
Plantation, and receives tributaries from Letter E and No. 6. The
other branch rises in Redington, receiving many brooks from Mt.
Saddleback in Madrid. The river is about fifty miles long, flowing
southeast from its sources through Phillips, Avon, Strong and Farm-
ington; then turning to the northeast it flows through New Sharon
between Stark and Mercer, then through Stark into the Kennebec,

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

two or three miles below Madison. Some of the sources are at least
3500 feet above the sea. At its mouth it is only 190 feet above sea-
level.

I have never visited the Sandy River Ponds, but I have explored
several of the mountain brooks which are near the beginnings of the
river. These are mostly noisy torrents and trout-brooks, full of huge
rounded boulders and gravel, with only occasional specimens of
Conioselinum chinense, Sium cicutaefolium and clumps of sedge (Carex
torta and C. lenticularis), to differentiate their flora from that of the
surrounding woods.

From Phillips to New Sharon, some thirty miles, the river is a
graded stream, with numerous meanders, broad intervales, ox-bow
cut-offs and splendid terraces. These terraces are of sand and gravel
above Farmington, with more clay below. Farmington village lies
in part on the remnant of an old sand-plain, formed as a delta at the
head of a marine estuary in the Champlain epoch, although its altitude
is now 440 feet.! Nearly half of this sand-plain has been carried away
by the river. Most of this work was probably done by the swollen
stream which flowed from under the retreating glacier in the last days
of the glacial period, when the ice was fast disappearing from the
valley. Erosion has undoubtedly quickened greatly during the last
125 years, since the intervales were cleared of the forest. Terraces of
equal height are visible on both sides of the valley in many places,
showing the original height of the glacial and post-glacial deposits.
Their material is closely stratified.

In summer the river is low and has little erosive power. Its gravelly
beaches are covered in many places by Apocynum cannabinum and
Prunus pumila, the two most common species. Salix cordata and S.
lucida form immense clumps on this gravel, their height from a few
inches to several feet. In sandy places there are tufts of Panicum
tennesseense. Where the sediment is clayey it is easy to find Ranun-
culus Flammula, var. reptans, Juncus nodosus and J. filiformis.
Clumps of Carex torta are occasional.

Perhaps the most characteristic habitat of this part of the valley
is the alluvial thicket, which lines the shore in many places. The
American elms are everywhere here, usually scattered, but very
numerous. 'They are also the handsomest trees of the intervales,

1 George H. Stone, The Glacial Gravels of Maine and their Associated Deposits,
Monographs U. S. G. S. XXXIV, Plate II, page 484, etc. 1899.

1914] Knowlton,— Flora of the Sandy River Valley 13

adding a graceful beauty to the scenery. Acer saccharinum is abun-
dant in the thickets, often reaching out over the river, and people call
it the river maple. It bears the first flowers of spring, for that other
harbinger of spring, the skunk cabbage, I have never found in the
valley, although it flourishes along the Androscoggin, less than fifteen
miles away. Populus balsamifera is frequent, and there are numerous
willows — Salix cordata, S. lucida, S. rostrata, a little of S. sericea and
near the villages, many staminate trees of Salix alba, var. vitellina.
Tilia americana is not rare, and there are many other forest trees here
and there, for when the first settlers came the intervales were mostly
covered with hardwood forest.

On the edges of these thickets are such shrubs as Alnus incana,
Corylus rostrata, Cornus stolonifera, and more rarely, at Farmington,
C. Amomum. Prunus virginiana is exceedingly common, and almost
always fruits heavily. The cherries are large, and in August as they
ripen, are very handsome. I have never seen them so well developed
anywhere else. Among the herbaceous plants in such places may be
mentioned Lilium canadense, Heracleum lanatum, Eupatorium urticae-
folium, Helianthus decapetalus in great abundance, Aster macro-
phyllus var. ianthinus, A. paniculatus, A. umbellatus and A. punicens,
and much less frequent, Conioselinum chinense and Angelica atropur-
purea.

There is also a wonderful growth of lianes, binding everything
herbaceous and frutescent into almost impenetrable masses. Vitis
vulpina, Psedera vitacea, Clematis virginiana, Polygonum Convolvulus,
Apios tuberosa and Convolvulus sepium are the most vigorous of these.
Near Farmington there are occasional strands of Echinocystis lobata,
evidently escaped, and two vigorous thickets of Celastrus scandens,
which I have seen only in one other place in the region — on Day Mt.,
at an altitude of 1000 feet or more.!

Inside these thickets, where the trees are taller, may be found
Laportea canadensis, Boehmeria cylindrica, Onoclea Struthiopteris and
O. sensibilis, Elymus canadensis, Panicum clandestinum, Muhlenbergia
foliosa, Bromus altissimus and large quantities of Veratrum viride.
Where the alluvial soil is of the finest sand, with but little humus,
there are fine colonies of Circaea intermedia, a delicate but distinct
shade plant which is well worth the finding. At Farmington I have
found in these shady places Carex cephaloidea and C. longirostris, the

1 Ruopora, VI, 208, 1904.

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

latter otherwise a complete stranger to the region. At Phillips I have
found Milium effusum in woods like these, though I have elsewhere
found it only in rich woods on mountain slopes.

The intervales have all been cleared, and are in grass-land or under
cultivation. Their fertility is assured by occasional spring freshets,
and the first farms settled were along the river. The cultivated fields
bring forth the usual introduced weeds, but in the mowing-fields there
are a few vigorous native species which compete successfully with
herdsgrass and red-top. One of these is Rhus Toxicodendron, here a
prostrate vine with yellowish-green foliage, which runs out from
thickets and fence-rows everywhere, making the haying season a
most dangerous time for the farmer who is not immune. This is the
only form of poison ivy in the region. Asclepias syriaca, Equisetum
arvense and Vicia Cracca are also very common in the grass. Onoclea
sensibilis is everywhere, and is so vigorous that in a few years it will
drive out the "English grass," even on the upland. After haying,
when the first fronds have been cut, new fronds grow which are fre-
quently to be classified as var. obtusilobata. This is the first plant to
feel the frost, and on the morning afterward the air is everywhere fra-
grant from the chilled fronds. In spring the moister places are yellow
with Barbarea vulgaris. Sandy places bring forth Smilacina stellata,
and at Farmington there is one good station for Pedicularis canaden-
sis, which shuns the firmer soil of the upland. I have never seen it
north of this place.

The ox bows and cut-offs which the river has deserted are locally
called “creeks.” They are full of moisture-loving species, but so
many of these plants are found in wet places all over New England,
that I shall mention only a few of the more interesting. Onoclea
Struthiopteris fringes many of these creeks, and is often five feet tall.
Glyceria is very well represented, by G. borealis and four other species.
Zizania aquatica is at two places in Farmington, so near the railway
as to suggest its introduction from the outside world. Carex retrorsa
is very common, and in one place I found this summer several plants
of var. Harti. This variety has smaller spikes than the type, with
long drooping peduncles, and spreading perigynia. Prof. Fernald
assures me that this plant is new to Maine, the nearest reported
station being in western New Hampshire. At Strong there is a fine
station for C. Tuckermani, and another for Scirpus debilis. S. Torreyi
and S. pedicellatus are occasional, while S. atrocinctus, S. rubrotinctus,

1914] Knowlton,— Flora of the Sandy River Valley 15

S. georgianus and S. cyperinus, var. pelius are common. In Sagit-
taria latifolia there are all possible variations. In one place the leaves.
vary from wide to narrow with the depth of the water. 5. arifolia
also grows in these creeks. Sparganium diversifolium, var. acaule is
rather common, as well as the much larger S. americanum. Cicuta
bulbifera produces one umbel of flowers, but does not ripen seed,
relying on a numerous crop of bulblets instead. Lysimachia terrestris,
however, has both seeds and bulblets in abundance. One of the
prettiest color schemes I saw last summer was a dry creek-bed filled
with this plant and Mimulus ringens, both in flower. Steironema
ciliatum is another handsome plant, when at its best.

'The dry sandy banks of the river, and the similar terraces which
arise from the intervales are paradises for Solidago. The handsomest
kind is S. squarrosa which is everywhere abundant, a tall vigorous
plant with a wand of large heads. S. hispida is a very common spe-
cies in the region, while the closely related S. bicolor is infrequent.
Other species are S. juncea, S. nemoralis, S. serotina, S. canadensis,
S. graminifolia and a little of S. puberula. Cuscuta Gronovii is often
parasitic on these goldenrods, especially near the river. Apocynum
androsaemifolium, Oenothera biennis and various forms of O. muricata,
with other coarse plants thrive in this loose water-washed till. Apios
tuberosa and Vitis vulpina are also frequent in such places.

Wooded terraces have a soil full of humus, which is much richer.
Here are found some of the forest trees, especially Tilia americana,
Acer saccharum, Populus grandidentata and a very few trees of Quercus
rubra. Amelanchier laevis is frequent where the terrace meets the
intervale. In spring there are handsome beds of Sanguinaria cana-
densis here, with Erythronium americanum, Dentaria diphylla and
Viola scabriuscula. A little later come Smilacina racemosa, Pyrola
asarifolia (rare) and Osmorrhiza Claytoni. Amphicarpa monoica,
Desmodium canadense and D. acuminatum represent the Leguminosae,
but the two latter I have not found above Farmington. Interesting
grasses are Hystrix patula and Oryzopsis racemosa. Summer and fall
flowers include Circaea Lutetiana, Solidago latifolia, Aster cordifolius,
A. lateriflorus, var. hirsuticaulis, A. macrophyllus, var. ianthinus and
Eupatorium urticaefolium. Even in winter the stiff stems of Equise-
tum hyemale, var. affine may be seen sticking up through the snow.

One day the past summer I went ten miles downstream from Farm-
ington to New Sharon, following the stream into Somerset county,

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

into the towns of Mercer and Stark. I expected to find a continuation
of the flora above described, but it proved to be very different. The
river flows through a plain laid down in the Champlain estuary.
There is a big fall at New Sharon, below which the Sandy has cut a
channel through 10 to 40 feet of alluvial overwash and estuarine clays
to the ground moraine, and in a few places to the metamorphic bed-
rock. The Sandy River thus flows in a high-walled channel over
boulders, with coarse, shingly beaches. It is here about as large as
the Deerfield at Hoosac Tunnel, or the White River just above its
mouth.

Along the shore are several species which I have never seen up-
river. There is a good deal of a low non-fruiting Equisetum which
seems to be E. littorale. It is frequent on the St. John and the Penob-
scot, but so far as I know, has not been reported on the Kennebec.
Cyperus strigosus appears for the first time, in limited quantity, and
there is everywhere a great deal of Rynchospora glomerata. Carex
vulpinoidea I had not missed up-river till I found it here. Clumps of
Deschampsia caespitosa are very numerous. Stellaria longifolia, Cicuta
maculata and Lycopus virginicus are also new to the region. In
Stark I found a fine colony of Habenaria flava flourishing in wet gravel.
This has been found in Chesterville, about fifteen miles from here, by
Miss Eaton,! but I do not know of any other station for it. In the
drier places above the shingle Andropogon furcatus crowds out all
other species where it grows, and it occupies large areas of light soil
above the banks. Where there is light shade I found Danthonia
compressa in some abundance. I have found one or two specimens
only of this at Farmington. Another good find was Hypericum
punctatum. Along a tributary brook under the alders the ground
was densely carpeted with Leersia virginica, to the exclusion of other
species.

The dry woods covering the terraces and fringing the few intervales
were especially interesting. Acer saccharinum is infrequent and small,
as it is not adapted for such dry soil. Its place is taken by Tilia,
Quercus rubra, Juglans cinerea, Populus tremuloides and Fraxinus penn-
sylvanica in all sizes. Prunus virginiana is still abundant. Lianes
were not vigorous, and much to my surprise, I found no traces of
Celastrus. In an open place in sand I found Trisetum spicatum,
which I had found only at Phillips, 30 miles up stream, on ledges.

1 L. O. Eaton, Rnuopona V, 82-3, 1903 (As H. virescens Spreng.).

1914] Knowlton,— Flora of the Sandy River Valley 17

There were also clumps of Agropyron caninum. To me, however, the
best find of the day was Phryma Leptostachya in Mercer, where it
grew in dry alluvial woods with Circaea Lutetiana.

As this single day below New Sharon secured me fourteen species
I had never collected in the region before, I feel confident that further
exploration of the lower river will bring to light many other interesting
plants.

Ranunculus septentrionalis is a frequent plant on many of the New
England rivers, and I am considerably at a loss as to its scarcity along
the Sandy. I have found it only once by the river at Farmington.
It grows in one place on a tributary at least a mile from the river, and
I found it in a clayey ditch at Stark, well back from the river. It
seems to be very rare. R. repens I have found well introduced at
Farmington and New Sharon.

In closing, I will mention the few genuine aquatics which I have
found in the river. There are quiet reaches in its lower and middle
course, and in such places Isoëtes echinospora, var. Braunii is common.
Nymphaea microphylla is occasional, and there are several species of
Potamogeton. Of these I have identified P. amplifolius, P. dimorphus,
P. bupleuroides and P. epihydrus. The water in the creeks is stagnant,
and often dries up completely, so they do not furnish a desirable
habitat for aquatic plants.

For the convenience of any who are interested in the region, I add
the following list of Ruopora articles about Franklin County plants.

Eaton, Lit.uiAN O.: Orchids of Chesterville, V, 82, 1903; Plants
of Chesterville, IX, 207, 1907; Plants of Chesterville, XI, 30, 1909.

JEwEkLL, H. W.: Notes on Some Ferns of Franklin County, IV, 247,
1902.

Know tron, C. H.: On the Flora of Mt. Abraham Township, I,
191, 1899; On the Flora of Chesterville, II, 123, 1900; Flora of Mt.
Saddleback, V, 35, 1903; On the Flora of Day Mt., VI, 206, 1904.

HiNGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

ORONTIUM IN BARNSTABLE COUNTY, MASSACHUSETTS.

Joun MuvunpocH, JR.

MENTION was made at the June meeting of the New England
Botanical Club by Mr. F. S. Collins of a specimen of Orontium aquati-
cum which he had collected for the club herbarium in Provincetown.
This reminded the writer of an earlier collection of his own in the same
town, and led him to look up the records of the species on Cape Cod.
There are in the club herbarium specimens of E. and C. E. Faxon,
from Truro, August 13, 1890, and of Charles A. Davis, from Province-
town, September 28, 1912. In the Gray Herbarium is a duplicate of
the Faxon specimen, and no others from Barnstable County. The
only other specimen from southeastern Massachusetts is one of C. H.
Morss, from Middleboro. On a Decoration Day trip to Provincetown
in 1904, the writer collected flowering specimens. In June, 1913, he
collected fruiting material, and in August, 1913, made further observa-
tions, in the same region. Orontium thus seems to be rather an un-
common plant in this section, and a few notes on its habits might not
be out of place.

Practically the whole of Provincetown consists of sand dunes. For
a mile or more back of the village there is a low forest growth made up
largely of pitch pine and oaks. The hollows among these wooded
dunes are occupied by shallow ponds, some of which dry out com-
pletely during the summer. In four out of the six or seven seen by the
writer, Orontium is very abundant. Up to the middle of June, it is
the only conspicuous aquatic in these ponds. Later in the season
water lilies and rushes also appear in considerable quantities. At
blossoming time, in the latter part of May, the yellow spadices stand
up plainly above the water, well warranting the common name of
Golden Club, and the leaves are also well developed. By the middle
of June, the fruit is ripe. The spadices have now bent over, leaving
only occasionally an arch above the surface. The leaves, contrary
to the description in the Manual, stand erect like those of the Pickerel
Weed. Indeed, I have at a distance mistaken both Orontium for
Pontederia, and the reverse. At the end of August, the fruit has
practically disappeared. In the dry ponds, the leaves stand stiffly
over the mud, while the roots are buried deep in the sand beneath.

1914] Eames,— Scirpus and Aster 19

It is a curious fact that in the ponds where the Golden Club occurred,
no Pickerel Weed could be found, while in all the others it was abun-
dant.

In one small pond between North Truro and Truro, I saw from the
train a few plants of Orontium, but it occurs in none of the ponds which
I have visited in Orleans and the eastern part of Brewster. There
must be other stations for this plant on the Cape. Possibly the
superficial resemblance of the leaf to that of Pontederia has led to its
being overlooked. Future collectors in this region should examine
localities like those in Provincetown — shallow ponds, with a layer
of muck covering the sandy bottoms.

NEWTONVILLE, MASSACHUSETTS.

SCIRPUS OCCIDENTALIS AND ASTER PTARMICOIDES IN CONNECTICUT.
— [n early September, 1912, I accompanied Dr. Charles C. Godfrey
on a collecting trip in northwestern Connecticut, where we expected
to see some of the rare or local species made known by the records
of several preceding resident or transient botanists. In this our hopes
were amply realized. But it is the purpose now to record two species
not before recognized in the state.

During a brief interval between torrential rains which beset us dur-
ing several days, we examined a bit of shore at Beardsley's Pond,
in Sharon, and there found Scirpus occidentalis (Wats.) Chase in full
fruit. High water made collecting difficult but we succeeded in hook-
ing off a small supply of tops.

In the present year, on July 5, we again stopped at the Pond,
finding the plants plentiful and apparently destined to fruit freely.
'The same morning and on the day preceding we had seen an abundance
of the same species growing in shallow water at Twin Lakes, in Salis-
bury — acres of it. Here, after much search, we found a few panicles
bearing some immature but characteristic fruit while the great mass
of it was, and remained, unfertilized, presenting a peculiar appearance.
Dr. Godfrey found very little fruit during August and early September.

'The water of Twin Lakes is strongly impregnated with lime which
may have been an important reason for lack of fertility although
the plants appeared to be of normal luxuriance, at least, if an average
of 5-6 ft. out of water coupled with a submergence of 1-2.5 ft. repre-
sents thrift.

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

While these two stations are but few miles apart the strains appear
to differ slightly. All, however, agree in their resemblance to most
western material in their tendency to short rays and spikelets, the
latter sometimes congested, and in the very slightky viscid scales.
Our no. 5889 from Bay of Islands, Newfoundland (1908) is of similar
characteristics, all thereby differing materially from most northeastern
specimens, Furthermore, fruiting spikelets rarely exceeded 1 cm. in
length and were occasionally only half that, or shorter with 3-4
achenes. It should be mentioned that S. validus or other ally of simi-
lar habit was not observed in either station.

The ,occurrence of S. occidentalis also in eastern Massachusetts
would indicate its presence elsewhere in Conneeticut, at least in
northern districts.

This particular area of Connecticut consists largely of limestone,
much of which is exposed. In the southwest drainage basin of two
such hills, Tom and Miles Mountains, in Salisbury, we found in 1912
a few nicely flowering specimens of Aster ptarmicoides T. & G.— plainly
out of place in the edge of a swamp. This year we found the species
plentiful on the hills themselves, particularly the first mentioned,
growing in dry soil on the slopes, ledges and about the edge of the
cliffs. So far as we have learned its southernmost record in New
England has been long known as S. Hadley, Massachusetts.— EDWIN
H. Eames, Bridgeport, Connecticut.

Vol. 15, no. 180, including pages 205 to 226 and title page of volume, was
issued 13 December, 1913.

Rhodora Plate 106
ex f
l
L

i

\
'
L|

LEAVES OF POTENTILLA PALUSTRIS AND VARIETIES.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 16. February, 1914. No. 182.

THE ALPINE BEARBERRIES AND THE GENERIC STATUS
OF ARCTOUS.

M. L. FERNALD.

To those who are familiar with the flora of Canada it has long been
known that there are two shrubs passing as Arctostaphylos alpina;
one, the typical form of the species, with black or purplish-black
pulpy strong-flavored berries; the other with more juicy and milder
scarlet berries. Though not recorded in North America until 1852,
the red-berried shrub was well described from Siberia as early as
1769. In his Flora Sibirica, J. G. Gmelin described the shrub from
three districts, representing the full breadth of Siberia: “in the
region of the Kutschakou mines among the Verkouturie chain”
of the Ural Mountains (in northwestern Siberia near the Russian
border); “on mountain barrens about the Olakminsk fortification”
(on the Lena River northeast of Lake Baikal); and “in the hills of
Ochotsk at the mouth of the Marecan River.” These plants were
lis.ed as Arbutus caulibus procumbentibus, foliis rugosis serratis of
Linnaeus’s Flora Lapponica, which is the black-berried Arctostaphylos
alpina; but in his description Gmelin said that the berries are “red...
with abundance of juice and an insipid taste.”! The first record of
the scarlet-fruited shrub in North America was apparently by Sir
John Richardson, who, in the enumeration of the trees and shrubs
of British America, wrote of the Alpine Bearberry, Arctostaphylos
alpina (L.) Spreng. (Arbutus alpina L.): "there are two varieties, one

1''In regionem Kutschakouensis fodinae intra catanem montium Verchoturensium
et in sterilibus montasis intra Olecmense munimentum, vt et Ochotii ad Marecani
fluuii ostium in collibus occurrit. Baccas magnas habet, rubras,... succi plenas,
gustuque fatuas." — J. G. Gmel., Fl. Sib. iv. 119 (1769).

22 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

with bright red and more juicy fruit; the other, having a dark
purplish-black berry, of more fleshy consistence, and a stronger peculiar
flavor. Both are eaten in the autumn; and, though not equal to
some of the other native fruits, are not unpleasant. The two kinds are
exactly alike in foliage."! In 1884, Professor John Macoun wrote:
“Both Hooker and Gray state that the berries of this species are
black, on the contrary, those on specimens obtained on Anticosti and
the Rocky Mountains [of Canada] are bright red.”? In 1901, Britton
& Rydberg, in an enumeration of plants from Yukon, after listing
specimens (as Mairania alpina) add: “The red-fruited form collected
also by Tarleton below Selwyn River";? in 1902, Miss Eastwood,
enumerating the plants of Nome City, Alaska, described the material
as having “leaves thin, deciduous,... surface smooth. . . fruit a red,
juicy berry” * and added the comment: “The berries which were col-
lected and preserved in formalin may not be ripe. According to the
descriptions they are black when ripe"; in 1907, Miss Farr, in her
Catalogue of the Flora of the Canadian Rocky Mountains and the
Selkirk Range, after listing stations at Banff, on Mt. Sulphur, at
Field and in the Yoho Valley, said: “The drupes are a bright, clear
red in color"; and in the same year Mr. Stewardson Brown, in his
Alpine Flora of the Canadian Rocky Mountains, describes the shrub
(as Mairania alpina) as having “leaves thin. . .berry bright scarlet.’

But through all this period the scarlet-fruited plant, treated merely
as a color-form of the polar Arctostaphylos alpina, received no name.
Very recently, however, in the enumeration of woody plants from west-
ern China, Plantae Wilsonianae, Rehder & Wilson have set off the
shrub as Arctous alpina, var. rubra,’ distinguished in the diagnosis
merely by its red fruit, but with a supplementary note that “the
leaves of the red fruited variety, both in the Asiatic and American
specimens, are thinner and larger, while those of the typical form are
smaller and of firmer texture."5 The specimens cited by them are the

! Richardson, Arctic Searching Expedition, 433 (1852).

? Macoun, Cat. i. 294 (1884).

? Britton & Rydberg, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. ii. 179 (1901).

4 Eastwood, Bot. Gaz. xxxiii. 209 (1902).

5 Farr, Contrib. Bot. Lab. Univ. Pa. iii. No. 1, 61 (1907).

* S. Brown, Alp. Fl. Can. Rocky Mts. 214, 215 (1907).

Rehder & Wilson treat the name Arctous as masculine but Niedenzu, who first took
up the name (originally coined without explanation of its origin by Gray for a section
of Arctostaphylos) for the genus, treated it as feminine, and it seems proper in such a

case to follow the decision of Niedenzu.
8 Rehder & Wilson, Pl. Wils. pt. iii. 556, 557 (1913).

D

1914] Fernald,— The alpine Bearberries 23

type, Wilson no. 4025 from western Szech'uan in China, and two of
Rehder's collection from near Banff and near Laggan, Alberta; but
three of the above references to red berries in America (including
Macoun's note on the Anticosti shrub) are given and the conclusion
drawn that, *It seems to be the common form of western North
America” and “The plant of eastern North America has bluish black
fruit like that of Europe." The record from Anticosti clearly indi-
cates, however, that the shrub is not strictly of “western North
America" but occurs also near the easternmost margin of the conti-
nent; and in studying the plant as a member of the flora of eastern
America the writer has found that, besides the characters indicated
by Rehder & Wilson, the scarlet-berried shrub has several others
which are of greater import and mark it as a well-defined second spe-
cies of the section Arctous, a group of Arctostaphylos heretofore con-
sidered monotypic.

Briefly, the differences between Arctostaphylos alpina and the scarlet-
berried plant are as follows. In A. alpina the persistent inner scales
of the winter-buds are obovate and rounded at summit; in the scarlet-
berried plant ovate or lanceolate and acuminate: in A. alpina the
leaves are very rugose, subcoriaceous and marcescent, their margins,
especially toward the base and on the petioles, ciliate with stiff bristles
1-2 mm. long; in the other shrub the leaves are less rugose, thinner,
and more or less definitely deciduous, their margins without definite
cilia, the usually longer petioles glabrous or at most minutely pilose-
ciliolate at base: in the black-berried plant the seeds are 2.7-4.6 mm.
long, 2-3.6 mm. wide; in the red 2.5-3 mm. long, 1.6-2.2 mm. wide:
the black-fruited shrub is, in America at least, primarily if not always
a shrub of acid or noncalcareous rocks; the red-fruited both with us
as well as in China a plant of limestones.

That Arctostaphylos alpina in eastern America is a shrub of acid
or noncaleareous habitats is well-known to those whose explorations
have extended from New England to Labrador. The specimens and
records of exact stations in eastern America, west of Greenland, make
this apparent: Cape Prince of Wales, Hudson Straits, “where the
rocks were found to be chiefly coarse, red granitite-gneiss";! Cape
Chidley or Chudleigh, where * the rock everywhere consists of ordinary
varieties of gneiss”; Nachvak, Labrador, where the “mountains....

1 Low, Geol. Surv. Can., Ann. Rep. n. s. xi. 372 (1899).
2 R. Bell, Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can. Rep. of Progr. for 1882—84, 18 DD (1885).

24 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

proved to be mostly Laurentian gneiss"; Hopedale, Labrador, its
rock “of the ordinary Laurentian gneiss... with veins of quartz and
of granite" ;? Indian Harbor, Labrador, with “hills. . .formed of a pale
whitish foliated syenite";? Battle Harbor, Labrador; L’Anse au
Loup and Blane Sablon, Labrador, with their lowlands of Laurentian
gneiss; Barred Island and Baccalieu Island and Twillingate, New-
foundland;* open granite crests, Mt. Steepmore, Newfoundland;
open granitic ledges, Mt. Musgrave, Newfoundland; Laurentian
uplands back of Balena, Newfoundland; crests of Huronian hills,
Miquelon; La Tabatiére and Mécatina, Saguenay Co., Quebec,
in the gneissoid region of the “North Shore";? crests of hornblende
schist, Flagstaff Peak, Mt. Albert, Quebec; Traveller Mt., Maine,
“composed of a beautiful drab colored siliceous slate"; Mt. Katah-
din, Maine; and the White Mts., New Hampshire.

The preference for caleareous soils of the scarlet-berried plant is
clearly indicated also by the Canadian stations from which it is
definitely known: Anticosti Island, composed of Silurian rocks,
chiefly limestones;? Fort Churchill, Hudson Bay, with its areas of
Silurian and Cambro-Silurian limestones;!? Jaspar House, Alberta,
at the base of a conspicuous limestone mountain;" Bow River Pass
(including Banff, Sulphur Mt., and Laggan), Alberta, where “The
rocks composing the mountains on both sides of the valley are almost
entirely of the limestone series";? Kicking Horse Pass (including
Field), British Columbia, with “rocks referred to the great limestone
series coming down to the level of the bottom of the valley”; Yoho
Valley (North Fork, Cross River), British Columbia, where “the
limestones, both in the bottom of the valley and so far as could be

1 R. Bell, 1. c. 14 D D (1885).

? Packard, Lab. Coast, 206 (1891).

3 Packard, l. c. 171 (1891).

! '*' We pass Outer Battle Island and the ‘Two Sisters, bare, low islands of nearly
white gneiss.” — Packard, 1. c. 137 (1891).

5 See Packard, 1. c. 116-118 (1891); also Fernald, Ruopora, xiii. 121 (1911).

* All in the sandstone, diorite and serpentine region of Notre Dame Bay (See How-
ley's geological map).

7See Logan, Can. Geol. 287 (1863).

8 C. H. Hitchcock, Prelim. Rep. Nat. Hist. and Geol. Me. for 1861, 403.

* See Logan, Geol. Can. Chaps. x and xii.

10 See Tyrrell, Geol. Surv. Can., Ann. Rep., n. s., ix. 167, 168 F (1897).

1 ' Roche Miette, a notable landmark. . stands on the east side of the Athabasca
a few miles below Jaspar Lake” and is composed chiefly of limestone — See McEvoy,
Geol. Surv. Can., Ann. Rep., n. s. xi. 29D and Pl. 1 (1900).

12 G. M. Dawson, Geol. Surv. Can., Ann. Rep., n. s., i. 134 B (1886).
13 Dawson, l. c. 139B (1886).

1914] Fernald,— The alpine Bearberries 25

observed, to the tops of the adjacent mountains, have become changed
to marble"; below Selwyn River, Yukon; Cape Nome, Alaska.’
Of the three Siberian stations of Gmelin two are definitely located
on a geological map of Siberia, Olakminisk and Ochotsk, both in
“ Paleozoic ” areas; and, most important of all, the type station in
western China is “by the side of a stream rich in calcareous de-
posits." 4

Differing from the black-berried shrub in such essential characters:—
the narrower and pointed inner scales of the winter-buds, the thinner
and more elongate, more deciduous leaves without the characteristic
bristly ciliation, the juicier scarlet berries and the smaller seeds, as
well as its usual if not absolute restriction to caleareous soils; the
scarlet-berried shrub has abundant claims to specific separation.
Before formally transferring it, however, it is necessary to look into the
generic name which it should bear. Its black-fruited relative of
Eurasia and our northern and alpine granitic, gneissoid and siliceous
areas was called by Linnaeus Arbutus alpina, but by practically all
subsequent botanists has been treated as generically distinct from
Arbutus, which has a many-seeded berry.

The generic name Arctostaphylos Adanson (1763), though very
inadequately defined, has been almost universally used for 4. alpina
(L.) Spreng. (1825) and for A. Uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. and its allies,
but recently Mr. F. N. Williams? has revived the Clusian and Tourne-
fortian Uva Ursi on the basis of its post-Linnean use by Miller
in the Abridgement of the Gardener's Dictionary in 1754, nine years
before the publication of the generic name Arctostaphylos. The
name or names, Uva Ursi, altered by Mr. Williams to Uva-ursi and by
some others to Uva-Ursi has promptly been taken up by several
authors to displace Arctostaphylos; but as Mr. B. Daydon Jackson
well points out: “The proposed use of Uva Ursi for Arctostaphylos
is excluded by analogy: Linnaeus (Phil. Bot. 160 (1751)) says:—
‘Nomina generica ex duobus vocabulis integris ac distinctis facta,
e Republica Botanica releganda sunt... .[e. g.] Vitis idaea T. Vacci-
nium." * Not only is the name Uva Ursi excluded by analogy and

1 Dawson, |. c. 116B (1886).

2 The writer has been unable to learn with definiteness the rock at this station.

3 On the latest geological map of North America much of the Seward Peninsula,
including Nome, is indicated as Paleozoic.

4 Rehder & Wilson, l. c.

5 F. N. Williams, Journ. Bot. xlviii. 183 (1910).

* Jackson, ibid. 206 (1910).

26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

by the consistent practice of the “ Botanical Republic,” but the Inter-
national Rules specifically cover the case in Article 54. “Names of
genera must be rejected in the following special cases: . . . .3. When they
are formed of two words, unless these two words were from the first
united or joined by a hyphen.” Miller, and before him Tournefort
and Clusius, neither joined the two words by a hyphen nor united
them into a single word but wrote with absolute clearness: Uva Unsr.
The name Arctostaphylos will, then, continue to be used by those
who follow the International Rules.

The taking up of the two unhyphenated words Uva Ursi, altered to
a compound word Uva-Ursi, as has been done by some advocates of
the “ American " Code, seems to be in violation of the rule in that Code
which says: “The original orthography of names is to be maintained,
except in the following cases; .... (a) Manifest typographical errors
may be corrected. (b) Adjectival names of species and subspecies
agree in gender with the generic name with which they are associated.
(c) Generic names derived from personal names should be feminine,
....(d) In the cases of names proposed in works in which v and 7 were
used as vowels or u and 7 as consonants they should be corrected to
agree with modern usage." If this rule is really to be followed by its
advocates it is difficult to see how such an altered generic name as
“ Uva-Ursi" is allowable when the “original orthography” of Miller,
and Tournefort before him, and Clusius before him, was uniformly
the two words Uva Ursi or Bear's Grape.

Of late several botanists have been treating the Alpine Bearberry
as belonging to a monotypic genus under the name Mairania Necker,
Elem. Bot. i. 219 (1790), but, as Rehder & Wilson (l. c.) point out,
Mairania was purely synonymous with Uva Ursi Tournefort and by
neither Necker nor Desvaux, who took up the name, was used to
distinguish the Alpine Bearberry as such. The type of Mairania is
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. as is clearly shown by Necker's
statement: “Quaed. Arbut. Linn. Uva ursi Tournef." Necker was
simply reinstating Tournefort’s Uva Ursi as a genus under a mono-
mial generic name and separating it from Arbutus with which Linnaeus
' had merged it, saying: “Hanc cum praecedente |Arbuto], confudit
Linnaeus: utramque, meritò separavit Tournefortius, siquidem charac-
terem diversum, monstrant tam fructa quam numero seminum." Britton,
in the 2d edition of the Illustrated Flora, keeps up Mairania for the
Alpine Bearberry, ascribing it to Necker but dating it not from

1914] Fernald,— The alpine Bearberries 27

Necker's own publication, as was done in the previous edition, but
from Desvaux's Journal de Botanique, iii. 36, 292 (1813); but surely
Desvaux's treatment gives no ground for generically separating Ar-
butus or Arctostaphylos alpina from A. Uva-ursi. In fact, it requires
a far keener scent for nomenclatorial trails than the present writer
possesses to follow Desvaux to any rational conclusion. Here is what
Desvaux did. In the body of the volume he wrote:
“Tp, 36] MaAIRANIA ARCTOSTAPHYLOS, Adanson.

Calix minimus 5 partitus; corolla ovata, limbo parvo, 5 [p. 37, line 1] fido
revoluto. Stamina, 10 inclusa; filamenta glabra, an- |line 2] therae longitudi-
naliter dehiscentes, et apicé non biperforatae; [line 3] bacca, 5 locularis,
loculis monospermis. Sufrutices folia |line 4] alterna, flores axillares sub-
racemosl.

[line 5] Arsutus, L.
[line 6] Calix minimus 5 partitus; corolla ovata, limbo parvo, 5 [line 7] fido
revoluto, Stamina, 10 inclusa, filamenta villosa; an- [line 8] therae poro gemino
apicé dehiscentes. Bacca 5 locularis, lo- {line 9] eulis polyspermis. Frutices;
foli alternans flores terminales [line 10] subracemosi.
line 11] 1. ArriNA, Desv. Arbutus alpina, L. Foliis rugosis ser-[line 12
ratis. Habitat in alpibus et pyrenaeis.
[line 13] 2. Uva ursi, Desv. Arbutus uva ursi, L. Foliis interrimis.]
[line 14] Habitat cum priore.”

It is certainly evident that the two species, Arbutus alpina L. and A.
Uva-ursi L., were here put under Arbutus, not Mairania; but, needless
to say, by their real characters they both belong under Desvaux's
definition of * MatRANIA ARCTOSTAPHYLOS” with “bacca, 5 locularis,
loculis monospermis."

In the Errata, on page 292, Desvaux attempted some sort of a
disentanglement, saying:

“Page 36, avant-dernière ligne, lisez ARBUTUS, L.
—— 37, ligne 5 ARBUTUS, Lin., lisez Marranta, Neck. Arctostaphylos,
Adans.
— Id. ligne 11, lisez MAIRANIA ALPINA.
— Id. ligne 12 [should have been 13], lisez MAIRANIA UVA URSI."

But this simply made a bad matter worse, for, after making the cor-
rection, we get the many-seeded Arbutus described as having “ Bacca,
5 locularis, loculis monospermis," and the genus Mairania or Arcto-
staphylos, with its characteristic drupe with few nutlets, described
*Bacca 5 locularis, loculis polyspermis"; and under this mangled
generic description we get two species: “1. MarRANIA ALPINA, Desv.
Arbutus alpina, L." with its few nutlets, and “2. M. uva urst, Desv.

3

28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Arbutus uva ursi L." which commonly has its few nutlets fused into
1 stone. This publication of Desvaux's was obviously a hopeless
piece of blundering, but, even if one can infer what he might have
said if he had written otherwise, there is nothing in it to indicate the
slightest tendency to separate Mairania from A rctostaphylos Adans.
nor to treat Mairania or Arctostaphylos alpina as belonging to a
separate genus from M. or A. Uva-ursi.

But even if the chance (i. e. alphabetical) placing of M. alpina before
M. Uva-ursi in Desvaux's ill-begotten enumeration of the two can possi-
bly mean to followers of the * American" Code that Desvaux was thus
setting up a genus Mairania including the Alpine Bearberry as opposed
to the common lowland Bearberry, it is impossible to see how the
" American" Code allows Mairania to be taken up in this sense on the
basis of Desvaux's publication in 1813 when the name had already
been used by Necker in 1790 for Uva Ursi of Tournefort; for there
can be no question that Tournefort’s Uva Ursi was the common Bear-
berry. Tournefort clearly indicated this when he wrote: "I know
one species of Uva Ursi (Uvae Ursi speciem unicam novi)," and when
he illustrated the fruit with 5 coherent nutlets.!

Rehder & Wilson follow Niedenzu, in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. xi. 180
(1889), in using for the Alpine Bearberry the name Arctous which
was the name given by Gray (Synoptical Flora) to a section including
Arctostaphylos alpina as contrasted with the other species. If the
genus Arctous is to be maintained it should be under that name; but
its claims to generic rank seem to the writer, as they have to many
others, extremely trivial and such as even the most extreme devotees
of change have not yet ventured to appl y to parallel cases in many other
genera, such as Vaccinium, Ilex and Rubus. The fullest definitions of
Arctous (Mairania Britton, not Necker) as opposed to Arctostaphylos
(“ Uva-Ursi”) seem to be those of Drude in Engler’s Pflanzenfamilien
and of Britton in Britton & Brown's Illustrated Flora; and, since these
emphasize essentially the same points, the English descriptions are
here quoted.

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS. “Erect or spreading, low or tall shrubs (some western
species small trees). Leaves alternate, petioled, firm or coriaceous, persistent,
evergreen. Flowers small, nodding, pedicelled, white or pink, in terminal
racemes, panicles or clusters. Clayx 4-5-parted, persistent. Corolla globose,
ovoid, urceolate or oblong-campanulate, 4-5-lobed, the lobes recurved, im-

! See Tourn. Inst. 598, t. 370 (1700).

1914] Fernald,— The alpine Bearberries 29

bricated in the bud. Stamens 10, rarely 8, included; filaments short, subulate;
anthers short, erect, introrse, with 2 recurved awns on the back, the sacs
opening by a terminal pore. Disk 8—10-lobed. Ovary 4-10-celled; ovules
solitary in the cavities; style slender. Fruit a drupe, with 4—10 seed-like
nutlets coherent into a solid stone."

AnRCTOUS (* MarRANIA").. .“ A low shrub, with shreddy bark, alternate thin
deciduous leaves clustered toward the ends of the branches, and small white
clustered pedieelled flowers. Calyx 4-5-parted. Corolla 4-5-toothed, the
short teeth spreading or recurved. Stamens 8 or 10, included; anther-saes
with 2 recurved dorsal awns. Ovary 4-5-celled; ovules 1 in each cavity.
Drupe globose, with 4 or 5 separate 1-seeded nutlets." !

The description of Arctous (“ Mairania") is briefer than the other,
but it seems to contain only these strongly contrasting or by inference
opposing characters: Arctous “with shreddy bark, . . .thin deciduous
leaves" as opposed to Arctostaphylos with character of bark not stated,
leaves "petioled, firm or coriaceous, persistent, evergreen"; and
Arctous with nutlets separate as opposed to Arctostaphylos “with
4-10 seed-like nutlets coherent into a solid stone." "The key states
these points concisely :

" Nutlets coalescent; leaves persistent. 19. Arctostaphylos
Nutlets separate; leaves deciduous. 20. Mairania."

Some others, Drude? for instance, add to these characters the juicier
pulp of Arctous as contrasted with the more mealy pulp of Arcto-
staphylos. | Niedenzu;? on the other hand, bases his "generic" dis-
tinction chiefly on the anatomical structure of the leaves, Arctostaphy-
los Uva-ursi and others (with the exception of A. glauca which is
allowed to remain in Arctostaphylos) having a more or less dense coat
of pubescence on the leaves (“Deckhaare vorhanden U) Arctous
having glabrous leaves (“ Deckhaare fehlen"), ete.

If all these contrasting characters, ascribed by one person or another
to Arctous as opposed to Arctostaphylos, would only exhibit themselves
in nature as they do on paper the genus Arctous would have much to
commend it; but unfortunately not one of the weightier characters
stands three minutes’ test in a representative herbarium. The shreddy
bark, for example, of the trailing branches of Arctostaphylos (or Are-
tous) alpina is so like that of Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi that only after
long practice could the two be distinguished by the bark.

! Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 572 (1897).
? Drude in Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenf. iv. Ab. 1, 49 (1889).
3 Niedenzu in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. xi. 178, 179 (1890).

30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

In some way the statement has become a fixture in many of the
American and European descriptions, that the leaves of Arctostaphylos
(or Arctous) alpina are “thin and deciduous.” But surely such a
statement would never knowingly be made by anyone who, like the
writer, has many times tramped over miles of barrens carpeted with
the Alpine Bearberry and has eaten quarts of its bitter-sweet berries
in the hope of growing to like them. Arctostaphylos or Arctous alpina
certainly does not have deciduous leaves! On the contrary they are
marcescent, losing their freshness during the winter and persisting,
often for many years, as masses of bleached and alternately dry and
wet foliage. So persistent are these old leaves, that in collecting the
shrub for the herbarium it is necessary to tear off a large proportion of
the old foliage in order to display the branches and the newer shoots.
That the spick-and-span branches artificially depleted of all old leaves,
such as one often finds in the herbarium, should lead to an impression
that the leaves are deciduous is not unnatural, but this post mortem
and wholly artificial character cannot be maintained as generically
separating Arctous from Arctostaphylos.

This observation, that the leaves of Arctostaphylos or Arctous alpina
are marcescent, not deciduous, is abundantly verified by the state-
ments of others who have an intimate acquaintance with the growing
shrub. Thus we find in Koch's Synopsis: “foliis...glabris, basi
integerrimis ciliatisque marcescentibus”;! in Ledebour’s Flora
Rossica: "folis...glabris basi integerrimis subciliatis marcescenti-
bus";? while Blytt in his Norges Flora goes into more detail: "the
leaves wither in winter and remain withered during the next summer
(Bladene visne om Vinteren og sidde visnede igjen næste Sommer).'?

In the somewhat less coriaceous or even membranous leaves Arcto-
staphylos or Arctous alpina certainly differs from all the other members
of the group, except the red-berried plant described as Arctous alpina,
var. rubra, and in their glabrous leaf-surfaces these two differ from all
other species of the group except Arctostaphylos glauca; but the tex-
ture and degree of pubescence of leaves surely cannot alone differen-
tiate a genus.

The other really strong character (on paper) is the statement that
in Arctostaphylos we have “4-10 seed-like nutlets coherent into a

'Koch, Syn. ed. 3, pt. 1, 412 (1857).
*Ledeb. Fl. Ross. ii. 908 (1844-46).
3Blytt, Norg. Fl. i. 839 (1861).

1914] Fernald,— The alpine Bearberries 31

solid stone," while in Arctous there are “4 or 5 separate 1-seeded
nutlets.” This statement in regard to Arctous is unquestioned; but
what are the demonstrated facts in regard to Arctostaphylos? In
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi the nutlets are commonly more or less fused,
but anyone who will take the trouble to examine the ripe fruits of a
large series of specimens can see for himself that on occasional plants
there are fruits which, when pressed between the thumb and first
finger or under the thumb-nail, quickly crush into 5 distinct nutlets!
If he is keenly enough interested to examine other species, for example
A. pungens HBK., one of the commonest of Manzanitas, he will
have the same experience. In both these common plants and in many
other species of Arctostaphylos he can find fruits with all the nutlets
coherent, with some of them coherent and others free, or with all of
them distinct. This again is not merely the writer's observation:
it belongs to that common store of knowledge which a very slight study
of the literature of the group (to say nothing of the specimens) quickly
brings into prominence. Thus, in the Botany of California the sec-
tion including most of the Manzanitas is described: "the stones
commonly separate or separable, at least some of them, not rarely
some of them united or 2-celled and 2-seeded";! in the Synoptical
Flora of North America the section Uva-ursi, containing Arctostaphylos
Uva-ursi, tomentosa, pungens, etc., is said to have “its nutlets separate
or separable, or irregularly coalescent."? Jepson, dealing only with
the Manzanitas (true Arctostaphylos) says: "Nutlets distinct, irregu-
larly united in 2s or 3s, or sometimes consolidated into a single stone," ?
and Abrams, dealing with the Manzanitas of southern California, says:
“Ovules solitary in the cells, which become bony nutlets or combine
into a few-several-celled stone," * and describes Arctostaphylos Man-
zanita with “nutlets irregularly separable,” A. tomentosa with “nut-
lets all separate or some united in pairs," and A. Pringlei with “ nut-
lets consolidated into a rough carinate stone, or separable.” The
maintenance of Arctous, then, because its nutlets are separate, as
opposed to Arctostaphylos with nutlets coalescent, is as artificial as its
maintenance because of “deciduous” leaves.

There remains the one absolute fact, that in Arctostaphylos the pulp

1 Gray in Brewer & Watson, Bot. Cal. i. 452 (1876).
2 Gray, Syn. Fl. ii, pt. 1, 27 (1886).,

3 Jepson, Fl. W. and Mid. Cal. ed. 2, 312 (1911).

4 Abrams, Fl. Los Angeles and Vic. 291 (1904).

32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

of the fruit is dryish and unpalatable, in Arctous juicier and to some
people not wholly unpalatable; but, according to Richardson, Arcto-
staphylos alpina has the “dark purplish-black berry of more fleshy
consistence, and a stronger peculiar flavor” than the “one with
bright red and more juicy fruit” (Arctous alpina, var. rubra). Surely,
if Arctous alpina can be generically separated from Arctostaphylos
by its “deciduous” leaves, its distinct nutlets, and its juicier pulp,
the scarlet-berried shrub, with thinner and nonciliate leaves sometimes
really deciduous, and with still more juicy fruit, has just as strong
claims to generic separation from the black-berried 4. alpina with
marcescent thickish and more rugose ciliate leaves, and fruit “of more
fleshy consistence.”

From this analysis of the frail characters pushed to the front by
those who urge the generic separation of Arctous (Mairania of Britton,
not Necker) it is apparent that they are not only trivial but largely
nonexistent, and that no sound reason has yet been advanced for the
separation of the section Arctous as a genus.

The scarlet-berried shrub, which led to this exposition of a typical
case of the elevation to generic rank of long-known and already
closely studied sections and subgenera, the sort of hasty change that
some people consider "progressive," may be called, then, by the
scarcely distinctive name

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS rubra (Rehder & Wilson) n. comb., rami prostrati,
cortice brunneo in lamellas secedente, ramulis adscendentibus;
bracteis interioribus persistentibus gemmarum lanceolatis vel ovatis
acuminatis; folis membranaceis deciduis vel paullo marcescentibus
planis vel rugosis glabris, laminis oblanceolatis vel cuneato-obovatis
1.3-4.5 em. longis 0.6-1.6 cm. latis crenatis eciliatis basi integris apice
obtusis vel acutis, petiolis pallidis 0.5-1.5 em. longis glabris vel minute
piloso-ciliolatis; baccis coccineis vel rubris succulentis, seminibus
5 distinctis 2.5-3 mm. longis, 1.6-2.2 mm. latis.

Stems prostrate, covered with a loose brown bark exfoliating in
thin layers; branchlets ascending: inner persistent bracts of the buds
lanceolate or ovate, acuminate: leaves membranaceous, deciduous or
slightly marcescent, flat or rugose, glabrous; the blades oblanceolate
or cuneate-obovate, 1.3-4.5 em. long, 0.6-1.6 cm. wide, crenate, not
ciliate, entire at base, the apex obtuse or acute; petioles pale, 0.5-1.5
em. long, glabrous or minutely pilose-ciliolate: berries scarlet or red,
succulent; seeds 5, distinct, 2.5-3 mm. long, 1.6-2.2 mm. wide.—
Arbutus caulibus procumbentibus, foliis rugosis serratis, J. G. Gmelin,
Fl. Sib. iv. 119 (1769), not L. Fl. Lapp. Arctostaphylos alpina (red-
fruited variety or form) Richardson, Arct. Search. Exped. 433 (1852);

1914] Bartlett, — Systematic Studies on Oenothera,— IV 33

Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. i. 294 (1884); Eastwood, Bot. Gaz. xxxiii.
209 (1902); Farr. Contrib. Bot. Lab. Univ. Pa. iii. No. 1, 61 (1907).
Mairania alpina (red-fruited form) Britton & Rydberg, Bull. N. Y.
Bot. Gard. ii. 179 (1901); S. Brown, Alp. Fl. Can. Rocky Mts., 214
(1907). Arctous alpinus [a], var. ruber [ra] Rehder & Wilson, Pl.
Wils. pt. iii. 556 (1913).— Calcareous soils, Siberia and western
China; in North America known from Alaska, Yukon, British Colum-
bia, Alberta, Keewatin, and Quebec (Anticosti Island). For citation
of stations see pages 21, 22, 24 and 25.

Gray HERBARIUM.

SYSTEMATIC STUDIES ON OENOTHERA,— IV. OE. FRAN-
CISCANA AND OE. VENUSTA, SPP. NOVV.

Harvey Harris BARTLETT.
(Plates 107 and 108.)

THE allies of Oenothera Hookeri form an especially difficult group
from a systematic standpoint. In as much as they are open-pollinated
forms and range throughout most of the far West from Oregon and
Washington to Mexico, the chances are great that numerous spon-
taneous hybrids exist. Although the writer has had a number of
forms related to Oe. Hookeri in cultivation during the last three years,
it has been very difficult to arrive at any conclusion in regard to speci-
fic lines in the group. Aside from the more narrow-leaved forms one
of which probably represents the true Oe. Hookeri T. & G., the cultures
have included two very satisfactorily distinct new species, which can
be safely characterized at this time. One of them, Oe. franciscana,
has been cultivated by the writer through three generations. The
seeds were taken from a packet accompanying a herbarium specimen
which was collected July 30, 1905, at Carmel Beach, Monterey County,
California, by Prof. C. P. Smith, of the Maryland Agricultural College,
(C. P. Smith 1063, in herb. Bartlett.) They were planted in the open
in the spring of 1910. Since the species is rather persistently biennial
unless the seeds are started during the winter in the greenhouse, the
plants failed to mature during the first season. One plant, however,
bore in the axil of a rosette leaf, a single precocious flowering branch

34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

from which seeds were obtained for a small culture (10 plants) which
was started early enough so that it flowered normally during the sum-
mer of 1911. "The culture of 1910, from the wild seeds, also flowered
in 1911 and was identical with the F; generation, The same plant,
which had flowered precociously in 1910, flowered again in 1911, and
was self-pollinated. From the self-pollinated seeds of tliis plant a
second F of ten plants was grown in 1912. One of them, No. 610-612
in the writer's garden at Bethesda, Maryland, served as one parent
of reciprocal crosses of which the other parent was a plant of true
Oe. biennis L. in the garden of Prof. B. M. Davis at the University of
Pennsylvania. The same parent plant, which was used for the crosses,
was self-pollinated to continue the pure strain. In 1913, fifty plants
were brought to maturity in the garden of the Bureau of Plant In-
dustry at Glenn Dale, Maryland, and Davis grew the hybrids with
Oe. biennis, as well as a considerable number of plants of the pure
strain, at Philadelphia. Prof. Davis also had a culture of Oe. fran-
ciscana from wild seed collected by Miss Alice Eastwood in San Mateo
County. Since all the cultures, from both sources, have been reason-
ably uniform, there is no reason to doubt that the species is a relatively
stable type with a geographic range of considerable extent. The
species has received its name from the fact that the material thus far
seen has come from central California, the area covered by Greene's
Flora Franciscana.

The name Oenothera venusta 1s proposed for a species from the more
southern part of California. Two varieties of it have been cultivated,
differing from each other by the absence in one of a hair type which
occurs in the other. It is obviously impossible to affirm that either
variety is the parent form from which the other has been derived.
In this case, however, and whenever a similar situation arises in the
future, the writer will proceed on the hypothesis that the variety in
which a character is absent is the derivative form, and the specific
diagnosis will be drawn up to cover only the hypothetically older form.
The varietal descriptions need then cover contrasting characters only.
If a true specific diagnosis were drawn up to include all the varieties
of the species, it would become necessary to define and name separately
the "var. typica” of each species. Such a course would be logical,
but in the present unsettled state of our knowledge of the relationships
of the Oenotheras it seems undesirable to introduce any names which
can be dispensed with. Consequently the diagnosis of the Oe. venusta

1914] Bartlett,— Systematic Studies on Oenothera,— IV 35

has been drawn up to cover only one variety; the other is described
as Oe. venusta var. grisea.

The typical form of Oe. venusta was grown from seeds collected by
S. B. Parish at San Bernardino, California, Sept. 16, 1912. Var.
grisea was collected by F. M. Reed (No. 358) at Riverside, Cal.
The writer’s cultures of 30 plants of each were very uniform, and the
forms are described after only one generation of cultivation. Cultures
of both were also grown during the past summer by Prof. B. M. Davis,
at Philadelphia.

Oenothera franciscana sp. nov. Biennis. Rosula matura 4-5 dm.
diametro, foliis anguste oblanceolatis, maximis modice bullatis, ca.
25 cm. longis, 3.5—4 cm. latis, utrinque molliter pilis subappressis
arcuatis tectis, apice acutis, basi in petiolum attenuatis, margine
infra mediam distanter sinuato-dentatis, apicem versus solum denti-
culatis, denticulis callosis. Planta matura 5-8 dm. alta, deorsum
cum ramis 10-15 caule proprio fere aequilongis ex foliorum axillis
rosulae prodeuntibus, sursum vel simplex et usque ad inflorescentiae
basin solum ramulos brevis rosulatos ferens vel infra inflorescentiam
ramosa. Rami infimi saepe ramosi. Caules teretes virides pilis
triformibus vestiti; I, pilis 2-3 mm. longis patentibus verrucosis
acutis basi rubrotuberculatis; I, alis similibus sed multo breviori-
bus absque tuberculis rubris; IH, paucissimis laevibus minutis ampul-
liformibus. Folia lanceolata, majora ca. 15 cm. longa, 3.3 cm. lata,
utrinque molliter eum pilis acutis verrucosis pubescentia, brevipetio-
lata, apice acuta, margine distanter sinuato-denticulata. Inflores-
centiae simplices laxae. Bracteae persistentes, inferiores foliis valde
similes late divergentes vel deflexae, fructibus ascendentibus fere ter
longiores; superiores basi obtusae vel rotundatae fructibus vix longi-
ores, extus pilis aliis clavatis laevibus apice rotundatis viscidis, aliis
longioribus acutis eis foliorum similibus sed non verrucosis tectae,
intus solum his indutae. Hypanthium ca. 45 mm. longum, basi 2.3
mm. crassum, superne modice dilatatum, pilis patentibus longis acutis
sublaevibus vel inconspicue verrucosis cum aliis multo brevioribus
laevibus clavatis intermixtis tectum. Calycis segmenta 38 mm. longa
valde hirsuta, apicibus liberis 3.5 mm. longis terminalibus inter se
appressis, ante explicationem gemmam basi 7-8 mm. diametro rubro-
tinctam formantia; pilis biformibus, I, multis clavatis laevibus et II,
longioribus patentibus acutis laevibus basi rubrotuberculatis. Petala,
ca. 36 mm. longa obcordata. Stigmata patentia stamina longe ex-
cedentia. Ovarium 11 mm. longum, dense pilosum, pilis aliis ascen-
dentibus longitudine valde variantibus acutis verrucosis, aliis paucis-
simis minutissimis clavatis. Fructus maturus saepe 4.4 em. longus
sed plerumque multo brevior, quadrangulus prismaticus, 5-5.5 mm.
crassus, apicibus valvulorum liberis (capsula dehisceta) erectis, 2.5
mm. longis truncatis. Semina 1-1.5 mm. longa, atrobrunea.— Seed

36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

collected at Carmel Beach, Carmel-by-the-Sea, Monterey Co., Cali-
fornia, Chas. Piper Smith, No. 1063.

Oenothera venusta sp. nov. Biennis. Rosula matura ca. 60 cm.
diametro. Folia maxima 30 cm. longa, 6 cm. lata, modice infra
mediam bullata, acuta, sinuato-denticulata, ad basin versus repando-
dentata. Planta matura 13-15 dm. alta, basi ramis ca. 10 ex rosulae
axillis prodeuntibus caule proprio aliquantum inferioribus, infra
mediam ramulis brevibus 2-20 em. longis haud floriferis nec rosulatis
praedita; sursum ramos floriferos in spicas laterales inflorescentiae
terminalis transgredientes gerens. Caulis teres pallidus purpurascens
pilis paucis longis arcuatis basi rubrotuberculatis et aliis longitudine
multo variantibus plerumque brevissimis sine tuberculo rubro tectus,
omnibus valde verrucosis ad apicem versus angustatis sed apice obtu-
siusculis. Folia lanceolata vel fere obcuneata ca. 15 em. longa, prope
basin 2 cm. lata, superne gradatim angustata acuminata, vix undulato-
denticulata, utrinque velutina et de pubescentiae causa pallide viridia,
pilis uniformibus, pluribus brevibus arcuatis acutis inconspicue verru-
cosis. Inflorescentiae e spica terminali angusta laxa et spicis termi-
nali similibus lateralibus constantes, ante anthesin strobiliformes,
aetate bracteis ascendentibus, fructibus fere ad rhachin appressis.
Bracteae persistentes, inferiores foliis parvioribus omnino similes,
superiores sublineares vel subulatae acuminatae ovariis bis terve
longiores, extus pilis clavatis laevibus apice rotundatis viscidis aliisque
paucissimis longis acutis, intus solum pilis acutis laevibus non viscidis
tectae. Hypanthium 40 mm. longum, basi 2.5 mm. crassum, apicem
versus ad crassitudinem 3 mm. dilatatum, pubescentia ex pilis paucis
longis curvatis ascendentibus et multis erectis clavatis viscidis con-
stante. Calycis segmenta pallido-viridia, nondum expansa gemmam
conicam subquadrangulam 36 mm. longam, basi 8 mm. crassam, cum
apicibus liberis 4 mm. longis inter se appressis formantia, pilis bifor-
mibus eis hypanthii omnino similibus sed densioribus vestita. Petala
obcordata ca. 42 mm. longa. Pistillum staminibus longius. Ovarium
10-11 mm. longum dense pilosa, pilis ascendentibus acutis verrucosis
paucis longissimis multis brevissimis, nullis rubrotuberculatis.
Fructus maturus conicus, subteres, 4-sulcatus, prope basin 7 mm.
crassus, ca. 35 mm. longus, apicibus valvulorum liberis 1 mm. longis,
truncatis vel obscure emarginatis. Semina 1.5 mm. longa, brunea.—
Seed collected Sept. 16, 1912, by S. B. Parish, at San Bernardino,
California.

Oe. venusta var. grisea var. nov. a forma typica differt bracteis
hypanthio et calycis segmentis griseo-viridibus solum pilis acutis
verrucosis tectis. Pili clavati apice rotundati viscidi in tota planta
desunt.— Seed collected at Riverside, California. “Plant 358 from
F. M. Reed." (B. M. Davis in lit.)

The interesting character which distinguishes Oe. venusta from its
var. grisea,— the absence of viscid hairs in the latter, is possibly

1914] Bartlett,— Systematic Studies on Oenothera,— IV 37

Mendelian. Early in the morning the unopened flower buds of the
two varieties look very unlike. The material (it seems to be a mixture
of a sugar and a weak acid) which is excreted by the thin-walled clavate
hairs of the typical form will have deliquesced, and each hair of this
type is then tipped by a drop of viscid solution, sufficiently concen-
trated so that it has a decided taste. In this condition the buds are
greener than when dry. The buds of var. grisea, on the contrary,
have no secreting hairs and remain dry and gray. When wet by the
dew, the droplets condensed on the pubescence have no taste. On a
dry day the gross appearance of the buds of the two varieties is the
same but they can be readily distinguished with a hand lens. In
general, the viscid character of many Oenotheras (Oc. Lamarckiana,
for example) is due to secretions from the thin-walled clavate hairs
of the pubescence. The red (or green) tubercles at the base of some
of the sharp thick-walled granulose hairs seem to have no secretory
function.

The photographs of Oe. venusta var. grisea accompanying this article
were taken under the writer’s supervision in the garden of the Bureau
of Plant Industry at Glenn Dale, Md., season of 1913. Oe. franciscana
is being used for genetic studies and plants of the type strain will
eventually be illustrated in that connection.

Bureau OF PLant Industry, Washington, D. C.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate 107. Oe. venusta var. grisea, (above) mature rosette, (below) flowering
plant. : .

Plate 108. Oe. venusta var. grisea, inflorescence and details.

In each figure the reduction may be calculated from the label, which is
10 em. long.

38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

SIX WEEKS’ BOTANIZING IN VERMONT,— III.
NOTES ON THE PLANTS OF SWANTON AND VICINITY.

SipxEY F. BLAKE.

The town of Swanton, where I collected from 16 to 30 August 1911,
lies on the eastern shore of Lake Champlain about four miles below
the Canadian border. Its extensive deposits of glacial sands and
gravels of varying depth overlie a base of hard blue clay, and are cut
here and there by masses of marble forming small hills. With the
exception of a few rarities, the plants found here were much the same
as those of the sandy plains about Essex Junction. In the following
list of the more interesting species collected the asterisk marks those
not previously recorded from the state. Altitudes are given in feet.

OsMUNDA CINNAMOMEA L. f. ıncısa (Huntington) Gilbert. Damp
woods, Swanton, 25 August.

O. CINNAMOMEA L. f. LATIPINNULA Blake. Edge of woods, alt.
120, Swanton, 20 August.

*O. REGALIS L. f. INTERRUPTA Milde, Monog. Osmund. 61
(1868). O. regalis var. interrupta Milde, Die Höher. Sporenpfl.
78 (1865).— Dampish ground, not long mowed, Swanton, 27 August
(Blake 3177 part).— Fertile fronds fruiting in the middle, several
terminal pairs of pinnae sterile and herbaceous, their pinnules often
cut or lobed. Apparently always the result of mowing. Seen also
from New Hampsurre: Hampton Falls, 1899, A. A. Eaton; Massa-
CHUSETTS: Carlisle, 1882, Dame; Cambridge, 1862, Gray; Mansfield,
1907, A. A. Eaton & C. W. Welch; Stoughton, 1908, 1911, Blake.

L. rristacHyuM Pursh. Sandy woods, alt. 570, Fairfield.

THUJA OCCIDENTALIS L. Observed on one occasion on plains of
pure sand, an unusual habitat, in company with Betula populifolia,
Myrica asplenifolia, and other plants normally of this habitat.

SPARGANIUM AMERICANUM Nutt. Near shore of Fairfield Pond,
Fairfield, alt. 550; the branched form.

S. DIVERSIFOLIUM Graebn. Muddy shore of Missisquoi River,
Swanton; damp ground, alt. 135, Swanton.

SAGITTARIA ARIFOLIA Nutt. Sand flats, St. Albans Bay.

S. HETEROPHYLLA Pursh f. rLUrrANsS (Engelm.) Blake. Shore of
Maquam Bay.

1914] Blake,— Six Weeks’ Botanizing in Vermont,— III 39

CYPERUS DENTATUS Torr. Shore of Maquam Bay.

C. DIANDRUS Torr. Bank of brook, alt. 115, Swanton, 21 August
(Blake 2995).

C. STRIGOSUS L. f. caprratus (Boeckl.) Blake. Dry sand, Swanton.

C. STRIGOSUS L. var. compositus Britton. Shore of Maquam Bay,
Swanton (Blake 2773, 2918).

SCIRPUS AMERICANUS Pers. Specimens taken on shore of Maquam
Bay (Blake 3184) have a second divergent bracteal leaf 2.5 cm. long
in addition to the normal upright one.

S. ATROVIRENS Muhl. f. sycHNocEPHALUS (Cowles) Blake. Clayey
bank of Missisquoi River, Swanton; damp pasture, alt. 615, Pro-
spect Hill, St. Albans; damp soil near brook, alt. 300, Swanton.

S. CYPERINUS var. PELIUS f. CONDENSATUS (Fernald) Blake. Com-
mon.

ERIOCAULON SEPTANGULARE With. Shore of Maquam Bay; shore
of Fairfield Pond, alt. 550, Fairfield.

J. errusus L. var. soLUTUS Fernald & Wiegand. Meadow, alt.
120, Swanton.

LILIUM TIGRINUM Ker. Along Central Vermont Railroad, St.
Albans, 22 August.

BETULA ALBA L. var. MINOR (Tuckerm.) Fernald. A single tree,
about eight feet high, found uprooted along the shore of Fairfield
Pond, Fairfield, alt. 550, on 24 August (Blake 3105). The summit
of Mt. Mansfield is the only other known locality in the state for
this strongly marked variety.

P. AMPHIBIUM L. f. TERRESTRE (Leers) Blake. Damp woods near
Charcoal Creek, Swanton; shore of Fairfield Pond, Fairfield.

Rumex MEXICANUS Meisn. Central Vermont Railroad yard,
St. Albans.

* ATRIPLEX PATULA L. var. HASTATA (L.) Gray. Railroad yards,
St. Albans, 19 August (Blake 2966). New to the state, but clearly
introduced.

* A. PATULA L. var. LITTORALIS (L.) Gray. Beach of Maquam
Bay, L. Champlain, 18 August (Blake 2933). A plant of coastal and
Great Lake range with us, now proving to occur also in the Champlain
Valley like Ammophila arenaria, Lathyrus maritimus, and Artemisia
caudata.

SALsOLA Kant L. var. TENUIFOLIA G. F. W. Mey. Three tiny
plants, along Central Vermont Railroad, Swanton.

40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

* OXYBAPHUS FLORIBUNDUS Chois. Along Central Vermont Rail-
road, Swanton, 18 August (Blake 2859). Determined by Mr. C. A.
Weatherby.

* EnvcasrRUM Pouca Schimp. & Spenn. Two plants collected,
Central Vermont Railroad yard, St. Albans, 22 August (Blake 3008).
Second New England record; see Robinson, Ruopora xiii. 10 (1911).

POTENTILLA ANSERINA L. Along Central Vermont Railroad, alt.
395, St. Albans.

P. ANSERINA L. var. SERICEA Hayne. Shore of Maquam Bay.

P. MONSPELIENSIS L. var. NORVEGICA (L.) Rydb. Pasture, alt.
600, Fairfield.

* ROSA SPINOSISSIMA L. Pasture, alt. 675, Aldis Hill, St. Albans,
19 August (Blake 2938). Apparently new to the state.

* SPIRAEA SALICIFOLIA L. Forming thickets by roadside, alt. 260,
Swanton, 24 August (Blake 3044). New to New England.

* EUPHORBIA GLYPTOSPERMA Engelm. Sand along Central Ver-
mont Railroad, Swanton, 25 August (Blake 3158). New to the state,
but perhaps introduced.

Hisiscus Trionum L. A single plant, edge of lawn, St. Albans.

H. BOREALE (Britton) Bicknell. Shore of Maquam Bay; meadow
along Charcoal Creek, Swanton; near shore of Fairfield Pond; mea-
dowy ground, Swanton.

MYRIOPHYLLUM TENELLUM Big. Shore of Maquam Bay.

CicUTA BULBIFERA L. Plants collected near shore of Fairfield
Pond were freely bulbiferous and sparingly fruiting.

GERARDIA PAUPERCULA (Gray) Britton. Gravelly beach, Maquam
Bay; dampish sandy soil, Swanton, 25 August; meadowy ground,
Swanton, 27 August.

G. TENUIFOLIA Vahl. Clayey bank of Missisquoi River, Swanton,
alt. 125.

LINARIA MINOR (L.) Desf. Along Central Vermont Railroad,
Swanton, 18 August (2860). It has been recorded from North
Sheldon, only a few miles away (Rnopona xiv. 204 (1912)).

LONICERA TATARICA L. Pasture, Aldis Hill, St. Albans.

AMBROSIA TRIFIDA L. var. INTEGRIFOLIA (Muhl.) T. & G. Central
Vermont Railroad yard, St. Albans.

* Bivens prscompkA (T. & G.) Britton. Shore, Maquam Bay,
Swanton, 20 August (Blake 2985). A species hitherto known as of
coastal plain range from eastern Massachusetts southward and west-
ward, whose occurrence in the Champlain Valley is of much interest.

1914) Smith,— Plurality of Seeds in Acorns of Quercus Prinus 41

* PRENANTHES RACEMOSA Mx. One or two plants along Central
Vermont Railroad, Swanton, 25 August (Blake 3156). Perhaps
introduced.

STOUGHTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

PLURALITY OF SEEDS IN ACORNS OF QUERCUS PRINUS.

CHARLES PIPER SMITH.

A LITTLE more than a year ago my colleague, Mr. B. W. Anspon,
brought me an interesting acorn of the chestnut oak, Quercus Prinus L.
Two hypocotyls were protruding from the apical end of this nut and
dissection brought to light two perfect seeds. Mr. Anspon had been
attracted by the large size of the acorns and was much surprised to find
many of them with two sprouts in evidence. As he had never seen or
heard of two-seeded acorns, he brought the matter to my attention.

My interest was aroused at once, both because of the size and weight
of the nuts, and because my attention had been called, but a few days
before, to a two-seeded acorn of Q. alba L. discovered by one of my
students.

Following directions furnished by Mr. Anspon, I soon visited the
locality of the chestnut oaks, two miles east of
College Park, and found, presumably, the very
trees from which came his specimens. I pro-
ceeded to collect all the two-seeded acorns I
could find under the two trees and the final
count gave the number of fifty-four. Several
one-seeded nuts, almost as large as the two-
seeded ones, were also collected, and four
three-seeded ones added more interest to the
case. Almost all the acorns had germinated
at this date, Nov. 17th., the few unsprouted
specimens found being evidently defective and
incapable of germination. Many of the sprout- Fig. 1. A 3-seeded
- ] acorn with 3 hypocotyls
ing acorns were lying uncovered on the surface emerging at apex.
of the ground, though few thus exposed had the
radicle penetrating the soil.

42

Rhodora [FEBRUARY

One oak of another group of several trees furnished just two two-
seeded specimens, the nuts of all these trees being more nearly average
in size for the species and normal in other respects.

Two more two-seeded nuts were obtained, upon subsequent search,

under the white oak from which came the one
two-seeded acorn of that species mentioned above.
Three out of over two-thousand nuts would evi-
dently not attract attention except by pure acci-
dent; but with a possible 10% two-seeded, as in
the case of the two chestnut oaks under our ob-
servation, one could not fail to notice some of the
abnormal nuts upon giving any attention to the

fallen crop.

LI

Fig. 2. Two em- In accordance with resolutions made last year,

bryos from a 2-seeded

hos I again visited these same oak trees this Novem-
ber. I found, however, the acorn crop to have
been very small this season, with apparently no abnormal fruits
amongst the few acorns on the ground. In size, this year’s nuts are
much smaller than those of 1912. The only two-seeded acorns I have
noticed this season have been three from another white oak on the
Maryland Agricultural College campus, and one from a very small-
fruited chestnut oak west of Beltsville, Maryland.
The commonly accepted characterization of the fruit of the beech

family as a one-seeded nut may justify one in
taking interest in the finding of so many two-
seeded, and even a few three-seeded, acorns. I
am prone to believe, however, that this abnor-
mality is much more common with us than
our records would indicate. In American lit-
erature I find but one reference in this connec-
tion, Mrs. E. G. Britton some time since, in
the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, de-
scribing and illustrating a single white oak
acorn in which were extra cotyledons and two
radicles. European writers, however, deserve
credit for making record of not a few cases of
teratological fruits of Quercus, Penzig, in his
" Pflanzenteratologie," quoting Stenzel as the

Fig. 3. A 2-seeded
nut; sprouts on opposite
sides, not at apex.

recorder of many two- and three-seeded acorns of Q. Robur L., and

1914] Fernald,— Arenaria ciliata 43

Masters, in his " Vegetable Teratology,” supplying quite a paragraph
upon the subject of “ Plurality of embryos in Quercus."

Since the normal number of ovules in the oak ovary is six, it is not
so very wonderful that more than one of these should occasionally be
fertilized and mature into seeds, perfect in all their. parts, though
abnormal in shape. It does seem odd, however, that such a large
number of these abnormal fruits should be produced by one or two
trees at one time.

MARYLAND AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE, College Park, Maryland.

THE NORTH AMERICAN REPRESENTATIVE OF ARENARIA
CILIATA.

M. L. FERNALD.

ARENARIA Cylindrocarpa, n. sp., perennis dense vel laxe caespitosa,
ramis filiformibus humifusis, ramulis adscendentibus 1-15 em. altis
puberulis remote foliatis 1—4-floris; foliis imbricatis vel remotis
lanceolatis vel oblanceolatis vel oblongis subacutis glabris carnulosis
siccis obsolete uninerviis 2-10 mm. longis, axilis haud vel rare fasci-
culigeris; pedicellis puberulis 2-30 mm. longis; calyce cylindrico basi
rotundato 3-5 mm. longo fructifero 2-2.5 mm. diametro, sepalis
oblongis obtusis vel subacutis enerviis vel obsolete uninerviis ad cap-
sulam arcte adpressis; petalis anguste oblongis 5-7-nerviis calycem
vix aequantibus; antheris carneis; capsulis cylindricis calycem
longioribus 4.5-5.5 mm. longis olivaceis vel brunneis; seminibus reni-
formibus 0.6-0.7 mm. longis brunneis nitidis obsolete rugulosis.

Perennial, densely or loosely caespitose; branches filiform, forming
close creeping mats; branchlets ascending, 1-15 cm. high, puberulent,
remotely leafy, 1—4-flowered: leaves imbricated or remote, lanceolate,
oblanceolate or oblong, subacute, glabrous, thickish, when dry ob-
securely 1-nerved, 2-10 mm. long; the axils rarely if ever bearing small
fascicles: pedicels puberulent, 2-30 mm. long: calyx cylindric, rounded
at base, 3-5 mm. long, in fruit 2-2.5 mm. in diameter; sepals oblong,
obtuse or subacute, nerveless or obscurely 1-nerved, closely appressed
to the capsule: petals narrowly oblong, 5-7-nerved, barely equaling
the calyx: anthers flesh-colored: capsules cylindric, exceeding the
calyx, 4.5-5.5 mm. long, olive or brown: seeds reniform, 0.6-0.7 mm.
long, brown, shining, obscurely rugulose.— 4. ciliata, var. humifusa
Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxix. 292 (1894) and in Gray, Syn. Fl. i.

44 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

pt. 1, 240 (1895), not (Wahlenb.) Hartm. Skand. Fl. ed. 4, 141 (1843).
A. ciliata Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 31, fig. 1500 (1897),
not L. Sp. Pl. 425 (1753).— On serpentine, rarely limestone, and pos-
sibly other rocks, Labrador, Newfoundland, Quebec and British
Columbia. LABRADOR: Ramah, August 20-24, 1897, J. D. Sorn-
borger, no. 126; near Hebron, Mentzel. NEWFOUNDLAND: serpentine
tablelands, altitude about 380 m., Bonne Bay, August 27, 1910,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3354; serpentine and magnesian limestone
barrens, northeastern bases and slopes of Blomidon (* Blow-me-down")
Mountains, July 24, 1910, August 20, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand,
nos. 3352, 3352a; "field," Serpentine (or Coal) River, July 16, 1896,
Waghorne; dry limestone barrens, upper slopes and tablelands, alti-
tude 200-300 m., Table Mountain, Port à Port Bay, August 16, 1910,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3353. QuEBEC: crevices and talus of ser-
pentine, altitude 700-1100 m., Mt. Albert, Gaspé County, July 26
and August 1 and 2, 1881, J. A. Allen, August 12, 1905, Fernald &
Collins, no. 76 (rype in Gray Herb.), July 23 and 25, 1906, Fernald &
Collins, nos. 448, 449, 453. British CoLUMBIA: boggy slopes, Silver
City, August 11, 1885, J. Macoun; “summit of Rocky Mountains,”
August 14, 1890, J. Macoun.

Confused by American botanists with Arenaria norvegica Gunn.
Fl. Norv. ii. 144, no. MC, t. 9, figs. 7-9 (1772) = A. ciliata, var.
norvegica Hartm. Skand. Fl. ed. 3, 105 (1838) = A. ciliata, var. humi-
fusa Hartm. |. c. ed. 4, 141 (1843); also with A. ciliata L. Sp. Pl. 425
(1753); but differing from each of those European plants in many
characters. In both A. norvegica and A. ciliata the leaves are more
obviously nerved and even those of the flowering branches usually
subtend small axillary fascicles, and in A. ciliata the leaves are strongly
ciliate. In both A. norvegica and A. ciliata the calyx is campanulate
to hemispherical, in fruit 3-4 mm. in diameter; and the sepals are
oval, acuminate, and usually strongly nerved, those of A. ciliata
often ciliate at base. In both the European species the petals are
oval and distinctly longer than the sepals; and both have ebony-
black seeds, those of A. norvegica coarsely rugose, of A. ciliata dis-
tinctly but more finely rugose.

Gray HERBARIUM.

Vol. 16, no. 181, including pages 1 to 20, aud plate 106, was issued
2 January, 1914.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 16. March, 1914. No. 183.

SOME FLESHY FUNGI OF STOW, MASSACHUSETTS,— II.
SIMON Davis.

Since my former article! I have diligently followed my favorite
pursuit and herein give some further results of my work. Much to
my regret no less than four traets of woodland that I have searched
for twelve years past have been laid low by the owners thereof. "The
only tamarack swamp in the town was stripped of every tree during
the winter of 1911-1912. I cannot help a feeling of regret as I recall
my collections therein in days gone by of rare species of the series
Hyporhodii.

Meteorological conditions have not improved until this fall of 1913.
Between June 8 and September 1 of this year, less than .2 inch of
ain fell in Stow. All summer crops either failed or gave the farmer
a mere pittance for his expenditures of time and money. During
September however rains were frequent and the precipitation nearly
up to the monthly average and in October the rainfall was above the
normal with consequences that made the heart of the toadstool col-
lector leap with joyous expectancy. I have not seen so many nor
such a variety of fungi in our woods since the fall of 1907.

As usual I began my search May first of each of the years 1911,
1912, 1913, and found many morels, especially during last May. It
may be interesting to know that I find them frequently under the
white ash. Best of all during May, 1912, I gathered two plants of
Gyromitra esculenta Fr., not a common plant. I have found it just
twice in twelve years. Dr. W. W. Ford of Johns Hopkins Medical
School pronounced a portion of one of my plants non-poisonous.

1 RHODØRA, Vol. 13, pp. 57—66.

46 Rhodora [Marcu

They were found in the middle of a road leading through pines. For
the last three years I have found in a small swamp during May and
June many plants of an interesting whitish Ascomycete, Ombrophila
clava (A. & S.) Cooke. Its shape reminds me of a small copper rivet
and I find it on dead leaves, often nearly or quite covered with water.
The plant was identified by Prof. E. J. Durand.

I find during May and June a rare species of Pholiota, P. myce-
noides Fr. It grows in sphagnum in company with Galera sphagnorum
Pers. The stem is very long, slender, and brittle, and in my experi-
ence attached to the moss. It requires delicate handling if you wish
to collect an entire plant.

I have found in four different places for years an occasional speci-
men of Hypholoma rugocephalum Atk. and many specimens of H.
delineatum Pk. Both occur on decayed wood and resemble each other
externally, but the latter may be separated from the former by its
more narrow obtuse and smooth spores and by its broader flask-
shaped cystidia. Dr. Peck notes the differences in N. Y. State Mus.
Bull. No. 150, p. 83. Any collector who wishes to know the exact
meaning of the word “rugose” cannot do better than to inspect
very carefully the pileus of one of these fungi.

I continue to find yearly a few plants of Pluteolus callistus and P.
expansus Pk. They are rare plants and when in good condition as
beautiful as they are rare. Dr. Peck in his synopsis, N. Y. State Rep.
No. 46, p. 59, bases his distinction between these two species upon
habit, not a good distinction in my opinion and experience. This
past summer I found two specimens of P. expansus growing on a
decayed maple twig in an exsiccated water hole in a swamp. The
spores of the two species are substantially alike.

During June and the early part of July I find quite a number of
specimens of Marasmius varicosus Fr. Morgan does not include this
species in his list of the North American Species of Marasmius.!
Dr. Peck apparently has never seen the plant, for I fail to find any
reference to it in his reports. "The purplish-brown gills growing darker
as they dry, and the stem covered with blackish-red down half way
up are the chief characteristics of this remarkable species. August 7,
1911, I found many plants of Lepiota cristatella Pk., see N. Y. State
Rep. No. 31, p. 31 and No. 35, p. 163. This plant bears a strong

1 Journal of Mycology, V. 12.

1914] Davis,— Fleshy Fungi of Stow, Massachusetts,— Il — 47

external resemblance to almost all white Mycenae and is very rare;
Peck says in the latter report: “The species has been detected but
once." I found it in a tamarack swamp.

Both Dr. Peck and I were greatly puzzled to name the genus to
which a plant belonged that I found first in 1910 growing upon and
around a pile of decayed white birch. It had many of the character-
istics of a Collybia; it looked like a Mycena; also bore some resem-
blance to an Omphalia. The doctor wrote January 11, 1911: “It
hovers on the confines of Collybia, Mycena and Omphalia, and I think
better be left till we can settle at least the genus.” Finally he placed
it in the genus Omphalia as O. maura Fr. I am not quite reconciled
to this determination, having a strong predilection in favor of consid-
ering it a species of Collybia. It is a small plant variable in color and
structure from water white to fuliginous and deeply umbilicate to
even; itis without odor and of no pronounced taste.

September 16, 1913 I found very fine plants of what I consider
Armillaria ponderosa Pk. It is a very noticeable plant because of the
veil becoming lacerated and adhering in shreds to the stem and margin
of the pileus. My plants were very light yellowish. See N. Y. State
Mus. Rep. 43, p. 41.

Eccilia flavida Pk. was very common during 1912 and 1913. It
varies very much in stature and color. It is smooth and slimy, and
when seen after the gills have assumed the prevailing color of the
genus presents a very pretty sight. The pileus is pale yellow, ob-
scurely striate when dry and the stem is concolorous. I find it in
swamps under deciduous trees, usually in great abundance.

August 4, 1913, I found two plants of one of the most interesting
Ecciliae I have ever seen. Its especial claim to distinction lies in the
peculiarity of the gills which are brownish-fimbriate and serrulate.
I cannot find any species of Eccilia that agrees with my plant.

August 4-12, 1911, I found many plants of Nolanea delicatula Pk.
It is well named, for it is delicate in appearance and must be handled
with the utmost care if you wish to preserve it for future reference
and comparison. It is entirely white and found in thickly wooded
swamps. See N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 24, p. 66.

August 25-Sept. 6, 1913, I found many plants of what I believe to
be a new species of Nolanea. It was growing upon decayed leaves in
a swamp of deciduous trees in an exsiceated water hole. I made three
eollections; the last time I picked it from under the leaves, and was

48 Rhodora [Marcu

enabled thereby to fix the genus as the margin was straight and from
the first pressed to the stem, and not involute. A slight idea of its
color may be had when I write that it reminded me of and I took it
for Hygrophorus psittacinus Fr., because of its greenish color and
shining appearance. But the plant is not a particle viscid, and its
seemingly viscid character is wholly due to the fibrils of the pileus
which appear as if glued to its surface resembling in this respect
Inocybe agglutinata Pk. with which I have been familiar for ten years.
The pileus is olive green with whitish streaks and the stem and gills
are white. It isa pretty and very interesting species, and I am fortu-
nate in having a good collection of specimens. September 7, 1911, I
found a number of plants of a pink-spored Agaric that puzzled me.
I thought it a species of Leptonia. But Dr. Peck pronounced it a
new species and named it Clitopilus leptonia. See N. Y. State Mus.
Bull. No. 167, p. 39. In Dr. Peck’s letter to me he writes: “In
some of the specimens the lamellae are distinctly decurrent. "This
species is allied to Clitopilus vilis Fr. and C. subvilis Pk., though
resembling a Leptonia." found it again in 1912, but it did not
appear in 1913. Nauwcorta sphagnophila Pk. is very common in one
swamp, where it grows throughout the summer. "The mature plant
is noted for its minutely appressed tomentose and sometimes floccu-
lose squamulose pileus of a grayish ochraceous or rusty brown color.
It is a small plant the pileus seldom exceeding 2.5 em. in breadth.

During November, 1912, I found in thick pine woods a pretty
Collybia which Dr. Peck called new and named C. truncata because of
its truncate pileus. It looks not unlike an Entoloma in situ and the
reddish spots on the gills as they mature heighten the illusion; it has
a long, reddish, creeping stem. In the same month I found another
new Collybia called by Dr. Peck C. subdecumbens. The stem was in
many plants up to 16.5 em. long, straight above the oak leaves upon
which the plants grew, but bent at a right angle where it penetrated
the leaves, compressed in many plants and well covered with a white,
hairy mycelium; many stems flatten out upon the leaves to which
they are attached. The taste and odor remind one of a raw potato.
The pileus is drab, the gills white, and the upper part of the stem
satin white and shining. The entire plant presents with age a slightly
scorched appearance. The last two species were found after severe
frosts had visited Stow. For full descriptions see Mycologia for
March, 1913, Vol. V, No. 2, p. 68.

1914] Davis, Fleshy Fungi of Stow, Massachusetts,— II 49

In November, 1911, I found numerous and fine specimens of
Cortinarius pholideus Fr. With my determination Dr. Kauffman
our American specialist on this genus, agreed. It has not appeared
since. I found it on high land under pines. It is distinctive because
of its fawn colored pileus, which with the stem is squarrose with fuligin-
ous-blackish scales. In the same piece of woods I found in October
last fine plants of C. duracinus Fr. as they seemed to me. Upon
sending them to Dr. Kauffman he reported, “The Cortinarius dura-
cinus Fr. may be correct. I still have uncertainities as to what the
genuine one is. In any case it agrees better with the Friesian species
than the variety of it which occurs here (as well as in Sweden)." This
opinion exhibits the professor's good judgment and careful study of
this intricate genus. I consider this species remarkable because no
trace of a fibrillose cortina has been observed in any stage of its growth.
Such cortina as it has appears only as a silky narrow white zone
around the very margin of the pileus. See Stevenson, British Fungi,
Nol TD

In October 1911, Hygrophorus morrisii Pk. was very common and
very variable in size. I find it always under pines. It bears a very
strong resemblance to H. pustulatus Fr., as noted by Dr. Peck, but is
distinguished by the characters named by him. See Bull. Torrey
Botanical Club, Vol. 26, p. 64. 1899. It was not seen during 1912 and
1913. In the summer of 1912, I found many specimens, very large and
very small, very light and very dark, of Hyrophorus nitratus Fr. I found
it by the roadside out of the shade, in the depths of a swamp entirely
in the shade, and in situations where the sun reached it for a few hours
of each day. The strong nitrous odor was always present. "Very
changeable in stature according to locality,’ remarks Stevenson,
Vol. 2, p. 91. During August of 1912 and 1913, I found a few speci-
mens of Hygrophorus peckianus Howe, a curious plant on account of
its change of color; when young and moist it is almost exactly the
color of Lactarius fuliginosus Fr.; when dry and passé it is avellaneous
and opaque. It recalls small faded specimens of Laccaria laccata.
I have never detected any odor such as Howe noticed.

Of all agarics I have ever found the vilest in smell was one I collected
in August, 1912, in a swamp and under a very large white oak. I
consider it was Clitocybe amara Fr. or very near that species. The
taste was very bitter and the odor disgusting and persisting for two
days but fortunately it was not volatile. I regret that I have but one

50 Rhodora [MARCH

specimen. Clitocybe subnigricans Pk. grew near the preceding plant.
It is a plant that always suggests one of the Tricholomata as I look
down upon it, but as Dr. Peck says in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 150,
p. 2, “A fine species easily distinguished by its strong odor and the
blackening of the lamellae and stem where bruised and in drying."

Many of the common species of Clavaria are met with each season
but I will mention only a few that are not common. Clavaria similis
Pk. and C. kromholzii Fr. were found in August, 1911, in a swamp.
In the fall of 1912, I found a plant conspicuous for its size and color
which Dr. Peck determined as C. obtusissima Pk., N. Y. State Mus.
Bull. No. 167, p. 39. C. pallescens Pk. I continue to find and this
past season's collection developed a strong smell of sulphuric ether
upon drying.

Many of the common species of the T'richolomata were abundant in
October last. I refer in particular to T. terreum Schaeff., T. equestre L.
and T. portentosum Fr. Of less common species I found in 1911, T.
fumadellum Pk., T. albobrunneum Pers., T. flavobrunneum Fr. and T.
terraeolens majus Pk. in thick pine woods on high land. This last
plant I have reason to think is of wide range. It is a variety of T.
terraeolens Pk., and is noted in N. Y. State Bull. 157, p. 52. It is a
handsome plant.

Stow seems to me highly favored with genera and species of the
Hyporhodii and Dermini. I find and collect more plants of these
two series than of all the remaining series. In September, 1911, I
found many specimens of Entoloma flavifolium Pk. They were much
larger than Dr. Peck’s illustration in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 105, pl. S.,
deeper in color and the stem distorted in shape. September 13, 1911,
I found fine plants of what Dr. Peck determined as Entoloma fumoso-
nigrum Pk. The pileus has the color of Lactarius-lignyotus Fr. It
appeared in the same locus August 21, 1912, three weeks earlier than
in 1911, but it did not appear in 1913; see N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 167,
: p. 42. August 27, 1912, I found a very distinguished, tense looking
Entoloma which Dr. Peck determined as E. mirabile Pk. It is colored
like E. peckianum Burt., but is stouter and larger. It did not appear
in 1913. The season of 1913 brought to my notice in considerable
quantity a marked variety of E. salmoneum Pk. I found about forty
plants with a light greenish stem more highly colored at the base than
at the top and many of them with pilei having greenish shades more
or less deep. In all other respects they were typical plants. Each

1914) Davis,— Fleshy Fungi of Stow, Massachusetts,—II 51

season I find a few plants of Leptonia flavobrunnea Pk. originally found
in Stow by the writer in 1908. The specific name fits this species
admirably, for the gills are yellowish-brown. August 4-30, 1913,
I found numerous specimens of a small Leptonia finally determined
by Dr. Peck as L. gracilipes Pk. It grew very abundantly in and upon
each side of a road leading through a large tract of mixed woods. ‘The
same month I found in swamp woods a number of plants of a species
of Leptonia finally determined to be L. validipes Pk. It is a very
straight, shining, steel-blue plant and grew upon and at the base of a
pile of vegetable humus. It is a small but very handsome plant;
for descriptions of the last two species see Mycologia, Vol. V., No. 2,
pp. 69, 70.

Hebeloma discomorbidum Pk. was quite common during the fall of
1911. “In the dried specimens the center of the pileus has a brown
or discolored appearance, as if beginning to decay. This is suggestive
of the specific name." See N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 139, p. 75.

The genus Inocybe I must admit at once has a fascination for me
only exceeded by the genus Hygrophorus. The species of the latter
genus with few exceptions have been conspicuously absent from all my
collecting grounds since 1908. On the contrary the species of Inocybe
have loomed large for the past three years and I have tried to learn
something about them from field observations, from my books, and
under the guidance of Dr. Peck. At the outset let me say: “Unless
you have and know how to use a microscope, drop this genus.” You
cannot do anything with the numerous species unless you resort to a
microscope to learn the nature of the spores and the presence or
absence of cystidia. Even then you will be face to face with many
an obstacle that will try your patience. Herein I shall record little
more than an enumeration of my collections. During the past three
years I have found and collected Z. infelix Pk., wmboninota PK.,
hiulea Fr., diminuta Pk., asterospora Quél., trechispora (Berk.) Karst.,
castancoides Pk., agglutinata Pk., rimosoides Pk., subochracea_ (Pk.)
Mass., calospora Quél., eutheloides Pk., minima Pk., longispora Pk.,
and euthelella Pk.

Unless otherwise stated all identifications of species mentioned were
made by my good and very accommodating friend Dr. Charles Horton
Peck, State Botanist, of Albany, N. Y., and such plants are in the
N. Y. State Herbarium in said Albany. Many specimens also are
in my possession, for I try diligently to find enough for correspondents

52 Rhodora [MARCH

and myself, usually though not always succeeding. I think it a good
plan to pick a solitary specimen if one deems it of sufficient interest
to save while waiting for more. I make as good description as pos-
sible and then am the better prepared to recognize the plant upon
à second meeting.

BROOKLINE, MASSACHUSETTS.

ALLIES OF SOLIDAGO ODORA.
ALBERT HANFORD Moore.

IN 1881 Gray described a new species of Solidago, S. Chapmanii!
which had been confused with S. odora Ait.2 The latter species was
known to Plukenet and clearly illustrated in his works? Michaux!
distinguished an 5. retrorsa, which is plainly a synonym of it, but his
S. odora? is generally considered an equivalent of S. tortifolia EIL.,®
and perhaps correctly. It is certainly not S. odora Ait., nor any of
the other species included in the key below. 5S. lanceolata Bosc? is
nothing but a mechanical synonym. S. odora can be told from all its
allies by the longer and strictly lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, usually
thinner leaves.

The only other near relatives of S. odora, hitherto recognized, are S.
tortifolia and S. fistulosa Mill. In the former the lower leaves are
distantly serrate, the involucres smaller (3.5-4 mm. high, about 2 mm.
broad), and their scales very blunt and erose, which is true in no other
species of the group. The leaves of S. fistulosa are crenate-serrate,
with more or less numerous scattered hairs on the lower surface, while
in S. odora and S. Chapmanii the leaves are entire and glabrous, except
for the scabrous margin. In S. tortifolia they are ciliate and with
scabrous midrib.

! Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. xvi, SO (1881).

? Hort. Kew. ed. 1, iii, 214 (1789).

?* Alm. Bot. Phyt. (Omn. op. iv) 389 (1696); Phyt. sive Stirp. Ill. minus Cogn. Ic.
Tab. Aen. (Omn. op. i) t. 116, f. 6 (1691).

* FI. Bor.-Am. ii, 117 (1803).

5 Michx. 1. c. 118.

* Sketch Bot. S.-C, & Ga. ii, 377 (1824).

? DC. Prod. Syst. Nat. Regn. Veg. 334 (1886).

8 Gard. Dict. ed. 8, no. 19 (1768).

1914] Moore,— Allies of Solidago odora a0

To the species already enumerated is now to be added a new one,
as distinct as S. fistulosa or S. tortifolia, and if anything more so than
S. Chapmanit. Most striking in this new species are the very long,
ascending branches of the inflorescence, usually arising from nearly
the same point on the stem and gracefully curved, producing in a
typical inflorescence an effect altogether unlike that of any other
inflorescence in the genus Solidago, in shape suggesting an ordinary
feather-duster or the familiar European besom, or broom made of
fagots (the scopae of the Romans), if one may use such homely similes.

This very distinct species was first observed by Mr. S. C. Hood in the
vicinity of Orange City, Florida. Mr. Ivar T. Tidestrom kindly
referred to me for study specimens of it which he collected there.

KEY TO THE ALLIES OF S. ODORA AND S. CHAPMANII.

a. Leaves, or at least the upper ones, entire, glabrous except for the scabrous
margins, or with seabrous midrib. b.
b. Leaves all entire, not clearly differentiated into upper and lower cauline;
involucral scales not with rounded nor erose apex, generally acute. c.
c. Stems scabrous, with minute hairs only; leaves with glabrous midrib,
more or less prolonged beyond the apex, usually anise-scented, but
sometimes odorless; branches of the inflorescence relatively short,
not with a long portion below the flowers. d.
d. Leaves alllong lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, acuminate. S. odora. .
d. Leaves some or all of them oblong or elliptic-ovate, more often
obtuse, at least not acuminate, and strongly inclined to be thick
and rigid. S. Chapmanit.
c. Stems very rough, with short but conspicuous bristly hairs; leaves
with scabrous midrib, rounded and hardened at the tip but not pro-
longed, and with a characteristic goldenrod odor; branches of the
inflorescence elongate (averaging 2.3-3 dm. in length), ascending,
with a long portion below the flowers. S. aspericaulis.
b. Lower leaves remotely serrate, distinguished into upper and lower, often
rather abruptly; involucral scales with rounded and erose apex.
S. tortifolia.
a. Leaves all minutely crenate-serrate, generally with scabrous hairs scat-
tered over lower surface, gradually decreasing in size from base to summit.
S. fistulosa.

SoLiDAGo opora Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 1, iii, 214 (1789).

Virga aurea Americana Tarraconis facie & sapore, panicula speciosis-
sima Pluk. Alm. Bot. Phyt. (Omn. op. iv) 389 (1696); Phyt. sive Stirp.
Ill. minus Cogn. Ic. Tab. Aen. (Omn. op. i) t. 116, f. 6 (1691).

S. retrorsa Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii, 117 (1803); Ell. Sketch Bot. S.-C.
& Ga. ii, 377 (1824).

S. lanceolata Bosc ex DC. Prod. Syst. Nat. Regn. Veg. 334 (1886).

1 Rigidity is also characteristic of the leaves of S. aspericaulis.

54 Rhodora [Marcu

SoLIDAGO CHAPMANII Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. xvi, 80

(1881).

S. odora Chapm., in part, Fl. So. U. S. ed. 1, 213 (1860).

SoLrDAGO aspericaulis A. H. Moore, spec. nov.

Caulibus inflorescentiae ramisque asperrimis, numerosissimis pilis
horridis instructis; foliis 2-4.3 cm. longis 0.7-1.3 cm. latis (in inflores-
centiae ramis infra axem verum numerosis 1-1.3 cm. longis 3.6 mm.
latis), odore maximarum huius generis specierum proprio, sessilibus
vel subamplexicaulibus et auriculatis aut subcordatis ovatolanceolatis,
apice duro obtuso non nervo medio prolongato, ciliatis, marginibus
scaberrimis paucissimis dentibus rotundatis duris inconspicuis praedi-
tis, nervo medio scabro; inflorescentiae ramis crassis longis subaequali-
bus subfasciculatis plerisque valde et venuste curvatis longitudine
tota 1.3-3 (plerumque 2.3-3) dm., longitudine infra flores plerumque
ca. 1.4 dm. (Tota inflorescentiae altitudo ca. 1.2-3 dm., maxima
latitudo 2.5-3 dm.); involucris 5-5.5 mm. altis ca. 2.5-3 mm. latis
numerosis secundis; involucri squamis linearibus plerumque acutis
glabris dorso rotundato non carinato; achaeniis minute pubescentibus.

Type specimen: Fromrpa, Volusia County, Orange City, Oct. 12,
1913 (Ivar T. Tidestrom, no. 7051, in Herb. Tidestrom. Co-types in
Herbb. Riks Mus., Gray, U. S. Nat. Mus., and Moore).

The branches of the inflorescence in S. aspericaulis are stouter and
longer than in either S. Chapmanii or S. odora, as well as being more
characteristically aggregated in subfasciculate manner. From these
two species it differs also in the greater roughness of the stems (the
larger grayish, instead of more frequently brownish or yellowish hairs
in correspondence to their size, appearing more noticeably transverse
banded under a lens of moderate power), and in the typical and strong
goldenrod odor, instead of the anise scent usual in the two species
named.' The involucral scales in S. odora are distinctly keeled, in S.
Chapmanii less noticeably, and in S. aspericaulis and the other species
not at all. From 5. odora, in addition to the above characters, S.
aspericaulis differs in the oblong, obtuse or at least not acuminate,
instead of longer, lanceolate leaves, and the wholly glabrous, instead
of ciliate involucral scales. From S. Chapmanii, whose leaves are
similar in shape but slightly less oblong or elliptic, the new species
further differs in not having the blunt prolonged midrib, and in its
glabrous, instead of minutely pubescent and ciliate involucral scales.
From S. tortifolia it is distinguished by its leaves all being essentially

1 In some specimens the anise scent is wanting, but the odor does not seem to change
its quality.

1914] Suksdorf,— Is Arenaria lateriflora dioecious? dd

entire, its bristly, instead of merely scabrous puberulent stems, and the
generally acute involucral scales, not rounded at tip, nor erose. From
S. fistulosa it differs in the entire, instead of crenate-serrate leaves,
not distinctly divided into upper and lower cauline, whereas S. fistu-
losa shows a pronounced gradation in the leaves from base to summit.
S. aspericaulis finds its nearest relative probably in S. Chapmani,
although it is abundantly distinct from it.
SOLIDAGO TORTIFOLIA Ell. Sketch Bot. S.-C & Ga. ii, 377 (1824).

S. odora Michx.? Fl. Bor.-Am. ii, 118 (1803), not Ait.
SoLipaGo FIsTULOSA Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. 8, no. 19 (1768).

S. pilosa Walt. Fl. Car. 207 (1788). This is usually referred here,
but the description 1s very meagre.

WasniINGTON, D. C.

IS ARENARIA LATERIFLORA DIOECIOUS ?
WILHELM SUKSDORF.

Mn. R. W. WoopwaRp's paper, On Variation in Arenaria lateri-
flora, in Ruopora for December, 1913, was very interesting to me,
since I had made almost exactly the same observations on the related
species Arenaria (or Moehringia) macrophylla about ten years ago.
However, my conclusions were somewhat different, for I began to
look upon the two forms as the two sexes of a dioecious species. The
form with long stamens and short pistil does not produce seeds, at
least not in many cases, and its petals are more conspicuous than in
the other form, which has a longer pistil and short, apparently imper-
fect stamens. Many specimens of both forms were collected in 1904
and later distributed.under one number (4033) but with separate
labels, and the sex: was indicated on the label in each case. My col-
lection of this plant consists of 17, or if the sexes are kept separate,
of 20 sheets, collected at nearly as many different places north and
west of Bingen, Washington, scattered over an area about 30 miles
wide each way, the altitude varying from 125 to 3000 feet or more.
Of the 20 specimens 7 are pistillate and 13 are staminate, only one of
the latter has a conspicuous ovary which, however, may be sterile.

56 Rhodora [MARCH.

My collection of M. lateriflora comprises only 5 numbers as follows:
1 from Cambridge, Massachusetts and 1 from Iowa, both with long
stamens, and 3 from Spokane Co., Washington, one of these is pistil-
late, the other two consist of both sexes on different stems. In one
long-stamened flower there is a capsule not very small, but it seems to
be seedless.— To me it seems fairly certain that these two species
are dioecious or nearly so. "There may be a third form having long
stamens and also producing seeds, but that is still doubtful. Fur-
ther observations at many different places may perhaps be needed to
settle this point.

BINGEN, WASHINGTON.

A CUT-LEAVED ALDER.— On the edge of a wet thicket at Norris
Arm, at the mouth of the Exploits River in Newfoundland, there
occurs a large clump of the common swamp Alder, Alnus incana (L.)
Moench, with the leaves deeply pinnatifid. When the plant was first
examined it was taken to be the shrub known in cultivation as A.
incana, var. pinnatifida Wahlenb., but closer study shows that it
cannot be placed with var. pinnatifida, for that shrub, known in the
wild state only in Sweden, has the leaves densely pubescent beneath
(see Callier in Schneider, Handb. der Laubholzk. i. 136). The New-
foundland shrub is clearly an extreme of the common American 4.
incana, var. glauca Ait., differing, like var. glauca, from typical A.
incana of Europe, in having the leaves very glaucous beneath and
quickly glabrate except on the veins. It should be called

ALNUS INCANA (L.) Moench, var. GrAUCA Ait., forma tomophylla,
n. f., foliis elongatis irregulariter. laciniato-pinnatifidis.— Leaves
elongate, irregularly laciniate-pinnatifid.— NEWFOUNDLAND: border
of a wet thicket, Norris Arm, August 21, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 5303 (TYPE in herb. Gray). A somewhat similar but less charac-
teristic specimen from Marne: Hartford, August, 1892, J. C. Parlin.—
M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Vol. 16, no. 182, including pages 21 to 44 and plates 107 and 108, was issued 2
February, 1914.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 16. April, 1914. No. 184.

SOME ANNUAL HALOPHYTIC ASTERS OF THE MARITIME
PROVINCES.

M. L. FERNALD.

(Plate 109.)

WHEN the genus Aster was worked over for the seventh edition of
Gray's Manual the three annual species included were noted as
occurring on the marshes or saline sands of the lower River or the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, two of the records based upon collections by
the present writer, and one upon a specimen from Professor John
Macoun. The three species, as then treated, were 4. subulatus Michx.,
the continuous northeastward range of which stops at the New Hamp-
shire coast, but which is represented by a plant discovered in 1902 by
Mr. Emile F. Williams and the writer on the saline shores of Nepisi-
guit Bay, an arm of the Baie des Chaleurs in northeastern New Bruns-
wick; 4. angustus (Lindl.) T. & G., a plant of the Great Plains of
western North America and of salt plains of Siberia and Afghanistan,
which has an isolated station on the shores of the St. Lawrence at
Cacouna, Temiscouata Co., Quebec; and 4. frondosus (Nutt.) T. & G.
of alkaline spots among the Rocky Mountains, with which was identi-
fied a specimen collected in 1888 by Professor John Macoun at Brack-
ley Point, Prince Edward Island, and sent to the Gray Herbarium as
A. subulatus.

During the summer of 1912, while botanizing about the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, Messrs. Bayard Long, Harold St. John and the writer made
a special point of collecting adequate material of the Prince Edward
Island plant. It was found to be somewhat general in brackish sands

58 Rhodora [APRIL

of the “North Shore,” i. e. the outer or Gulf shore of the island, at
least from Tignish to Grand Tracadie, while a seemingly identical
plant was found on brackish shores at Étang du Nord, at the southern
end of Grindstone Island in the Magdalen Island group; and a closely
related but obviously distinct plant was found in great profusion cover-
ing the damp brackish sands at Grande Entrée near the northern end
of the Magdalen Islands.

Upon critically studying this material it was quickly apparent
that the Prince Edward Island plant, which had been originally dis-
tributed as Aster subulatus and subsequently referred to A. frondosus,
could have no specific connection with either, for it has quite rayless
heads like those of the unique A. angustus, and in its very foliaceous
involucre it is unlike any described species. It was also apparent
that the little plant so abundant at the northern end of the Magdalen
Islands differed in some pronounced varietal characteristics from the
plant of Grindstone Island and of Prince Edward Island.

In the course of this study of the annual Asters from Prince Edward
Island and the Magdalen Islands, the plant from northeastern New
Brunswick, which had been referred to A. subulatus, was also reexam-
ined and found to differ in certain important points from the plant
of our Atlantic coast. It was consequently gratifying that, in his
explorations of the coastal sands of eastern New Brunswick during
the late summer and autumn of 1913, Mr. Sidney F. Blake was able
to secure a collection of mature material of the so-called A. subulatus
from the shores of Nepisiguit Bay and thus to reinforce the characters
already noted in the rather immature material of Williams & Fernald.
And it was especially interesting that, upon the marshes of the Tra-
cadie Lagoon of northeastern New Brunswick, Mr. Blake should also
find a third area of the little rayless species already known from the
islands in the Gulf; but the most notable point about the plant of the
Tracadie Lagoon is that, while clearly belonging specifically with the
others, it should show in its foliage and involucres characters almost
exactly intermediate between the plant of the Prince Edward Island
sands and the extreme variety which covers the sands of Grande
Entrée, near the northern end of the Magdalen Islands.

The third species of this remarkable group of annual Asters of the
St. Lawrence shores, the plant identified with Aster angustus, has not,
. so far as the writer is aware, been collected since he and Professor J. F.
Collins found over-ripe material at the border of a salt marsh at Ca-

1914] Fernald,— Some annual halophytic Asters 59

couna in 1904. But of the peculiar plants from the Gulf of St. Law-
rence we now have an abundance of material; and it is clear that the
rayless one is distinct from the species with which the earlier and
inadequate collection was placed and that the other, from Nepisiguit
Bay, is a pronounced variety of the southern A. subulatus.

The rayless plant may be called

Aster (Conyzopsis) laurentianus, n. sp., planta annua ubique
carnosa 3-25 cm. alta, caule subsimplici vel cum ramis brevibus axil-
laribus racemosis l-capitatis instructo vel interdum ramis elongatis;
foliis lineari-spathulatis vel -lanceolatis obtusis vel acutiusculis mu-
cronatis integris 2-6 cm. longis 2-7 mm. latis; involucro hemi-
spherico-campanulato, bracteis 2—3-seriatis plerumque foliaceis carno-
sis lanceolatis lineari-spathulatis vel lineari-oblongis acuminatis
mucronatis plerumque subaequalibus 5-8 mm. longis, exterioribus
3-5 valde elongatis 8-18 mm. longis 1-2 mm. latis; corollis exteriori-
bus numerosis filiformibus eligulatis stylo brevioribus, corollis cen-
tralibus paucis filiformibus limbo campanulato 4—5-fido flavescentibus
stigmata purpurascentia subaequantibus; achaeniis pilosis.

Annual, glabrous throughout, fleshy, 3-25 em. high; the stem sub-
simple or with short axillary racemose 1-headed branches or occasion-
ally with elongate branches: leaves linear-spatulate or -lanceolate,
obtuse or acutish, mucronate, entire, 2-6 cm. long, 2-7 mm. wide:
involucre hemispherical-campanulate: the bracts in 2-3 series, mostly
foliaceous and fleshy, lanceolate, linear-spatulate or linear-oblong,
acuminate, mucronate, mostly subequal, 5-8 mm. long; the exterior
3-5 very elongate, 8-18 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide: the outer corollas
numerous, filiform, without rays, shorter than the style; central
corollas few, filiform, with a 4-5-toothed campanulate limb, yellowish,
about equaling the purplish stigmas: achenes pilose.— PRINCE
Epwarp Istanp: damp sand back of the strand, Tignish, August 6,
1912 (barely in anthesis), Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8163; salt
marshes, Brackley Point, September 5, 1888, J. Macoun (distributed
as A. subulatus); damp brackish sands, Brackley Point, August 31,
1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8166 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); wet
brackish sand, Grand Tracadie, August 31, 1912, Fernald, Long & St.
John, no. S167. MAGDALEN ISLANDS: wet brackish sand or mud at
the margin of a pond southwest of Etang du Nord village, Grindstone
Island, August 15, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. S164. Figs.
1-3.

‘Var. magdalenensis, n. var., humilis 3-5 cm. altus valde carnosus;
foliis spathulatis apice rotundatis vel obtusis; bracteis exterioribus
5-11 haud elongatis spathulatis vel oblongis vel anguste ellipticis
plerumque obtusis 8-10 mm. longis 2-4 mm. latis.

Low, 3-5 em. high, very fleshy: leaves spatulate, rounded or obtuse
at apex: outer bracts 5-11, not at all elongated, spatulate, oblong or

M.
i"

60 Rhodora [APRIL

narrowly elliptic, mostly obtuse, 8-10 mm. long, 2-4 mm. wide.—
MAGDALEN Is_anps: damp brackish sandy beach, Grande Entrée,
Coffin Island, August 19, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8165
(TYPE in Gray Herb.). Fig. 4.

Var. contiguus, n. var., humilis 2-13 cm. altus; foliis spathulatis
apice rotundatis vel obtusis: bracteis exterioribus 5-11 lineari-ob-
longis haud vel rare elongatis acutis vel acutiusculis 5-10 mm. longis
1-2 mm. latis.

Low, 2-13 cm. high: leaves spatulate, rounded or obtuse at apex:
outer bracts 8-11, linear-oblong, not at all or rarely elongated, acute
or acutish, 5-10 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide.— New Brunswick: drier
spots in marsh, Tracadie, Gloucester Co., September 10, 1913, S.

F. Blake, no. 5645 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). Fig. 5.

In its rayless marginal flowers (fig..2) Aster laurentianus is nearest
related to A. angustus, which has the linear-attenuate leaves and the
very slender involucral bracts ciliate. Though formerly confused
with 4. frondosus, A. laurentianus has less affinity with that species
than with A. angustus. In A. frondosus the ligule is well developed _
and the involucre has its outer serles of bracts successively shorter
than the inner, while in the rayless A. laurentianus the outer series are
successively longer.
~ Aster laurentianus belongs to a peculiar little group of annual
species (& Conyzopsis) widely dispersed in saline or subsaline habitats
and somewhat transitional in their floral structure between true Aster
and the genus Conyza. By some authors the section Conyzopsis is
kept apart generically (as it once was by Asa Gray) from Aster as
Brachyactis, characterized as a group of annuals with "rays not ex-
ceeding the mature pappus or none" ;? but, as long ago pointed out
by Asa Gray, the annual A. eubülgiur (generally maintained as an
Aster, not a Brachyactis) " with its inconspicuous rays, hardly sur-
passing the disk and commonly surpassed by the mature pappus, and
with its fewer disk-flowers, must be held to invalidate the genus
Brachyactis.” * The distinctness of Brachyactis as a genus is further
menaced by the publication of such species as B. hybrida Greene, a
plant said by its author to be “remarkable as a Brachyactis for its
many long rays [about 1 cm. long], as well as by its apparently
perennial duration; otherwise it is at perfect agreement with other
members of this well marked genus." 4

1 See Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xvi. 99 (1880).

? Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, iii. 348 (1913).
3 Gray, 1. c.

+ Greene, Leaflets, i. 147 (1905).

1914] Fernald,— Some annual halophytie Asters 61

Aster subulatus as it occurs on Nepisiguit Bay, isolated by many
hundreds of miles of coast-line from the northern limit of continuous
occurrence of the species, differs at a glance in its spatulate obtuse
leaves; and in some other characters it departs from typical A. subu-
latus of the Atlantic Coast. Its strongly ascending branches bear
few comparatively scattered heads; the involucres are more herba-
ceous, the bracts in some plants subequal; and the ligules more
prominent than is common in A. subulatus and strongly inclined to be
in only 1 row. These characters, if constant, would indicate a clearly
marked species, but a close study of the available material shows that
they are not absolute. The lower and median cauline leaves are
usually fairly constant in their rounded apex but a few individuals
from New Brunswick show acute or acuminate tips; the erect branch-
ing is exhibited by occasional small plants of otherwise good A. subu-
latus; the herbaceous involucre, though reasonably constant in the
New Brunswick collections, is strongly approached by plants from the
Boston district, and exceptional individuals of the New Brunswick
series have the outer bracts as short as in typical A. subulatus; and the
ligules, though longer in the New Brunswick plant than in most of the
material from the Atlantic coast, are very closely approached in
occasional plants from southern New England, where their length and
number are variable. It seems to the writer, then, that the plant
from Nepisiguit Bay is best treated as

ASTER SUBULATUS Michx., var. obtusifolius, n. var., foliis inferiori-
bus mediisque spathulatis apice rotundatis vel obtusis; ramis arcte
adscendentibus paucicapitatis; bracteis involueri plerumque sub-
aequalibus exterioribus subherbaceis; ligulis 4-5 mm. longis pappum
valde superantibus.

Lower and median leaves spatulate, rounded or obtuse at apex:
branches strongly ascending, bearing few heads: involucral bracts
mostly subequal, the outer subherbaceous: ligules 4-5 mm. long,
obviously exceeding the pappus.— New Brunswick: abundant on
sandy salt marsh at mouth of Nepisiguit (possibly Middle) River,
Bathurst, July 25, 1902, E. F. Williams & M. L. Fernald; brackish
marsh along Middle River, Bathurst, August 13, 1913, S. F. Blake,
no. 5372 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 109.

Fig.1. Aster laurentianus, X1; fig. 2, marginal flower, X5; fig. 3, corolla of
central flower, X5. Fig.4. A.lawrentianus, var. magdalenensis, X1. Fig. 5.
A. laurentianus, var. contiguus, X1. Fig. 6. A. subulatus, var. obtusifolius, X 1.

Gray HERBARIUM.

A
za
y>
“s

Š.
E»

62 Rhodora [APRIL

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND HEPATICAE,— XI.
ALEXANDER W. EVANS.

In the last paper! of this series the rare Neesiella pilosa, a member
of the Marchantiaceae, was reported for the first time from New
England. The scanty material which served as the basis for this
record was collected in 1898 by F. G. Floyd, at the base of a limestone-
bearing cliff on Willoughby Mountain in northern Vermont. During
the past summer it was the writer’s good fortune to visit this interest-
ing botanical region under the guidance of Miss Annie Lorenz, to
whom it had long been familiar. As a result of this visit several
species were added to the hepatic flora of Vermont, four of which
represent additions to the New England flora as well. Of these four
species two, Clevea hyalina and Neesiella rupestris, belong to the
Marchantiaceae. These are especially worthy of note because the
total number of Marchantiaceae known from New England is only ten,
and because there is little probability that this number will be materi-
ally increased. The other additions include Lophozia grandiretis
and the curious Diplophyllum gymnostomophilum, a species which
has been shifted about from one genus to another since it was originally
described in 1896. The paper discusses also the synonymy of Lo- `
phozia quinquedentata and Cephalozia media, proposes a new name in
the genus Plagiochila, and is concluded by a list of additions to local
state floras and a census of New England Hepaticae according to the
information now at hand.

1l. CLEVEA HYALINA (Sommerf.) Lindb. Not. Soc. F. et Fl. Fenn.
9: 291. 1868. Marchantia hyalina Sommerf. Mag. Naturw. II.
1: 284. 1833. Sauteria hyalina Lindb. Öfver. Vetensk.-Akad. Fórh.
23: 561. 1866 (in part). Plagiochasma erythrospermum Sulliv.;
Austin, Proc. Acad. Philadelphia for 1869: 229. Aitonia erythro-
sperma Underw. Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 2: 43. 1884. On
a limestone-bearing cliff, Willoughby Mountain, Vermont (Miss Lorenz
& A. W. E., July, 1913). New to New England. The material grew
on sandy detritus, partially overhung by the steep rocks. Most of
the stations were shaded and more or less protected from the rain.
The carpocephala found were old and weathered, and a trip in May or

1 Ruopona 14: 209-225. 1912.

1914) Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XI 63

June would probably be necessary to secure them in good condition.
Clevea hyalina is a species of arctic and alpine regions and is known
from many localities in Europe. In North America it has already been
collected in Greenland, Ellesmere Land, North Lincoln, Quebec,
British Columbia, Montana, Colorado, Idaho, Utah, Washington,
and California. The species is fully described by Howe in his Hepa-
ticae and Anthocerotes of California ! and by K. Müller in his Leber-
moose Deutschlands, Oesterreichs und der Schweiz? Numerous
interesting details may be found also in Solms-Laubach’s account of
the “Marchantiaceae Cleveideae und ihre Verbreitung.” 3 The
plant, however, is so different from the other Marchantiaceae known
from New England that a few words about its most striking peculiari-
ties may not be out of place.

The genus Clevea belongs to the group Astroporae of Leitgeb,* so
called because the small epidermal pores are surrounded by cells the
radial walls of which are strongly thickened. This peculiarity is
well marked in typical forms of C. hyalina but not in Howe's variety
californica, known only from California, or in the rare C. Rousseliana
(Mont.) Leitgeb, known only from Greece, Italy, Algeria, and the
Canary Islands. Other interesting features of the Astroporae are
- found in the method of dehiscence of the capsule and in the cells of
the capsule-wall. The wall splits from the apex to about the middle
into several irregular lobes with ragged edges, and no definite lines of
dehiscence can be distinguished. "The capsule-wall is composed of a
single layer of cells, the walls of which show numerous thickenings in
the form of rings or half-rings. In these respects the Astroporae agree
with most of the complex Compositae (including the genera Cono-
cephalum, Lunularia, Marchantia, and Preissia) and differ sharply
from the Operculatae (including the genera Asterella, Grimaldia,
Neesiella, and Reboulia), in which the capsule opens by a more or less
distinct circular lid and is composed of cells without annular thicken-
ings. In addition to Clevea the Astroporae include the two genera
Sauteria and Peltolepis, both of which have been reported from north-
ern North America. In the structure of the thallus these three genera
are very much alike, but good generic characters are afforded by the

1 Mem. Torrey Club 7: 36. 1899.

? Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora 6: 241. 1907.
3 Bot. Zeitung 57 !; 15-37. 1899.

* Unters. über Lebermoose 6: 49. 1881.

04 — Rhodora [APRIL

inflorescences, both male and female. In Clevea and Sauteria the
antheridia are borne in irregular and poorly defined groups on the
upper surface of the thallus and are not surrounded by protective
scales. In Peltolepis the antheridia are collected in definite disc-like
inflorescences surrounded by scales. In Clevea the stalk of the carpo-
cephalum arises from the upper surface of the thallus and is quite
destitute of longitudinal grooves enclosing rhizoids. In Sauteria
and Peltolepis the stalk arises from the end of a thallus-branch; in
Sauteria there is one rhizoid-bearing groove present and in Peltolepis
two. These differential characters indicate that Clevea occupies the
lowest place in the Astroporae from the standpoint of phylogeny and
Peltolepis the highest.

The thallus in Clevea hyalina is smaller than in most of the New
England Marchantiaceae, averaging about 3 mm. in width. The
upper surface is typically green, sometimes with a glaucous cast,
but the margins in some cases at least are bordered with purple. The
boundaries of the air-spaces show clearly under the lens. The ventral
scales are large and conspicuous and extend beyond the margin of the
thallus. At the apical extremity they form a distinct cluster extend-
ing backward over the growing point. The scales are pointed and
are either white and hyaline throughout or else more or less tinged
with purple. These scales form one of the most characteristic features
of the species and are often of great service in the determination of
sterile material.

2. NEESIELLA RUPESTRIS (Nees) Schiffn.; Engler & Prantl, Nat.
Pflanzenfam. 15: 32. f. 17, G-K (after Bischoff). 1893. On a lime-
stone-bearing cliff, Willoughby Mountain, Vermont (Miss Lorenz &
A. W. E., July, 1913). New to New England but already known, in
North America, from Quebec, Ontario, New York, Ohio, and Illinois.
Also known from various parts of Europe and from Japan. Since
the most important characteristics of the species were described by the
writer in the Bryologist for September, 1911, it will not be necessary
to repeat them here. The Vermont material is not abundant. It
grew in localities similar to those described under Clevea hyalina, and
the two species were occasionally mixed. Unfortunately the few
carpocephala collected were so old and weathered that the united
spirals of the elaters, first noted by Schiffner, could not be clearly
demonstrated. The specimens lacked, however, the abundant scales

AN" moli c d ipm
A ue 1 RT E

1914] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XI 65

found in N. pilosa, so that their reference to N. rupestris is probably
correct. It is to be regretted that no satisfactory specimens of N.
pilosa were collected, although the cliff where F. G. Floyd found his
material was visited. "This was very likely due to the fact that the
plants were collected after they had passed their prime, so that it was
difficult to distinguish between similar species in the field. It should
be borne in mind, however, that N. pilosa and N. rupestris are very
closely related species and that there is some possibility that they
may not be distinct. Schiffner has already mentioned this possibility
and describes a region in the Tirol where Neesiella carnica (Massal.)
Schiffn., a species doubtfully distinct from N. pilosa, grows in company
with plants which cannot be distinguished from N. rupestris and also
with plants which seem to be intermediate between N. carnica and
N. rupestris! He suggests two explanations: first, that the specimens
of apparent N. rupestris may actually represent true N. rupestris, in
which case N. carnica and N. rupestris would be synonymous; second,
that they may simply represent individuals of N. carnica, so affected
by deep shade and increased water-supply that they resemble N.
rupestris in all respects. He hesitates to decide the question on the
basis of what he found in a single locality but recommends it for the
consideration of others who may be fortunate enough to make observa-
tions upon these rare plants in the field. If it should ever be estab-
lished that N. pilosa, N. rupestris, and N. carnica were synonyms,
the species would have to bear the name N. pilosa on the ground

of priority.

3. LOPHOZIA GRANDIRETIS (Lindb.) Schiffn. Lotos 51: [20]. 1903.
Jungermannia grandirctis Lindb. Medd. Soc. F. et Fl. Fenn. 9: 158.
1883 (nomen nudum); Kaalaas, Nyt Mag. for Naturv. 33: 322.
1893. On moist exposed earth in a marly swamp, Willoughby, Ver-
mont (Miss Lorenz & A. W. E., July, 1913). Collected also by A. H.
Brinkman at Banff, Alberta, in 1912 (No. 606, in part). New to
North America. In Europe the species is known from a few scattered
localities in Norway, Sweden, Finland, Denmark, Germany, and
Switzerland. The material from Vermont is destitute of sexual
organs but bears gemmae in abundance. It agrees closely with the

specimens distributed by Schiffner (as a new variety humilis) in his

Hepaticae Europaeae, No. 116. At first glance the species bears some

1 Hedwigia 47: 315. 1908.

M. cm Viu Moe
PRA. S rur

66 Rhodora | [APRIL

resemblance to L. Mildeana (Gottsche) Schiffn., but the gemmiparous
branches and the gemmae themselves would indicate that it was really
much more closely related to L. incisa (Schrad.) Dumort. Stephani,
in fact, goes so far as to include it among the synonyms of L. incisa.
Interesting observations on L. grandiretis have been published by
Schiffner,! while a full account of the species, with figures, is given
by K. Müller? :

The stems of L. grandiretis are simple or sparingly branched and
are more or less pigmented with purple or blackish brown on the lower
surface. ‘The leaves are delicate in texture and pale green and are
remarkable for being broader than long. In normal cases they are

unequally bifid for about one third their length with broadly triangu- _

lar, bluntly pointed lobes, the margins of which are commonly entire.
Toward the apex of the stem trifid leaves are often developed. The
leaf-cells are unusually large and are accountable for the specific name
of the plant. At the apices of the lobes, according to K. Miiller, the
cells measure 40-50 u in diameter, but in the middle of the leaf they
attain a length of 60-80 u and a width of 40-50 u. The walls are
rather thick and small trigones are usually developed. "The cuticle
is smooth. Underleaves are absent except in the female inflorescence.

The gemmiparous branches bear the gemmae on the tips of crowded
leaves, somewhat reduced in size, and the development of the gemmae
quickly brings the growth of the branches to an end. The gemmae,
which have recently been figured by Warnstorf,? measure 25-30 uin
diameter. They are unicellular-or bicellular and are sharply angular
or even stellate.

Even in the absence of inflorescences L. grandiretis may usually be
distinguished without much trouble from L. incisa. In the latter
species the stems are green throughout, the leaves are longer than
broad, the lobes of the leaves often bear angular-or spine-like teeth,
the cells measure only 25 u in diameter at the apices of the lobes and
only 30-40 u in the middle of the leaf, the cell-walls are thin, and tri-
gones are scarcely to be demonstrated. The gemmiparous branches
and the gemmae are much alike in the two species, although the gem-
mae in L. incisa are distinctly smaller, averaging only 15 u in diameter.

In the opinion of Warnstorf L. grandiretis is closely related to L.

! Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 57: [5]. 1907.
? Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora 6: 705. f.322. 1910.
? Hedwigia 63: 209. f.4. 1913.

X

^

1914] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XI 67

marchica (Nees) Steph., more closely in fact than to L. incisa. In
L. marchica the stems are deeply pigmented, the leaves are usually
broader than long, and the leaf-cells measure 40-50 u in diameter in
the middle of the leaf. But the leaves are much more frequently
trifid or even quadrifid, the cell-walls are thin, and there are no tri-
gones. The gemmae, too, are very different. They are unicellular
bodies about 16 u in diameter and are spherical or oval in form with an
even surface. In L. Mildeana, a close ally of L. marchica, a species
to which reference has already been made, the stems are usually un-
pigmented, although the leaves vary in color from pale green to deep
purple. Here again the leaves are frequently trifid or quadrifid and
the leaf-cells average about 40 u in diameter in the middle of the leaf,
but the walls are sometimes more or less thickened and trigones may
sometimes be discerned. The gemmae in L. Mildeana are similar
to those of L. marchica, but the gemmiparous shoots are slender and
upright, with minute scattered leaves, and bear a mass of crowded
and reduced gemmiparous leaves at the apex.

4. LoPHOZIA QUINQUEDENTATA (Huds.) Cogn. Bull. Soc. Roy.
Bot. de Belgique 10: 279. 1872. Jungermannia quinquedentata
Huds. Fl. Angl. Ed. I. 511. 1762. J. Lyoni Tayl. Trans. Bot. Soc.
Edinburgh 1: 116. pl. 7. 1844. Lophozia Lyoni Steph. Bull. de
lHerb. Boissier II. 2: 157. 1902. Barbilophozia quinquedentata
Loeske, Verh. Bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenburg 49: 37. 1907. In the
writer's first series of * Notes on New England Hepaticae" ! the name
Lophozia Lyoni was used for the present species instead of L. quinque-
dentata, in spite of the fact that Jungermannia quinquedentata Huds.
was published so much earlier than J. Lyon? Tayl. 'The older name
was discarded because there seemed to be some doubt as to which
species Hudson's J. quinquedentata actually represented. Pearson,”
for example, without going so far as to include J. quinquedentata
among the synonyms of J. barbata Schmid., quotes a letter from
Spruce, saying that the two species are probably identical. Schiffner?
admits that Hudson's description of J. quinquedentata is much too
brief to lead to a positive determination. He states, however, that
Hudson gave, as a reference to his species, Dillenius, Historia

1 RuoponA 4: 210. 1902.
2 Hep. British Isles 341. 1901.
3 Lotos 53: [16]. 1905.

=)

68 Rhodora a [APRIL

Muscorum, pl. 71, f. 23, and that this figure undoubtedly represents
J. quinquedentata as understood by later authors. He maintains
further that this opinion is supported by the specimens in the Dillenian
herbarium and quotes Lindberg as his authority for this statement.
Unfortunately Lindberg is not quite so definite as Schiffner implies.
In the latest of the three works quoted, Kritisk Granskning af Mos-
sorna uti Dillenii Historia Muscorum (Helsingfors, 1883), he says
(p. 41) that the figure of Dillenius and the corresponding specimen in
his herbarium represent a mixture of Bazzania trilobata (L.) B. Gr.
and J. quinquedentata Huds. According to his account the portion
of the figure showing the vegetative leaves is drawn from the B.
trilobata, while the terminal perianth is drawn from the J. quinqueden-
fata. lt is to be regretted that the evidence in favor of Hudson's
species is not absolutely conclusive. At the same time the fact that
the perianths in the Dillenian figures and specimens belong to J.
quinquedentata as now understood is perhaps sufficient justification
for the use of Hudson's specific name. In the writer's * Revised List
of New England Hepaticae” ! the name Lophozia quinquedentata is
therefore taken up instead of L. Lyoni, and this usage prevails in the
recent works of K. Müller, Macvicar, and other European hepaticolo-
gists.

5. Plagiochila Austini nom. nov. P. spinulosa Aust. Hep. Bor.-
Amer. No.9. 1874 [not P. spinulosa (Dicks.) Dumort.]. P. Sullivantii
Evans, Bot. Gazette 21: 191. 1896 (in part). P. Sullivantii Steph.
Bull. Herb. Boissier IT. 3: 335. 1903. The name Plagiochila Sulli-
vantii was originally given by Gottsche to the specimens distributed
by Sullivant in his Musc. Alleg. No. 219. These specimens were col-
lected “in sylvaticis montosis Virginiae" and were referred by Sulli-
vant to the European P. spinulosa (Dicks.) Dumort. Gottsche in-
cluded under his P. Sullivantii a second specimen from North Carolina,
preserved in the Lindenberg herbarium at Vienna. Unfortunately
he neglected to publish a description of his new plant; it remained as a
manuscript species in his herbarium. When the writer published
his “Notes on the North American Species of Plagiochila," in 1896,
P. Sullivantii was among the species proposed as new. It was under-
stood, however, in a somewhat broader sense than the species of
Gottsche and was made to include not only the two plants which he

! Ruopona 16; 25. 1913,

ee m ee. bee | ae ee ene | m OS th a oL. -* 1

1914] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XI 69

studied but also the material distributed by Austin in his Hep. Bor.-
Amer. No. 9, and a series of specimens from New England, New York,
and Pennsylvania. At the same time the point was strongly empha-
sized that Sullivant’s specimens were to be considered the type of the
species. When Stephani, several years later, monographed the genus
Plagiochila for his “Species Hepaticarum" he expressed the opinion
that P. Sullivantii, as described and figured in the “ Notes," was an
aggregate and included two distinct species, an opinion with which
the writer is now disposed to concur. Instead, however, of reserving
the name P. Sullivantii for the type of the species, he applied it to the
plants from New England, Pennsylvania, and North Carolina. For
Sullivant's specimens he chose the manuscript name P. allegheniensis
Evans, a name given to these plants by the writer at the beginning
of his studies on Plagiochila but discarded in favor of Gottsche's
name when the results of these studies were published. Stephani's
course does not seem warranted because it excludes from Gottsche's
species the very specimen that was definitely cited as the type at the
time the species was published. It therefore seems necessary to
restrict the name P. Sullivantii so that 1t may include this type speci-
men and to give the species segregated from P. Sullivantii a new name
as indicated above. Austin’s specimens distributed in Hep. Bor.-
Amer. No. 9, may then be regarded as the type of P. ustini. They
were collected on “shaded steep rocks in mountainous regions,"
and probably came either from the White Mountains or from New
York. The following more definite stations for the species may like-
wise be quoted: White Mountains, New Hampshire (T. P. James);
Naugatuck, Branford, and Redding, Connecticut (4. W. E.) !; Slide
Mountain, Ulster County, New York (E. G. Britton); Adirondack
Reserve, New York (E. G. Britton); Canadensis, Pennsylvania (E. G.
Britton); Quarry Run, West Virginia (A. LeRoy Andrews). The speci-
mens from North Carolina must remain doubtful for the present. Of
the figures published by the writer in connection with P. Sullivantii,
the following represent P. Austini: pl. 15, f. 18, 20, 21; pl. 16, f. 1-3.

The narrowly ovate leaves in P. Austini will distinguish it from
the true P. Sullivantii, where the leaves are distinctly obovate. The
leaves are sharply spinose-dentate, the number of teeth being usually
from two to six. In many cases two teeth at the apex of a leaf are

1 Specimens from Naugatuck, incorrectly labeled ''Beacon Falls" were distributed
in Underwood & Cook's Hep. Amer. No. 111, under the name P. spinulosa.

70 Rhodora [APRIL

larger than the others and give the leaf a bifid appearance. This
is especially striking on shoots with poorly developed leaves, and
many of the specimens produce a great many branches of this char-
acter, perhaps on account of the deep shade in which they grow. "The
perichaetial bracts and perianths of the species, as well as the androecia,
are still unknown. There seems to be likewise no development of the
slender flagilliform branches which grow out of the leaf-cells in many
species of Plagiochila and act as organs of vegetative reproduction.
The stems and branches, however, are extremely fragile, and the
leaves readily become detached, especially when dry. "Through their
regeneration they probably play an important part in the dissemination
of the species.

6. CrPHALOZIA MEDIA Lindb. Medd. Soc. F. et Fl. Fenn. 6: 242.
1881. Jungermannia lunulaefolia Dumort. Syll. Jung. Eur. 61. 1831?
Cephalozia lunulaefolia Dumort. Recueil d'Obs. sur les Jung. 18.
1835? Jungermannia connivens, forma symbolica Gottsche; G. &. R.
Hep. Europ. No. 624. 1877 (note under J. lacinulata Jack). Cephalozia
catenulata, var. pallida Spruce, On Cephalozia 33. 1882. C. multiflora
Spruce, l. c. 37. 1882. C. symbolica Breidl. Mitt. Naturw. Ver. Steier-
mark 30: 330. 1894. C. pallida Spruce; Pearson, Hep. British Isles
146. pl. 55. 1900. C. symbolica, var. pallida Massal. Malpighia 21:
[18]. 1907. The synonymy of this common and widely distributed
specles has long been in confusion, and even at the present time
writers disagree about the name which it ought to bear. "The confusion
is largely owing to the fact that the older writers failed to distinguish
between C. media and C. connivens (Dicks.) Lindb. Gottsche was
apparently the first to recognize the distinctive characters of the two
plants, although he continued to regard them as forms of a single
variable species. In 1881 Lindberg described his C. media and brought
out its most striking differential features, but for some reason his
species remained unrecognized for a long time outside of Scandinavia.

In 1882 Spruce published his C. multiflora as a new species, appar-
ently in ignorance of the C. media of Lindberg, which he does not
quote at all. Fortunately Spruce's name is antedated by Lindberg's,
otherwise it might have caused a good deal of trouble on account of
its being a homonym of C. multiflora Lindb.', published several years

1 Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 501. 1875. See Howe (Bull. Torrey Club 29: 281. 1902.)

for a discussion of C. multiflora Lindb. and of Lindberg's views on Jungermannia multi-
fora Huds., upon which it was presumably based.

o RO Eu AN y wi

>

ch

DE RE re Se Ne a ye D SSS See. Ier c dmm fu A E
F
`

E 19314] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XI 71

earlier. The next name to be taken up was the C. symbolica of Breid-
ler, published in 1894. This name is still used by a number of con-
tinental writers but is invalid according to the International Rules of
Botanical Nomenclature, adopted in Vienna in 1905, in spite of the
fact that the name symbolica was published four years earlier than the
name media. The rule which applies to the present case is embodied
in Article 49 and reads, “when .. a subdivision of a species becomes a
species . . the earliest name received .. in its new position must be
regarded as valid." Since Cephalozia media was the name first ap-
plied to Jungermannia connivens, forma symbolica, when it was raised
to specific rank, it is clear that the name C. media ought not to be
supplanted by C. symbolica.

The name C. lunulacfolia of Dumortier was revived for the present
species by Pearson on the authority of a letter received from Spruce,
and has been adopted to a considerable extent by American writers.
In Spruce's letter he comments upon the difficulty of securing authen-
tic specimens of Dumortier's species. He states, however, that he was
able to obtain, from the herbarium of the botanical garden at Brussels,
specimens quoted by Dumortier in his original publication of Junger-
mannia lunulaefolia and, long afterwards, in connection with his
description of Cephalozia lunulaefolia.! These specimens were dis-
tributed by Mougeot, Nestler and Schimper, under the name J.
connivens, in their Stirpes Kryptogamae Vogeso-Rhenanae, No. 434,
and were referred by Spruce without question to his C. multiflora.
But, according to K. Müller? the specimens distributed under No. 434
represent C. serriflora Lindb. instead of C. media, and the description
of Dumortier certainly applies better to C. serriflora than to the other
species. In any case C. lunulaefolia scems to have been based on a
mixture of species and it seems wisest to discard it altogether as K.
Müller, Macvicar, and other recent writers have done. With regard
to the status of C. pallida, first published as a species by Pearson, the
views of writers vary, but there seems to be a strong tendency to re-

X

. A gard it as a variety of C. media. —
7. DiPLOoPHYLLUM GYMNOsTOMOPHILUM Kaalaas, Vidensk-Skrift.

I. 18989: 4-9 f. 1-4. Scapania gymnostomophila Kaalaas, Bot. Not.
1896: 21. Martinellia gymnostomophila Arnell & C. Jensen, Bih.

1Hep. Europ. 93. 1875.
2 Mém. de l'Herb. Boissier 6: 7. 1900.

iin
-

E-
at

LE

72 | i ` Rhodora [APRIL

Kongl. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl. 21": 28. pl. —, f. B. 1896.
Diplophylleia gymnostomophila K. Müll. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop.
Carol. 83: 305. 1905. Sphenolobus gymnostomophilus | Schiffn.
Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 58: [3] 1908. On a limestone-bearing cliff,
mixed with other bryophytes, Willoughby, Vermont (Miss Lorenz,
July 1913). New to North America. In Europe the species is now
known from Norway, Sweden, King Oscar Land, Scotland, and France
(Basses-Pyrenées). It seems to be confined to calcareous regions and
is everywhere rare. The Vermont plants, which bear gemmae but
no sexual organs, agree closely with a N orwegjan specimen collected
by Kaalaas himself and kindly communicated by Miss Lorenz.

The original material of this interesting species was collected by
Kaalaas in the vicinity of Christiania, although he cites specimens
from other stations in Norway as well. It was entirely without
archegonia but showed both androecia and gemmae. On account of
the lack of perianths Kaalaas could not be sure about the generic
position of his plant. He placed it in Scapania, at the same time
expressing the opinion that it represented a transition between Sca-
pania and Diplophyllum. A short time afterwards he discovered
female plants with perianths. "The latter were terete or only slightly
flattened and showed numerous folds in the upper part and a con-
tracted mouth. "These peculiarities were naturally considered suffi-
cient to exclude the species from Scapania, and it was therefore trans-
ferred to Diplophyllum. In this position it remained unchallenged
until Schiffner pointed out the fact that it showed a relationship to
Jungermannia Helleriana Nees and especially to J. ovata Dicks., two
species which have caused considerable discussion among hepaticolo-
gists. At the present time J. Helleriana is regarded by most students
as a species of Sphenolobus and is known as S. Hellerianus (Nees)
Steph. With respect to J. ovata, however, opinions are still at vari-
ance. Some writers, including Schiffner, consider it a Sphenolobus
and call it S. ovatus (Dicks.) Schiffn.; others include it among the
species of Diplophyllum. Since Schiffner considers J. ovata a species
of Sphenolobus, he naturally transferred D. gymnostomophilum to the
same genus.

The genus Diplophyllum is exceedingly artificial and at the same
time forms a connecting link between the genera Scapania and S pheno-
lobus and therefore between the subdivisions Epigoniantheae and
Scapanioideae, which are usually placed rather far apart in arrange-

i 1914] an Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XI 73

ments of the Hepaticae. In common with Scapania it has complicate,
bilobed leaves with a sharp keel and unequal, variously spreading
lobes; in common with Sphenolobus it has a more or less cylindrical
perianth, contracted at the mouth and plicate in the upper part.
Warnstorf! includes Sphenolobus under Diplophyllum. Stephani ?
excludes Sphenolobus but includes K. Müller's group Plicaticalyx ?
of Scapania. Warnstorf, therefore, emphasizes its relationship to
the Epigoinantheae while Stephani emphasizes its relationship to the
Scapanioideae. Typical members of the genus, such as D. albicans
(L.) Dumort., are distinct enough from both Spenolobus and Scapania,
if these genera are defined according to their characteristic representa-
tives. But in J. ovata there is a clear link between Diplophyllum and
Sphenolobus, and in Jungermannia ferruginea Lehm. (Scapania fer-
ruginea Lehm. & Lindenb.), of India, there is an equally clear link
between Diplophyllum and Scapania. Under the circumstances three
courses are possible. The genus Diplophyllum might be given up
altogether and its species divided up among Sphenolobus and Scapania.
It might be reserved for its typical species, all doubtful forms being
referred to Sphenolobus or Scapania. It might be more broadly under-
stood and made to include both typical and doubtful forms, the arti-
ficial nature of the genus being fully recognized. Perhaps the last
course would attract the most adherents. If this is followed, and to
the writer it seems as good a course as any, both Diplophyllum gymno-
stomophilum and Jungermannia ovata might well be included under
Diplophyllum.

With regard to the name of the genus Trevisan‘ substituted Dip-
lophylleia for the older Diplophyllum of Dumortier® because the
name Diplophyllum had been previously applied by Lehmann ê to a
genus of Scrophulariaceae. Diplophyllum Dumort. was therefore a
homonym of Diplophyllum Lehm. Lehmann’s genus, however, was
never accepted by many botanists, being regarded as synonymous
with the genus Veronica L., so that most of the older writers would
have regarded Dumortier’s use of the name Diplophyllum, in a sense
entirely different from that of Lehmann, as quite justifiable. Un-

1 Kryptogamenfl. der Mark Brandenburg 1: 156-162. 1902. ES
2 Sp. Hepat. 4: 111-116. 1910.

3 Bull. del'Herb. Boissier II. 3: 36. 1903.

* Mem. 1st. Lomb. III. 4: 420. 1877.

ë Recueil d'Obs. sur les Jung. 15. 1835.

* Berl. Mag. 84: 2. 1814.

(^E BLUT A, e EIER. Y
h k M T PS

D -n e taxe Om. t m
M Eme ais See Ty

74 Rhodora [APRIL

fortunately the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature make
no definite provisions for cases of this kind, although they advise that
the use of homonyms be avoided in the future (see Recommendation
V, b., on page 39). Among the amendments proposed by certain
American nomenclature committees in 1909, there was one which
provided for the absolute rejection of all generic names which were
homonyms. It was hoped that this amendment would be voted
upon at the International Congress which met at Brussels in 1910,
but unfortunately no such action was taken. The question of homo-
nyms, therefore, remains unchanged, and there is no international
rule of nomenclature which would prevent the use of the name Dip-
lophyllum of Dumortier. In addition to Diplophyllum gymnostomo-
philum, the New England flora contains the following members of the
genus: D. albicans (L.) Dumort., D. apiculatum (Evans) Steph.,? and
D. taxifolium (Wahl.) Dumort. These three species are given under
Diplophylleia in the writer’s “Revised List of New England Hepati-
cae." ?

Since D. gymnostomophilium is fully described and figured by Kaa-
laas and, more recently, by Nicholson,‘ only a few of its more important
peculiarities will be discussed in the present paper. The plants are
more or less tinged with yellowish brown and usually grow mixed with
mosses. The stems are about 2 cm. long and are rarely branched.
The ventral lobes of the leaves spread widely from the stem, often at
more than a right angle and attain a size of about 1 X 0.6 mm. when
well developed. They are oblong in form and more or less falcate,
the curved lateral margins tending to be parallel. The apex is nor-
mally rounded, although the production of gemmae sometimes makes
it more or less pointed. The dorsal lobes spread obliquely, at an angle
of forty-five to sixty degrees; they are ovate in form and measure
about 0.6 X 0.35 mm. The apex is commonly pointed and is some-
times apiculate. The margins of both lobes are entire throughout,
and the sharp keel connecting them is usually distinetly incurved. In
the ventral lobe the marginal cells measure about 14 u in diameter,
while the median cells measure about 22 X 16 yu. The latter tend to
be arranged in longitudinal rows, but this arrangement is not always

1 See Bull. Torrey Club 36: 61. 1909.

? Sp. Hepat. 4: 110. 1910.

3 Reopora 16: 23. 1913.

4 Jour. Bot. 51: 158, pl. 526, f. 1-6. 1913.

-

— np" Sn.

D
i
=

Eod M. os s. Led

1914] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XI 75

apparent, and a false nerve is never differentiated as in D. albicans.
The walls of the leaf-cells are slightly thickened, the trigones are
small and often indistinct, and the cuticle is smooth or indistinctly
roughened. The gemmae, which seem to be invariably present, are
usually bicellular and vary in outline from oval to rhombic; they have
thickened yellow walls and average about 28 X 14 u when well devel-
oped. The inflorescence is dioicous, the male and female plants grow-
ing separate.

A very close ally of D. gymnostomophilum is the arctic D. incurvum
Bryhn and Kaalaas,' known from North Lincoln, Ellesmere Land, and
King Oscar Land. This species is of about the same size but is more
deeply pigmented so that it often appears brown. The leaves are
relatively broader, the ventral lobe being broader than long, and the
dorsal lobe is usually obtuse. In the common D. apiculatum of the
eastern United States, the inflorescence is autoicous, and both ventral
and dorsal lobes are pointed. It is further distinguished by the fact
that the margins of the lobes are often denticulate or, in the apical
portion, even dentate, although entire lobes also occur. 'The cells
are a trifle smaller, averaging about 18 X 12 u in the middle of the
ventral lobe.

Small sterile forms of Scapania curta (Mart.) Dumort. also resemble
D. gymnostomophilum in certain respects. Usually, however, the
margins of the lobes are more or less toothed, and the leaf-cells are a
little larger, the marginal cells averaging about 17y in diameter, and
the median cells about 22 u. The latter, moreover, tend to be more
isodiametric and show no indications of an arrangement in longi-
tudinal rows. The trigones in S. curta are often conspicuous and the
gemmae, although bicellular, average only about 20X9 u, being thus
considerably smaller than in the Diplophyllum.

The additions to local state floras, not already mentioned in the
preceding pages, are as follows: —

For Maine. Metzgeria pubescens, Cephaloziella Sullivantii, Chilo-
scyphus rivularis, Jungermannia cordifolia, and Lophozia Kaurini;
Round Mountain Lake and vicinity, Franklin County (Miss Lorenz).

For New Hampshire. Calypogeia Sullivantii; Passaconaway (Miss
Elizabeth Welsh). Cephalozia Francisci and Lophozia confertifolia;
Waterville (Miss Lorenz).

1 Bryhn, Rep. Second Norwegian Arctic Exped. in the ‘‘Fram’’ 11: 48. 1906.

Ls — eae de NE, CCS wu. Chante ova. ETTUTLASTS UC: uc No z-
E D CM a. a Me *,
Ree ee ee

: 76 Rhodora [APRIL
1 For Vermont. Pallavicinia Flotowiana, Calypogeia suecica, Cephas
E loziella byssacea, and Frullania Selwyniana; Willoughby (Mis-
E Lorenz & A. W. E.). Through an unfortunate oversight Riccardia
E multifida and R. palmata were not credited to Vermont in the writer’s
- " Revised List"; both should have been marked with the sign “+.”
x. For Massachusetts. Jungermannia pumila; Oxford (Miss Green-
= wood), included in the “ Revised List."

: For Connecticut. Nardia Geoscyphus; Bolton (Miss Lorenz).

E The census of New England Hepaticae now stands as follows:
1 l Total number of species recorded, 181; number recorded from Maine,
Es 128; from New Hampshire, 133; from Vermont, 117; from Massachu-
E. setts, 97, from Rhode Island, 77; from Connecticut, 135; common to
t all six states, 54.

p SHEFFIELD SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL, YALE UNIVERSITY.

3 VIOLA EMARGINATA IN MassACHUsETTS.— In his treatment of the
z violets in the seventh edition of Gray’s Manual Doctor Brainerd gives
E. the known range of Viola emarginata Le Conte as extending no further
x north than New Jersey. Some years earlier this violet had been
i . attributed to New York on the strength of certain specimens from
"s Staten Island that were then accepted as this species. But that
3 was at a time of transition in our knowledge of violets when scarcely

anyone was thinking of hybrid forms, Doctor Brainerd alone being in
advance of the time, and these Staten Island specimens that looked
3 like Viola emarginata turned out to be in reality crosses, some of them
os mixtures of Viola Brittoniana and Viola sagittata, and others hybrids
ga of Viola fimbriatula. Subsequently, in 1910, the species was definitely
added to the flora of New York, now actually from Staten Island, by
Doctor Dowell, who collected it there first in 1907 (Bull. Torr. Club.
37: 166).

It is rather singular that this violet has never been reported from

Long Island, for it is common there, not only on the coastal plain

but also in the hilly country north of the terminal moraine. So well

distributed is it in southwestern Long Island, for a violet not to be 3!
: classed among the most common kinds, that I have long believed it 4
e would yet be heard from in New England. It may now be recorded
is from Massachusetts, where it grows on Marthas Vineyard, attaining

a very perfect foliar development but, apparently, not fruiting very

£d

"m 1914] . Knowlton,— Orontium at Hyannis, Massachusetts 77

freely. I found it there September 23, 1913, well scattered along the
thickety slope of a little valley among the hills in Tisbury south of
Tashmoo Pond. Excellent specimens were collected, some of which
have been sent to the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club.—
EvcENE P. BICKNELL, New York City.

_ CONCERNING PHILADELPHUS PLATYPHYLLUS RyDB.— In the North
American Flora, in his monograph of the Hydrangeaceae, Rydberg
recognizes several segregates of Philadelphus Lewisii Pursh, some of
which I identify with that species as synonyms. Among those which
I examined was P. platyphyllus Rydb. from California. This seems to
constitute a rather marked variety, distinguished by its broadly
ovate to oval, sometimes nearly rotund leaves. The leaves of the
type are exceedingly variable in size and shape, but rarely as broad
as in the variety, and never subrotund, generally much smaller.
(Extremes: Length 2.4-8.6 cm., breadth 1.3-5 cm.) The leaves of
the variety are pretty uniform, mature ones varying from 4-7.5 cm.
in length by 2.6-5 cm. in breadth. ‘They are of a pale cast beneath,
the outside pair of the five primary veins most often appearing faint.
In the type the leaves are greener beneath, with 3 (in broad leaves 5)
primary veins.

PHILADELPHUS Lewisu Pursh var. platyphyllus (Rydb.) A. H.
Moore, n. comb.

P. platyphyllus Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxii, 167 (Dec. 18, 1905).— ALBERT
Hanrorp MoonE, Washington, D. C.

OnouTIUM AT Hyannis, Massacnusetts.— Mr. John Murdoch, Jr.,
in Ruopona, XVI, 18, mentions the occurrence of Orontium aquaticum
in Middleboro, Truro and Provincetown. I am glad to record its
occurrence at Hyannis, where I first found it in August, 1905, and
have observed it several times since. This station lies in a wet dune-
hollow or small kettle-hole, very near the road which leads southeast
from the village to the shore cottages. When I first found it there
were only a few bent-over spadices with ripened fruit, but in June,
1909, I was fortunate enough to see the plant in full bloom. I have
never seen Orontium growing elsewhere, and there are not over 25
plants at this station.— CLARENCE H. KNow ron, Hingham, Massa-
chusetts.

4

SS EELEE ee

2

78 " Rhodora [APRIL

Two Species New ro Cape Cop.— AIRA CARYOPHYLLEA L. Ina
sandy field, Wellfeet, Massachusetts, Oct. 1, 1913. Nantucket has
been the only station for this species in this state, from which its range
extends for a long distance west and south.

LACTUCA FLORIDANA (L.) Gaertn. Eastham, Sept. 29. 1913,
Rather common in sandy soil near the bay shore in the northern part
of the town. It is a tall, rather striking plant, with stout, straight
stem, and with foliage showing more or less of a reddish shade. Long
Island, New York has been the farthest point east and north hitherto
recorded.

I am indebted to Prof. M. L. Fernald for determinations of these
species; specimens have been deposited in the herbarium of the New
England Botanical Club.— Frank S. Corns, North Eastham,
Massachusetts.

THE NINETEENTH ANNUAL WINTER MEETING OF THE VERMONT
BoranicaL CLuB.— The nineteenth annual winter meeting of the
Vermont Botanical Club was held in conjunction with the Vermont
Bird Club at Burlington, January 30 and 31, 1914. "The sessions
were held in the Williams Science Hall, University of Vermont.

Eleven botanical papers were read and discussed, Dr. G. P. Burns
of the University of Vermont presented a plan for doing ecological
work on restricted areas, Mr. J. G. Underwood of Hartland gave a -
report of the activities of the local nature clubs of the state during the
current year, and Dr. H. F. Perkins of the University of Vermont
discussed the relation of nature clubs to the schools.

Other papers of interest were “ Medicinal Plants" by Mrs. Evaline
D. Morgan, of Woodstock, “A Nature Student in Labrador” by Miss
Edith M. Estabrook of Boston, Mass. and * Notes on Some Orchids
of Fairlee" by Dr. H. M. Denslow of New York, N. Y. Of special
interest to the club was the story of the finding of the first station in
western Vermont for the male fern, Aspidium Filia-mas, by G. L.
Kirk of Rutland.

A fine supper complimentary to the visiting members was served
at Grassmount Friday night, and in the evening a public lecture was
given by Dr. Ezra Brainerd of Middlebury, on “The Blackberries
of Vermont." Dr. Brainerd told of his conclusions reached after
fourteen years study of the blackberry question and they were cer-
tainly interesting.

Ae SENE WA ovr ED o RENI T AT,
ap d E Ec oat?

i 1914] Book Review 79

The summer meeting of 1914 is to be held at West Haven, with
headquarters at Fairhaven, during the second week of July.

The officers elected are Pres. Ezra Brainerd, Middlebury; Vice-pres.
W. W. Eggleston, U. S. Dep’t. Agric. Washington, D. C.; See. Dr.
George P. Burns, Burlington; Treas., Mrs. Nellie F. F lynn, Burling-
ton; Editor of the Bulletin, George L. Kirk, Rutland; Librarian, Miss
Phoebe M. Towle, Burlington.— NELLIE F. FLYNN.

Tug FUNGI WHICH CAUSE PrLANT-DiskAsk. By F. L. SrEVENS.I—
This volume of about 750 pages with 449 text figures is a companion to
the author's “Diseases of Economic Plants" and “is intended to
introduce to the student the more important cryptogamic parasites
affecting economic plants in the United States, with sufficient keys and
descriptions to enable their identification." The treatment includes
the Mycetozoa and Bacteria, which occupy fifty pages, the rest of the
book being devoted to the Kumycetes.

Professor Stevens has attempted the somewhat difficult task of
combining in small compass a text book, a synopsis of the more im-
portant genera and families of the fungi, and a manual of plant
diseases. General matters of reproduction and structure and even of
cytology are taken up in connection with each main group. Keys are
given to the genera, families, orders etc., and a very large number of
forms are mentioned by name at least; while those of greater economic
importance are in general fully treated, usually with figures and cita-
tions of literature. It has no doubt been a very difficult matter to
decide which forms should receive full consideration .and which
should be passed over with scant mention or omitted entirely from an
enumeration which aims to be so comprehensive as the present, and
no two persons would probably agree in making such a selection. It
is thus not always evident what has determined the choice of forms to
be treated at length; as for example in the case of Echinodothis,
which is given nearly a page, while various other forms of equal or
much greater economic importance, receive scant reference or are
omitted. The figures which are taken from various sources are suffi-
cient and usually good. Mycologists will not, however, recognize
Clitocybe parasitica in fig. 327. There is no separate host-index and
no indication of the diseases referred to under host-names in the
general index. Such an arrangement does not seem to be a very
convenient one for a book to be used for ready reference. Under
‘Oak’ for example forty pages are cited by number, and agaln others
under ‘Quercus’ some of which are not included under ‘Oak.’ The

1 The Macmillan Co., New York, 1913. $4.00.

E

80 Rhodora [APRIL

use of common names, only, for hosts is often confusing or inexact, as
is usually the case in such a connection. The several lists of literature,
cited in the text by consecutive numbers and following the main
groups, appear to be full; but do not, as a rule, indicate the nature of
the subject treated. The reviewer has not taken pains to verify any
of the citations, and it is to be hoped that they have been carefully
gone over; but the proof reading of the text has evidently been hastily
done. Ina cursory examination of the latter, several quite contradic-
tory statements have been noticed, even in single sentences, and there
are numerous errata, for the most part misspelled words. Although
it is a question how usable this book will prove to persons who have
not access to much fuller literature, it will assuredly be of great use to
working phytopathologists as a convenient compendium of generally
well selected matter relating to the economically more important
fungi producing plant-diseases.— R. T.

Vol. 16, no. 183, including pages 45 lo 56, was issued 23 March, 1914.

Rhodora Plate 109

M. L. F. del.

ANNUAL HALOPHYTIC ASTERS OF THE MARITIME PROVINCES.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 16. May, 1914. No. 185.

SOME GRASSES NOTEWORTHY IN MASSACHUSETTS.
EucENE P. BICKNELL.

CORYNEPHORUS CANESCENS (L.) Beauv.

At Edgartown, Marthas Vineyard, out towards the water tower
there is a sandy sloping field, less than an acre as I recall it, a good part
of which is covered by densely growing patches of this European
grass. When it was first seen there, September 15, 1910, the panicles
were dry and contracted, but it was easily recognizable as the same
grass I had of late years collected at several places on Long Island
and put aside for future study, supposing it to be some introduced
species of Atra. Recently, at the New, York Botanical Garden,
specimens were shown to Mr. George V. Nash who recognized it at
once as this European species, not previously reported from America,
and pointed out to me the slenderly clavate awns of the flowering
glumes by which it is readily distinguished from any species of Aira.

3

Since it has made itself perfectly at home at the places where it has
become established, and thus promises to take its place more widely
among our introduced grasses, the facts of its present status should be
placed on record.

It was first met with on Long Apel June 27, 1903, growing in
abundance on sandy levels along the southwestern side of the Hemp-
stead Reservoir, and about its southern end, and was conspicuous
from its densely tufted manner of growth, pale whitish green or
violaceous color, and silvery panicles. On August 5, 1905, it was
found, also in abundance, growing along the sandy causeway of the
Ridgewood acqueduct, south of Jamaica, about seven miles to the
west of the Hempstead locality. Still another station is at Cedar-
hurst, about five miles distant from each of the others, and nearer

82 Rhodora [May

the south shore of the island. Here, on June 25, 1911, it was only
just in bloom, and in many of the tufts the panicles were only
beginning to show. It was in full flower on Long Island, July 4, 1903,
and July 11, 1911, and on Marthas Vineyard, July 7, 1913.

ELYMUs AUSTRALIS Scribn. & Ball.

On Chappaquiddick Island, Marthas Vineyard, this grass grows
sparingly among low shrubbery along the top of a high bluff overlook-
ing Katama Bay. Collected September 13, 1910, then mostly dried
and brown, but still erect, the largest spikes 15 cm. long. Agrees per-
fectly with authentic material in Herbarium of the New York Botani-
cal Garden. Apparently not reported hitherto from north or east of
Connecticut.

PANICUM BARBIPULVINATUM Nash.

Collected on Marthas Vineyard, October 1, 1909, in a boggy spot
at the north end of Sengekontacket Pond; only a few plants were
found. Determined at the New York Botanical Garden by Mr.
George V. Nash and Doctor P. L. Rydberg.

This Panicum appears not to have been recorded from east of Illi-
nois and Wisconsin; yet it has every appearance of being indigenous
on Long Island, where it grows, often in luxuriant abundance, in
damp places along the shore or among the sand dunes, on the
Rockaway Peninsula and at Long Beach. It comes into flower late
(no panicles fully expanded September 5, 1909) and continues to
bloom until killed by frost.

PANICUM SCOPARIUM Lam.

Abundant on a dry level tract near the shore south of the herring
run at Great Pond, Marthas Vineyard. When first discovered there,
October 6, 1909, it was mostly dried and brown, but had passed a
season of vigorous growth. The following year, on September 19,
much better specimens were collected bearing fresh and very numer-
ous secondary panicles, the primary panicles having lost all their
spikelets.

Has previously been reported from Massachusetts, at Cape Cod,
(Hitchcock & Chase, Cont. Nat. Herb. 15: 295, 1910).

TRIDENS FLAVUS (L.) Hitch.

Abundant on a low grassy knoll flanked by trees and thickets on
the west side of Sengekontacket Pond, Marthas Vineyard. In full
flower, September 29, 1909.

This grass appears not to have been known from Massachusetts

1914] Weatherby,— Old-time Connecticut Botanists,— I 83

previous to its discovery on Nantucket in September, 1907, where it
was probably introduced (Bull. Torr. Club 35: 195, 1908). Subse-
quently it was reported as having been found in Southboro, in August,
1909 (Arthur J. Eames in Rnopona 12: 205, 1910).

It cannot be said positively that this grass was not adventive on
Marthas Vineyard, but there was nothing in the manner of its occur-
rence there to suggest that it was not of the indigenous flora.

New York Criry.

OLD-TIME CONNECTICUT BOTANISTS AND THEIR
HERBARIA,— I.

C. A. WEATHERBY.

JOHN Prerce Brace.— To claim Mr. Brace as a botanist is, perhaps,
to make an unjustifiable raid on the other fields in which he was,
more notably, active. Teacher, editor, author, amateur in most of the
natural sciences and well-versed in “such out-of-the-way subjects of
investigation” as “heraldry, astrology, the decyphering of cyphers
and composing of music," his botanical interests formed but one facet,
and that a small one, of a many-sided mind. Nevertheless he did
publish the earliest local flora of any part of Connecticut; all his life
he carefully kept an herbarium and for most of his life continued to add
to it; and, according to the writer of his obituary, “.... flowers were
his pleasure almost in his dying moments and the last names he forgot
were the botanical.” In so far he must be classified as a botanist.

John Pierce Brace was born in Litchfield, Feb. 10, 1793, a descend-
ant of Stephen Brace who settled in Hartford in 1660. His aunts, the
Misses Pierce, proprietors of the Litchfield Female Academy, super-
intended his education and sent him to Williams College, where he
graduated in 1812. Thereafter he lived for some twenty years at
Litchfield, most of the time, apparently, as teacher at the Academy, a
school famous in its day and one which attracted pupils from far and
near, though its “ plant" consisted of a single small building containing
one plainly furnished class-room. In 1816, he was one of seven young
men who clubbed together to purchase the memorable stove, the heat

84 |; Rhodora [May

of which, on the Sunday when it was first set up in church, caused
such discomfort to the older and more Spartan members of Dr. Lyman
Beecher’s congregation — until they discovered that there was no
fireinit. It was during this period that Mr. Brace’s interest in natural
history seems to have been most keen.

In 1820 he married Miss Lucy Porter, a sister of the second Mrs.
Lyman Beecher. In 1833 he moved to Hartford to become principal
of another well-known school of that time — the Hartford Female
Seminary. As a teacher, he seems to have possessed unusual ability.
One of his pupils was Harriet Beecher Stowe, who afterward took him
as the original of “ Rossiter” in “Old Town Folks." There, and in a
letter of reminiscence printed in Lyman Beecher’s Autobiography,
may be found an interesting account of his methods and personality.
He was especially good in English composition. He needed to be,
to arouse in a girl of nine, even one who was destined to become a
writer of prominence, any enthusiasm for the subjects which in those
days were wont to be assigned for the puzzlement of youthful heads —
“The Difference,” for instance, “between the Natural and Moral
Sublime.” But Mrs. Stowe testifies that he accomplished it.

Mr. Brace’s name appears in successive Hartford directories as
principal of the Female Seminary until 1846. Then, for a while, he
lived in New Milford; and about this time he may have written the
novels, one of which was published in 1847 and another, a tale of the
early days of Hartford, in 1853. About 1850 he became editor of the
Hartford Courant. His successors testify that he made an excellent
editor, even as he had made an excellent teacher. Certainly, his
editorials show a humor and a quaint way of mingling classical allu-
sions and colloquialisms which makes them, even today, by no means
unentertaining reading. For years, we are told, he was able to do all
the work required to fill the columns of his daily issue, “the editorial
variety being small and city or local news only such as accidentally
found its way to the office." That office was in an old attic room,
* filled with books on all sides — a valuable library, too — and every-
thing in it covered with dust and cobwebs." Doubtless this is the
room to which his niece, Mrs. Asa Gray, used to climb when she
stopped over in Hartford in the course of annual visits to her relatives
in Litchfield.

Mr. Brace remained editor of the Courant during the ten years of
gathering political passion which preceded the Civil War. In 1861

1914] Weatherby,— Old-time Connecticut Botanists,— I 85

he retired, being then, as one of his successors informs us, "looked
upon as a very old man." Afterward, however, he was married a
second time (his first wife had died in 1840) to Miss Louisa Moreau;
and returned to Litchfield, there quietly to spend his last years. He
died Oct. 18, 1872.

In the preface to his “Flora of the Northern and Middle States,"
Dr. Torrey includes Mr. Brace among the botanists for whose assis-
tance he makes acknowledgment, and cites his specimens and notes
some dozen times in the body of the work. But, so far as I am aware,
Mr. Brace’s own published botanical work is confined to the “ List
of Plants growing spontancously in Litchfield and in its Vicinity,"
which appeared in Silliman's Journal in 1822. This list contains an
extraordinary number of misprints; but, in spite of such superficial
disfigurement, remains a good record of personal observations at a
time when the maker of a local flora, were it no more than a bare
catalogue, could still be a pioneer. Mr. Brace was an amateur and
knew his limitations. He attempted no changing of names nor
descriptions of new species. In these matters, he was evidently
guided by his correspondent, Dr. Torrey. He records 453 species
with the habitat, time of flowering, color of flowers and frequency of
occurrence, of each. In the case of the rarer species, definite localities
are often given. Such a list is always of interest to students of a
local flora, for the bits of evidence it gives as to the history and spread
of introduced species and as to changes in floristic conditions; and,
sometimes, for its omissions. The most significant of these, in the case
of Mr. Brace’s list, is Marsilea quadrifolia. To botanists of the
present generation, the Bantam Lake station for that species is classic,
as the single one in North America where the plant may be native.
But it was evidently unknown to Mr. Brace: indeed, the earliest
mention of it I can find is in the addenda to the fourth edition of Gray's
Manual, published in 1863. The station at Cromwell, Conn., which
has existed, unknown to fame, for at least forty years, may be as old.

Rossiter, in Old Town Folks, “had a ponderous herbarium of his
own collection and arrangement over which he gloated with affection-
ate pride." Doubtless this is literally enough true of Mr. Brace;
and an added interest is given to his list by the existence of his her-
barium which is still preserved at Williams College. There, through
the kindness of Professor Clarke, Mr. C. H. Bissell and the writer were
recently permitted to examine it. It is somewhat shrunken from Ros-

86 Rhodora [May

siter's which “filled forty or fifty folios" — twenty-eight is the actual
number — but still of goodly size, containing some seven thousand
sheets. They are chiefly of flowering plants and ferns, but there are a
number of mosses, lichens and algae, and one mushroom — a species
of Boletus. The plants are mounted on separate sheets of about
foolscap size, are arranged systematically according to the older edi-
tions of Gray’s Manual and are kept in leather-backed portfolios
evidently made especially for them. They show every evidence of
having been well cared for, both during Mr. Brace’s life and since.
The, specimens are brittle from age but otherwise in first-rate condi-
tion. Most of them have been poisoned and the damage done by
insects is negligible. They are mounted on various kinds of paper —
whatever came handy: half sheets of foolscap, leaves from old ac-
count-books, pieces of plain white or bluish paper — and are attached
to the sheets in equally various ways. Some are sewed, some are
glued, some are held in place by strips of gummed paper and some by
strips of plain paper secured at the ends by the red adhesive wafers
with which our grandfathers sealed their letters — a method which
adds brilliancy to the color-scheme of an herbarium but is not other-
wise to be recommended. According to present-day standards, many
of the specimens would be considered rather fragmentary, but they
are carefully prepared and usually sufficient to show the distinctive
characters of the species concerned.

Besides Mr. Brace’s own collections, the herbarium contains many
specimens, both North American and foreign, from other collectors.
Among American botanists, Oakes, Sullivant, Charles Wright (his
first Texas collection), Asa Gray, Ravenel, Ives, Torrey, B. D. Greene,
Dewey, Cooley, Olney, Nuttall, Darlington, Short, Elliott, Bigelow
and Barratt are represented by one or more specimens. And there
are numerous foreign ones, chiefly from Europe. Several specimens,
mostly of introduced plants, are of interest to Connecticut botanists.
Sisymbrium Sophia, recorded in the Catalogue of Connecticut Plants
only from a recent collection at Naugatuck, Mr. Brace has from New
Haven. Senecio vulgaris from Hartford, considerably antedates any
collection from the state hitherto recorded. Ballota “ nigra," natural-
ized near New Haven," is doubtless considerably earlier than the Eaton
collection listed in the Catalogue. Rynchospora fusca from Norfolk
is not otherwise known from the northwestern part of the state. A
sheet labelled: “Grasses found in my front yard at 224 Main St.,

19314] Weatherby,— Old-time Connecticut Botanists,— I 87

Hartford, July, 1861” contains two species, one Lolium perenne, the
other Cynosurus cristatus. The latter is one, and by far the earlier,
of two known collections from the state. "The Hartford station has
long been extinguished under shops and paving-stones but the record
is interesting.

The enquirer who seeks to learn from Mr. Brace’s own collections the
actual basis for some doubtful reports in his list and the significance
of some names which because of nomenclatorial or other changes,
are no longer clear, will meet with some disappointment. In Mr.
Brace's day, the usefulness of an herbarium as a record of distribution
had not been perceived: its sole function was to preserve representa-
tive examples of different species. Other information could be rele-
gated to a note-book. Mr. Brace proceeded strictly on this theory.
Of most species he has kept only one specimen; three is the maximum.
If he had a good specimen of, say, the dandelion from Europe, he did
not think it necessary to preserve a Litchfield specimen also, though
he would sometimes write “found here” on a foreign sheet. And he
did not, as a rule, record date and place of collection. The result is
that, of the 453 species recorded in his list, just thirty are represented
in the herbarium by specimens definitely marked as from Litchfield.
It is, however, possible by various processes of higher criticism, to
make out what specimens are probably from Litchfield and to deter-
mine with some degree of certainty, the identity of the plants Mr.
Brace really had, in cases where the list leaves us in doubt. In
addition to the thirty marked as from Litchfield, fifty-four bear
statements of habitat, often differently phrased from those in the list,
but usually essentially the same, which would indicate that these
plants had come under Mr. Brace's eye. In two cases,— Scirpus
validus and Eriophorum callitrix — this conjecture is borne out by the
presence in the Torrey herbarium at New York of duly labelled Litch-
field specimens; and in one— a rather marked form of Scirpus
occidentalis — by the collection, during the past summer, of identical
material at the locality — Dog Pond, Goshen — given in the list.
Also, though Mr. Brace was careless as to his own specimens, he usu-
ally provided some inscription, such as “ Middle States," “from Prof.
Dewey" or the like, on those he received from others. Finally, he
numbered, not so much his specimens as his species — all plants of the
same species, if there were more than one, receiving the same number.
This numbering evidently began with the spring collecting of some

88 Rhodora [May

particular year — Symplocarpus foetidus is no. 1, Alnus incana 2, Epi-
gaea 3—and continued chronologically, each species receiving its
number consecutively, as it was obtained. It is possible, roughly,
to follow spring, summer and autumn flowers through successive
years. The starting point of the series seems to have been the spring
of 1818. A fly-leaf from an old account-book is used as a mounting-
sheet and on the back of it is written: “Plants collected in Litchfield
in 1818." Other similar sheets, bearing on their backs the names
of plants, statements of habitat and dates of collection, numbers
(always low) and the marks of specimens which have been removed,
reinforced by a reference to “my old Herbarium” in a note of Mr.
Brace's, show that he originally kept his material in large blank-books,
putting as many specimens (and species) on each page as 1t would
hold and inserting them as collected. Later, when he wished to make
a systematic arrangement, these specimens were taken out and either
remounted or replaced — and much data, which we should now like to
have, was lost in the process.

One specimen, marked as received in December, 1824, is numbered
1960. "With these clues to the chronology of the numbers, it is possible
to figure roughly what number a given specimen should bear to have
been collected and in Mr. Brace's hands before the date of the list,
1822. It should be below 1400 — the great majority are actually
below 1300. If then we find a plant not definitely marked as from
elsewhere, numbered below 1400 and bearing a name used in the list,
there is a good probability that it was collected by Mr. Brace at Litch-
field, and a better one that it shows what he meant by the name used.
It may do this, even it were collected by some one else.

This method does not work with entire smoothness, nor always
with satisfactory results. Gratiola virginiana, for instance, is described
in the list as having purple flowers. One would guess that this came
from confusing I/ysanthes, which is not in the list at all, with G.
virginiana of Elliott, which is described as purple-flowered, and that
true G. virginiana would be the plant listed as G. neglecta Torr. But
the specimens of G. neglecta and G. virginiana in the herbarium under
different numbers, are both good G. virginiana; Ilysanthes appears
under the name, Lindernia, which it usually bore in the earlier floras;
and we are left with nothing but our original guess. And specimens
from other collectors will not do at all in critical cases. The record
which we should most like to verify is that of Isanthus brachiatus.

1914] Weatherby,— Old-time Connecticut Botanists,—— 1 | 89

The claim of that species to admission to the Connecticut flora rests
on Mr. Brace's list and a specimen of Charles Wright's at the Gray
Herbarium. The latter is marked as from Wethersfield, but the
accuracy of its label is under suspicion. Mr. Brace’s single specimen
is Isanthus without doubt; but it was collected in Ohio by Sullivant.
One can hardly base a Connecticut record on such evidence; someone
will still have to collect Zsanthus.

Nevertheless, even the most data-less portions of the herbarium
may be made to yield some evidence as to doubtful points; and it is
possible to dispose satisfactorily of all but one of the Brace records
in the list of excluded species in the Catalogue of Connecticut Plants.
Thaspium aureum and Gentiana Saponaria are, as would be supposed,
Zizia and GŒ. Andrewsii respectively. Ranunculus Flammula is ft.
laxicaulis; Euphorbia dentata, E. hirsuta; Pycnanthemum aristatum,
P. muticum. The one exception is Veronica Beccabunga of which Mr.
Brace has only a European specimen. The species is reported as
introduced at a few localities in North America; but it is altogether
probable that what Mr. Brace had was V. americana.

The following list of species represented in the Brace herbarium by
specimens definitely marked as from Litchfield is appended in the
hope that it may be of interest to students of the local flora. In each
case, the name first given is that used in the Brace list; where this
has been superseded in present-day usage, it is followed by its current
name or by that of the species to which the plant in question is now
referred.

Acorus Calamus.

Agrostis mexicana. Of the two plants on sheet no. 1384, one is
Muhlenbergia tenuiflora, the other, marked Litchfield, M. mexicana —
the only specimen of that species I have seen from Litchfield County.

Alopecurus geniculatus. Plant is the var. aristulatus.

Arundo canadensis. Calamagrostis.

Callitriche heterophylla.

Carex flava.

Comptonia asplenifolia. Myrica.

Convallaria bifolia. Maianthemum canadense.

i pubescens. Polygonatum biflorum.

[11

racemosa. Smilacina.

P umbellulata. Clintonia borealis.

90 Rhodora [Max

Cornus circinata.

Eriophorum virginicum. “Cranberry Pond swamps.”

Festuca. Mentioned in a foot-note in the list as “a new species of
Festuca differing from F. fluitans in having acute glumes.” Glyceria
acutiflora.

Gentiana quinqueflora.

Juncus effusus. Plant is var. solutus.

Milium pungens. Oryzopsis. “Top of Mt. Tom." The only
collection from west of the Connecticut River.

Orchis ciliaris? Habenaria blephariglottis. “Cranberry Pond
Swamp.” Not now known from that locality.

Orchis psycodes. Habenaria.

Osmunda spectabilis. O. regalis.

Poa trivialis. P. triflora as to the Litchfield plant. Another on
the same sheet “from Cooley” is good P. trivialis.

Potentilla floribunda. P. fruticosa.

Prunus depressa. P. cuneata. “Top of Mt. Tom."

Utricularia cornuta. “Cranberry bog."

Uvularia sessilifolia.

Veronica arvensis.

a sentillata. A misprint for V. scutellata.
ser pyllifolia.

Xyris jupicai. X. caroliniana.

In addition, there are the two specimens at New York mentioned
above, and in the Brace herbarium one sheet of Muhlenbergia soboli-
fera and one of Clethra alnifolia.

For some reason, the two latter species are not included in the list.

Easr HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT.

[11

Tae TWENTIETH ANNUAL FIELD MEETING OF THE JOSSELYN
BOTANICAL Society of Maine will be held at Van Buren, July 14-18,
1914, with headquarters at the Hotel Hammond. Further notice,
with program, will be sent to members, and to any persons interested,
on request, at least two weeks previous to the meeting.— Dana W.
FkLLows, Secretary, Portland, Maine.

1914] Torrey,— Two yellow-fruited Shrubs 91

TWO YELLOW-FRUITED SHRUBS.
G. S. Torrey.

AMONG the plants sent for determination to the Gray Herbarium
during the past autumn, are two color variations which seem sufti-
ciently striking to merit recognition as forms of their respective species.

On October 4, 1913, Mrs. Frank E. Lowe collected in Shrewsbury,
Mass., specimens of the spice bush, Benzoin aestivale Nees., which
differed from the common form in having the drupes orange-yellow,
instead of bright red. Several bushes were found, some growing
with the typical form in low, damp places; some alone, in drier ground
in a rocky pasture. "These all bore yellow berries only, which were
ripe and falling. The material was sent by Mrs. Lowe to Mrs. E. L.
Horr of the Worcester Natural History Museum, by whom it was
referred to the Gray Herbarium. The plant may be characterized as
follows:

BENZOIN AESTIVALE (L.) Nees., forma xanthocarpum, forma nova,
fructibus flavis.

'The type specimen is in the Gray Herbarium, and a specimen has
also been deposited in the Herbarium of the New England Botanical
Club.

On November 1, 1913, Miss Louise H. Handy collected specimens
of a yellow-fruited beach plum in Marion, Mass., which she sent to
the Gray Herbarium. Other material of the same collection reached
the Herbarium through Mr. E. W. Hervey of New Bedford, to whom
it had been sent by Dr. B. J. Handy. Miss Handy writes that several
score of the yellow-fruited bushes grow on a point which runs out into
Buzzards Bay, the fruits of which are picked every year by the towns-
people for jam.

Although there is no material of this form to be found in the Gray
Herbarium, this is not the first time that yellow fruit has been reported
in Prunus maritima. The species has long been known to be extremely
variable; and Prof. Macfarlane of the University of Pennsylvania,
who has made a detailed study of the nature and range of the varia-
tions,! is able to sort the fruits into twelve groups according to color

1The Beach Plum, Viewed from Botanical and Economic Aspects. By J. M.
Macfarlane. "Trans. Bot. Soc. Penn. i. 216 (1901).

92 Rhodora [May

and size. He finds that about 65% of the plants have black-blue fruit,
while in the remainder, the color passes to bluish green and to a clear
orange-yellow. Although Prof. Macfarlane does not consider any of
these types sufficiently well-marked to receive names, it seems desir-
able as a matter of convenience to recognize as a form so conspicuous a
variation as the one in hand.

There seems to be no reason why we should not date our Prunus
maritima from. Marshall's description in the Arbustrum Americanum,
published in 1785, rather than from that of Wangenheim, as has usu-
ally been done. Marshall’s description is brief; but there can be
no doubt that he was dealing with the plant which Wangenheim pub-
lished two years later under the same name. Prunus maritima Wang.
therefore becomes a synonym of P. maritima Marshall, and the yellow-
fruited form may be called:

» Prunus MARITIMA Marshall, forma flava, forma nova, fructu flavo.

The type specimen is deposited in the Gray Herbarium.

Gray HERBARIUM.

THREE LUPINES NATURALIZED IN EASTERN CANADA
AND NEWFOUNDLAND.

M. L. FERNALD.

In 1911, while botanizing at Clarenville, at the head of Trinity Bay
in Newfoundland, the writer was surprised to see a tall Lupine com-
pletely occupying the available ground in a cemetery. So thoroughly
established was the plant that it obscured many of the graves and
their stones, and only the strong fence had kept from the area the
browsing animals which had devoured the tops of all the plants out-
side the enclosure. A single specimen only was secured by reaching
through the fence, for the watchful populace was of a class and dis-
position to make one think twice before vaulting the cemetery fence
to dig up the flowers growing within.

Later, upon returning to Cambridge, the writer received for de-
termination from Dr. J. M. Macoun a specimen of a Lupine seemingly
identical with the one at Clarenville but collected on a roadside at

1914] Fernald,— Lupines in eastern Canada and Newfoundland 93

Chebogue Point, Nova Scotia, by Mr. C. H. Young. The plant was
clearly not any of the species of eastern America nor of Europe so
that, in view of the almost hopeless difficulty of determining the
species of western North America without prolonged study, the New-
foundland and Nova Scotia material was pigeon-holed.

But the eastern botanist is apparently not to be allowed to leave
the difficulties of untangling the Lupines to his western colleagues,
for the western Lupines are obviously becoming naturalized in the
East. In August, 1912, Messrs. Long, St. John and the writer found
a colony of a gigantic Lupine growing in a sandy thicket along Brack-
ley Point Road on Prince Edward Island. The plant was in ripe
fruit, only one small inflorescence showing lingering flowers, so an
appeal was made to the Prince Edward Island botanist, Mr. L. W.
Watson, to secure flowers the following season. Mr. Watson, natur-
ally assuming that the roadside station referred to was, as his letter
says, “an extension of that which overruns Sherwood Cemetery,
not far from Brackley Station," secured flowering material from there.
But upon study it quickly becomes apparent that the plant over-
running Sherwood Cemetery is not the same as that occupying the
roadside thicket farther north, but that it belongs to a different sec-
tion of the genus.

With the aid of Dr. B. L. Robinson, the writer has attempted to
identify the three plants which are establishing themselves in the
Maritime Provinces and Newfoundland. They are all species native
of western North America which have been cultivated in European
gardens and introduced into eastern British America for their orna-
mental value. "The tendency they are showing to spread rapidly and
to go beyond the bounds of the garden indicates that they may be
found at other stations; and, since these are only three of the innumer-
able attractive Lupines which have been cultivated, it is not improba-
ble that they are merely the forerunners of a considerable naturalized
Lupine-flora to be expected in the regions where they are so readily
establishing themselves.

The three species, which are all perennials, may be distinguished
as follows:

Lupinus ALBICAULIS Dougl. Rather slender, branching, 0.5-1 m.
high; the upper part of the stem and the rhachis silky or slightly
velutinous: leaves with 5-9 oblanceolate somewhat silky leaflets

2.5-4.5 cm. long: stipules linear, 3-8 mm. long, early deciduous:
primary racemes becoming 1.5-3 dm. long: keel bent almost at right

94 Rhodora [Mav

angles, very slender, soon exposed to view for half or two-thirds its
length: lateral petals 4-6 mm. broad.— Native of the coast region
from Washington to California; becoming naturalized on PRINCE
EDWARD ISLAND: overrunning Sherwood Cemetery, near Brackley
Station, L. W. Watson, July, 1913.

L. NooTKATENSIS Donn. Stout, subsimple or branched, 3-6 dm.
high: stem and petioles loosely and densely villous: leaves with the
6-8 oblanceolate mucronate leaflets 2.5-5.5 em. long, densely villous
beneath, rather villous above: stipules linear-setaceous, 1.5-3 em. |
long, persistent: raceme becoming 1-3 dm. long: keel broad and
gradually curved, not much exposed: lateral petals 8-11 mm. broad.—
Native from Alaska to Vancouver Island; naturalized in Newfound-
land and Nova Scotia. NEWFOUNDLAND: very abundant and over-
running the cemetery, Clarenville, August 19, 1911, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 5784. Nova Scoria: roadsides, Chebogue Point, May
29, 1910, C. H. Young, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 81,283.

L. potypHyLius Lindl. Stout, simple, 7.5-12 dm. high: stem
minutely and sparingly pubescent or glabrate: lower leaves on petioles
3-7 dm. long: leaflets 10-17, oblanceolate, acuminate, 6-14 cm. long,
1.5-3.5 em. broad, glabrous or sparingly pilose: racemes becoming
2.5-6 dm. long: keel hidden, broad and gradually curved: lateral
petals 6-8 mm. broad.— Native from western British Columbia to
California; naturalized on Prince EDWARD ISLAND: dry thickets
and banks along Brackley Point Road, August 1, 1912, F ernald, Long &
St. John, no. 7678.

Gray HERBARIUM.

VIOLA SELKIRKII IN COLORADO.
E. R. Cross.

In the summer of 1912 I received from Mr. C. F. Leach of Sedalia,
Colo., a few pressed leaves of a violet new to me. It seemed so ob-
viously related to the group of small white-flowered Violae, that I was
at first inclined to identify it with Viola blanda Willd. Later fruiting
specimens and the discovery of large numbers in blossom the follow-
ing spring proved it to be V. Selkirkii Pursh, a species not before
accredited to Colorado.

So far as I have been able to discover, its occurrence in this region
is extremely local. The three known colonies are miles apart with
prominent watersheds intervening, and probably mark for the species

1914] Cross,— Viola Selkirkii in Colorado 95

its southernmost limit on the continent. One can but suppose that
these stations indicate, as in the analogous case of V. biflora L., a
once far more general distribution, of which the connecting links
have been destroyed.

The profusion of some of our mountain violets is almost beyond
belief to one who has not actually witnessed it. The principal colony
of V. Selkirkii on Garber Creek extends for over two miles, the plants
being packed so thickly in places that the ground looks purple with
their blossoms. In one locality within a radius of sixty paces no less
than seven distinct species are found, as follows, naming them in
decreasing order of abundance: — V. Selkirkii, V. renifolia var.
Brainerdii (Greene) Fernald, V. nephrophylla, V. rugulosa Greene,
V. adunca Smith, V. Nuttallii, and V. pedatifida; and near the head
waters of this same stream V. palustris L. covers the wet soil as with a
carpet.

The favorite haunts of V. Selkirkii in our region appear to be on
sloping banks, never very far from water, and under the shade of
Pseudotsuga mucronata and Picea pungens. Here it occasionally
reaches a height of six inches or more, and is often found in company
with the two other old-world Violae, V. biflora and V. palustris;
though it does not occur with them at subalpine elevations. The
following table may explain the relative scarcity of the three species,
tallying as it does with their lack of the natural facilities for propaga-
tion :—

V. palustris stolons common, cleistogamous flowers common;

V. Selkirkit — * | none, i “common;

V. biflora “ none, i "" none.

It is difficult in the case of such a markedly distinct species as V.
Selkirkii to suggest definite affinities. The fact that the cleistogamous
capsules are splotched with dark purple, the stalks often reddish-
streaked, would seem to indicate that it has heretofore been placed
too close to V. palustris; and that it belongs more properly to the
blanda-renifolia alliance. The prominent spur and the conspicuous
long auricles at the base of the sepals are strongly suggestive of the
caninae; but the stigma is very different. One peculiar feature, which
I do not remember to have seen mentioned, is the bracteoles, which at
least in the cleistogamous scapes are linear and blunt (almost ‘squared
off’) with an abrupt sharp point.

DENVER, COLORADO.

96 Rhodora [May

UNUSUAL PLANTS FOUND IN SALISBURY, CoNNECTICUT.— On March
30, 1913 Daphne Mezereum L. was well in blossom. This plant was
first brought to my attention about six years ago when a student
brought a small twig for identification. Search revealed only three
small shrubs. It has increased until now there is quite a large col-
ony on a disintegrating limestone ledge and there are many scatter-
ing plants in the vicinity. I am told by Miss Mary Seymour that
in the town of Norfolk Daphne Mezereum L. is so abundant as to make
a very conspicuous color-spot on the hillsides when it is in blossom.

Rumex mexicanus Meisn. was first found four years ago in a mowing
lot on the Wells Hill Road. It still persists in that field.

Anthriscus Cerefolium (L.) Hoffm. persists abundantly as a weed in a
garden. It has been known there for many years.

In the same yard Veronica Chamaedrys L. has established itself in
the lawn. It is not grown as a garden plant nor has it been for years.

Equisetum pratense Ehrh. is very abundant on both sides of the
Central New England railroad north of Lakeville.— Orra PARKER
PuELPs, Canton, New York.

SPIRAEA SALICIFOLIA IN ALBURG, VERMONT.— Mr. Sidney F. Blake,
in Ruopora, xvi, 40 (1914), records the first discovery of Spiraea
salicifolia L. in New England, at Swanton, Vermont, Aug. 24, 1911.
Knowing of Mr. Blake's find, I have kept looking for this species in
northwestern Vermont, but not till last summer, Aug. 26, 1913, did
I succeed in finding it. All along the Rutland Railroad from Burling-
ton northward I kept my eyes open for this bush, but not till the train
reached the Alburg peninsula did I detect it from the car window.
For once the train stopped opportunely, and I secured fairly good
specimens, rather past flowering.

There seems to be a great deal of this species in Alburg, mostly in
swampy places and I did not notice any Spiraea latifolia Borkh. The
soil of the peninsula is largely marine clay, and geographically the
region is like the broad Canadian plain at the north. It is only a
short distance across Missiquoi Bay to the Swanton station for the
plant. In appearance the bush is rather taller than our familiar
meadowsweet, and the new growth is made up of many wand-like
shoots which suggest the willow even more than do the numerous
narrow leaves.— CLARENCE H. KNowrrow, Hingham, Massachusetts.

Vol. 16, no. 184, including pages 5? to 80 and plate 109, was issued 27 April, 1914.

QTRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 16. June, 1914. No. 186.

WILLIAM WHITMAN BAILEY.
WALTER DEANE.

One by one our older botanists are leaving us and their places are
being taken by the younger generation in their turn. We miss the
familiar faces, the spoken and the written words, and the warm friends
who have cheered and encouraged us in our pursuits. But we must
rather rejoice than mourn when a life filled with much suffering in the
midst of botanical activity has at last been ended and the body is at
rest. .

William Whitman Bailey died in Providence, Rhode Island, on
February 20, 1914, within two days of 71 years of age. He was born
at West Point, New York, on February 22, 1843, and was the son of
Jacob Whitman Bailey of West Point and Maria Slaughter, daughter
of Samuel Slaughter of Culpeper, Virginia, through whom he was
connected with many prominent Virginians. He was descended
from John Bayley, of Newbury and Salisbury, Massachusetts, who
emigrated from Chippenham, England in 1635. His father was born
in Ward, now Auburn, Massachusetts, in 1811, and was graduated at
West Point in 1832 where, after serving for some years in the First
Artillery, he became in 1838 Professor of Chemistry, Mineralogy and
Geology. There he remained till his death on February 26, 1857, a
man in the very front of American science and a leader in microscopical
research. Bailey’s great grandfather on his mother’s side was Colonel
James Slaughter of Virginia who served in the Continental Army.

Young Bailey’s early life was spent at West Point. He writes
later, “My very earliest memories were associated with the military
life at West Point. I never knew any other till I was fourteen years

98 Rhodora [JUNE

of age. The daily routine of the Post was familiar to me, the reveille,
guard mounting, hour calls, parade, gun fire, drills of all kinds, tattoo
and taps. I was acquainted with the minutiae of the Academy, as a
child would observe." This, with his short military service mentioned
later, accounts for the intense military ardor that he always showed,
and his deep love for West Point.

A terrible tragedy came into Bailey’s life when he was but nine
years of age and he never entirely recovered from its effects. On
July 28, 1852, he embarked with his father, mother, and only sister,
a young girl of sixteen, on board the Henry Clay, on the Hudson River,
near West Point, for Long Island. The weather was bright and warm,
and they had proceeded as far as Yonkers when the cry of “Fire!”
was heard. Space forbids details. The fire was amidships. The
steamer was beached near Yonkers and the passengers forward could
escape, but the retreat of Prof. Bailey and his family was cut off.
They all finally sprang into the water and in spite of every effort Mrs.
Bailey and her daughter were drowned, Professor Bailey and his son
were saved. From the shock there received young Bailey’s life
trembled in the balance for several years, and his whole life and nature
were profoundly affected by the calamity. Long after he writes,
“After the dread event and consequent shock I never regained my
original tone.” Indeed all the events of his future life were dominated
by his weak constitution.

In February, 1857, but a few days before his father’s death, he left
West Point and went to Providence which was the residence of his
uncle and where some of his ancestors had lived for several genera-
tions. He entered the University Grammar School and in 1860
became a freshman at Brown University in the same city. Having a
profound distaste for mathematics and finding great difficulty with
the subject he drifted into a special chemical course and left college
with his class, but without a degree.

It was during his college career, in 1862, at the time of the Civil War
that he enlisted as a private in the Tenth Regiment of Rhode Island
Volunteers for three months. His health broke down under the
exposure, and he returned to Providence before the regiment. From
time to time after graduation Bailey visited, at Fredericton, New
Brunswick, his brother, Professor Loring W. Bailey, who held the
chair of Chemistry and Natural Science in the University of New
Brunswick in that city, and on several occasions he assumed his

N

1914] Deane,— William Whitman Bailey 99

brother's duties, teaching Chemistry, Physiology, and Comparative
. Anatomy. In 1866 and 1867 he was assistant chemist in the Manches-
ter Print Works, Manchester, New Hampshire, and in the Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology, in Boston.

Up to this time Bailey did practically no botanical work. While in
college he amused himself occasionally with the systematic analysis
of simple plants. It was a mere amusement, botany not being taught
at that time at Brown University. He says, “While in college and
for some years after I regarded chemistry as my ultimate goal." In
1867 he heard of the United States Geological Exploration of the 40th
Parallel under Clarence King, and he was informed that a botanist
was wanted. He immediately sought the position, and, on writing
to Dr. Asa Gray, he received the amusing reply, “Mr. King desires a
young man who shall at the same time be an accomplished botanist.
As the two things are incompatible I think you'll do as well as another."
Bailey accepted the position and from that time devoted himself to
botany, never returning to chemistry. He started immediately for
his new field of action. Here again he broke down and, in the spring
of 1868, Dr. Sereno Watson took his place. In a letter to the writer
he says, "I was with the party in Nevada about nine months when my
health failed and I resigned. Still for a tyro my work was not so bad.
Watson told me that he adopted my sketch of the phytographic
regions in his report."

For several years after this he was engaged in various occupations,
at one time assistant librarian at the Providence Athenaeum, and
again teaching in private schools, and working in the herbarium of
Columbia College, New York, with Dr. John Torrey. He also studied
and did some teaching in the summer school of botany at Harvard
College in 1875, 1876 and 1879, but his botanical career may be said
to have begun in 1877 when he started a private cla$s at Brown Uni-
versity. He writes later, “Botany was not taught at all in Brown
till I myself introduced it in 1877.” This was the first botanical class
there, and it was a success. Bailey wrote later, “At the end of the
season I was voted thirty dollars, and was tempted to go on by the
title of instructor and the advanced pay of fifty dollars for the season
of 1878." This was the beginning of a long course of botanical in-
struction, covering nearly thirty years, for he continued to teach
there until his resignation in 1906. He became Professor of Botany
in 1881. His college conferred upon him the degree of Ph.B. in 1873

100 Rhodora [JUNE

and of A. M. in 1893. In 1900 he received the degree of LL. D. from
the University of New Brunswick.

Professor Bailey devoted the best part of his life to botanical work
in Brown University. During this period he confined himself to
teaching and did not undertake any original scientific work. Vegeta-
ble morphology and systematie botany were the subjects to which he
devoted himself mainly, and students who have since risen to an
honorable position in the botanical world were among his pupils. He
also conducted classes outside of his college work, lectured frequently
in Providence and elsewhere and contributed articles, botanical and
otherwise, to many papers, notably The American Naturalist, Botani-
cal Gazette, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, New England
Journal of Education, Providence Journal, ete. Between 1881 and
1899 Professor Bailey published ‘Botanical Collectors’ Hand-book’
(1881), ‘Botanical Note-book' (1894-1897), ‘Among Rhode Island
Wild Flowers’ (1895 and 1896), ‘New England Wild Flowers’ (1895),
and ‘ Botanizing’ (1899). His early experiences at West Point are
vividly told in a brochure entitled ‘My Boyhood at West Point,’
published in 1891, and in a series of seventeen newspaper articles
entitled ‘Recollections of West Point,’ published in 1900, by ‘The
News of the Highlands,’ a local paper of the West Point region.

By nature Bailey had a fine artistic temperament, and the pro-
ductions from his pen, pencil and brush were always the delight of his
friends. Beautiful colored drawings, illustrating plant structure,
insect pollination and the like, were used in his class work and his
lectures. His poetic nature is shown in the many verses that he wrote
both for publication and for his friends, and in 1909 he published a
collection of the principal ones. He made staunch friends, and was an
unremitting and brilliant correspondent, his letters teeming with wit
and showing hi$ wide knowledge of books. At class and society
reunions Bailey was always expected to make a speech or read a poem,
and these were full of pathos or wit as the occasion required. Yet
through all this busy life he was a constant sufferer from spinal and
other troubles, and the wonder is that he was enabled to carry on his
work as he did. i

He was ever fond of visiting West Point and many were the weeks
that he spent there or in the immediate vicinity. He kept up his
friendship with his early comrades and he wrote later, “My best
friend, the only one admitted to my youthful penetralia, was Robert

1914] Collins,— Opuntia vulgaris on Cape Cod 101

E. Lee, Jr., son of the famous Confederate general, who, from 1852
to 1855, was superintendent on the Post." He had many warm friends
among the members of the New England Botanical Club of which he
was a non-resident member, and he attended a number of its meetings
in the earlier years of its life before his physical troubles increased.

In 1906 Bailey's failing health compelled his resignation from his
college work. He was honored with the title of Professor Emeritus,
and during the remainder of his life he lived quietly at home, devoting
much of his time to reading and writing. But his ever increasing
physical troubles wore heavily upon him and at last, on February 20,
1914, hedied. "The funeral was held at the family home in Providence
on February 23. At his own request his coffin was draped with the
American flag, and the authorities at West Point allowed his body to
be laid to rest in the Academy grounds near that of his father.

On March 14, 1881, Professor Bailey was married to Eliza Randall
Simmons of Providence. She and two children, Whitman and
Margaret Emerson, survive him.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

OPUNTIA VULGARIS ON CAPE COD.
F. S. Couns.

THE occurrence of Opuntia vulgaris Mill. at Nantucket has long been
a matter of record; it is common there on the peninsula of Coatue.
The earliest record appears to be by Hitchcock in 1833. “Cactus
Opuntia, Nantucket, T. A. Green. Prickly Pear. It does not
appear in the first and second editions of Bigelow’s Florula, but is
mentioned in the third edition? “Found at Nantucket, June, July."

In the first edition of Gray's Manual, 1848, p. 141, the distribution
is given as “Sandy fields and dry rocks, Nantucket to N. J. and south-
ward near the coast." Later editions have practically the same. In

! Edward Hitchcock, Report on the Geology, Mineralogy, Botany and Zoology of
Massachusetts, p. 605.
? Jacob Bigelow, Florula Bostoniensis, third ed., 1840, p. 203.

102 Rhodora [JUNE

the various editions of Britton's Manual and Britton and Brown's
Flora, the range is given as * Eastern Mass. to Penn. & Fla." From
a purely geographical point of view, “Eastern Mass.” is correct for
Nantucket, though possibly misleading as implying a wider range. I
have been unable, however, to find any Massachusetts station re-
corded outside of Nantucket.

On October first, 1913, I was making my last collecting trip of the
season, in Wellfleet, Massachusetts, and I came upon a large colony of
the Opuntia, thoroughly established. It was about a mile from the
settled part of the town, and grew on both sides of the road for two
hundred feet or more, extending back into the fields. The plants
were nearly prostrate, merely projecting slightly; the flowering season
was past, but there was abundance of the fruit, sometimes as many as
five fruits on a single segment. It appeared to occupy the ground so
thoroughly that no other vegetation but a scanty growth of grass was
found among it. The fruit, though well formed and containing hard
seeds, was only about half the size of what I had seen on plants of the
same species in Bermuda, two months before.

There was a “No Trespass” sign near by; usually a botanist pays
no attention to such signs, but in this case it had some interest, as it
gave the name of the owner of the property, George W. Lawrence, and
I wrote to Mr. Lawrence, asking for information in regard to the plant.
He very kindly replied as follows: — “I have consulted an old lady
(87 years of age) who used to live in the old Hickman house, as we call
it, when she was a girl, and she says, the prickly pear cactus was there
at that time; she does not know where it might have come from. I
have owned the place since Nov. 1908, and the man I bought it of has
just died. The ‘No Trespass’ sign was to keep the boys away from
the fruit. An old gentleman (79) a native, says it was there when he
was a small boy. The old Hickman family used to have beautiful
flowers, so my wife says, and she used to visit at the old house when
she was very young. Probably the plant was brought there some-
time, as it is not found anywhere else in town." !

I referred to my discovery at a meeting of the New England Botani-
cal Club, in the hope of hearing of other stations, and was again fortu-
nate, for Mr. C. F. Batchelder remembered having seen it, and at my
request he notes the following particulars: — “In September, 1876, I

1 Later Mr. Lawrence wrote me ‘‘Mr. Nye, our postmaster, tells me there is another
little patch of the ‘cactus’ up by Higgins Pond, about two miles from my place.”

1914] Collins,— Opuntia vulgaris on Cape Cod 103

found a small Opuntia (doubtless O. vulgaris) growing at the head of a
sand beach near Osterville, in the township of Barnstable, on the
south side of Cape Cod. According to my recollection, there was no
single large colony, but small plants grew scatteringly along the beach;
whether or not it was widely distributed along the coast, I cannot say."

With a view of ascertaining whether the plant persisted, I wrote to
Mrs. Margaret M. Theodore of Centreville, who is familiar with the
flora of that region, and she writes, “I have looked through Mrs.
Cheney's ‘Plants from Cape Cod’ hoping to be able to locate your
Prickly Pear exaetly in it, as she made exhaustive examinations of
this region, but do not find it in the list. Then comes my young
naturalist, my boy John, to the rescue.— ‘Sure I know where to find
it. There's two or three lots of it around here,’ and he describes it
accurately." Osterville and Centerville are settlements in the town
of Barnstable, about a mile apart.

Mr. W. P. Rich tells me that it grows in Truro, on the grounds of
Mr. Solomon Ryder, who has lived there for over 40 years, and who
reports that it was there when he came. It now extends from the
house over the lawn, into fields and under trees in every direction.
In 1911 Mr. Rich transplanted a number of these plants from Mr.
Ryder's place to a barren “sand lot" near the shore by his summer
home at Truro; they thrived and are spreading, and flowered freely
in 1912 and 1913.

'The Truro station is the northernmost; from there to Wellfleet is
five miles, from Wellfleet to Barnstable 25 miles. It seems now safe
to consider Opuntia vulgaris as fairly established on the Cape; as to
whether it is native may not be as clear. Mr. Rich is of the opinion
that the plant was introduced at the Ryder station; the Lawrence
station at Wellfleet, though it has a record of at least 75 years, appears
to have an old farm house as its center of distribution. The Barn-
stable localities more resemble the Coatue station at Nantucket,
which has always been considered as free from suspicion of human
agency. It is not uncommon in gardens at Nantucket, transplanted
from Coatue, and it may well be that old time captains from Truro
and Wellfleet brought it to their gardens in thesame way. Its present
distribution seems to be much the same as that of other species which
inhabit the coastal plain. It is common along the coast of New Jersey;
five stations are recorded for Long Island, New York.! In Connecti-

1 Smith Ely Jelliffe, The Flora of Long Island, 1899, p. 118.

104 Rhodora [JUNE

cut the record is' “Exposed rocks and sandy soils, occasional along
the coast, rare inland.” Possibly other stations similar to those in
Barnstable may be discovered, now that there is reason to look for
them; in any case, it is now a part of the Cape. flora.

We are accustomed to think of Opuntia as a subtropical genus, but
while looking up references for this note I came across some informa-
tion quite to the contrary as regards some species; it may be new to
others, as it was tome. In the copy of the first edition of the Manual,
at the Gray Herbarium, is a note against Opuntia vulgaris, in Dr.
Gray's handwriting, “Grows N. on rocks to lat 50°. Dr. Richardson.”
The Richardson seems to be Sir John Richardson,” who says, “Cacti
are numerous on the eastern side of the mountains in the same parallel;
and the smaller kinds, chiefly Opuntiae, range northwards over prairies
to the 49th parallel, and perhaps further north. We gathered Opuntia
glomerata or the Crapaud vert of the voyagers, on the Lake of the
Woods." A still more northern range is shown by Macoun è “0.
Missouriensis DC., Prickly Pear. We refer all our eastern forms to
this species, but without being certain, as specimens have seldom been
preserved. The Qu’Appelle valley, about two miles from its mouth,
and the north bank of the Assiniboine, above Shell River, are the most
eastern localities known. It is found at Moose Jaw Creek and at the
elbow of the South Saskatchewan, and thence south and west to
Long. 112? at the Hand Hills. A species which I believe to be the
same, reappears again at the north bank of Peace River, Lat. 56? 12’,
where it grows on the arid clay slope, exposed often to a temperature
of 55? below zero."

NonrH EASTHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.
! Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Connecticut, 1910, p. 289.

? Arctic Searching Expedition, New York, 1852, p. 418.
3 John Macoun, Catalogue of Canadian Plants, Vol. I, 1883, p. 177.

1914] Schuh,— Discovery of a long-sought Alga. 105

THE DISCOVERY OF THE LONG-SOUGHT ALGA, STICTYO-
SIPHON TORTILIS.

R. E. SCHUH.

IN his treatise on the Marine Algae of New England (Rept. of the
U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries for 1879) Dr. Farlow expressed
surprise that Phloeospora (Stictyosiphon) tortilis (Rupr.) Aresch. had
not yet been found along our coast. It is frequent along the British
coast, in the Baltic Sea and Arctic Ocean, along Spitzbergen and
Greenland, and even in Bering Strait and the Okhotsk Sea. It is now
my pleasure to report undoubted specimens of this widely distributed
form from our northeastern coast. It is the habit of the plant to
break up, thus reproducing vegetatively; and so it happens that, for
many years, only occasional bits and imperfect specimens had been
found both in Massachusetts and Rhode Island waters. Indeed, one
from the latter state received the critical approval of Mr. Frank S.
Collins, who has also very kindly examined the specimens referred to
in this note.

Recently, while sorting some material from Vineyard Sound,
collected October 12th, 1895, I found splendidly fruited specimens
with the basal rhizoids still intact. They grew in company with
Ectocarpus siliculosus and Desmotrichum, and apparently had been
attached to decayed bits of Chorda. A slide is deposited in the her-
barium of the New England Botanical Club. Illustrations may be
found in various standard foreign works on brown algae.

WASHINGTON, D. C.

106 Rhodora [JUNE

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,— XIX.

SALICACEAE.

POPULUS.

P. ALBA L. Roadsides and waste land; escaping freely wherever
planted, especially along the coast.

[P. balsamifera L. Cultivated (?), Danvers (C. E. F axon, May 19,
1884).]

P. cANDICANS Ait. Escaping occasionally, wherever planted.

P. peLTOIDEs Marsh. Introduced from further west; spontaneous
at Lowell, Cambridge and Walpole, perhaps elsewhere.

P. grandidentata Michx. Woods and roadsides, common
throughout.

P. NIGRA L., var. rrALICA Du Roi. Occasionally persistent around
old places, sometimes escaping.

P. tremuloides Michx. Woods and roadsides, very common
throughout.

SALIX.

S. ALBA L. Introduced and escaping at several stations.

S. ALBA L., var. CAERULEA (Sm.) Koch. Sparingly escaped in
Middlesex Fells, Boston and Wellesley.

S. ALBA L., var. vITELLINA (L.) Koch. Often planted, and thor-
oughly established, spreading in moist soil; pistillate trees very rare.

S. AURITA L. Waste ground off Ipswich St., Back Bay, Boston
(F. F. Forbes, 1905). Native of Europe and northern Asia.

S. BABYLONICA L. Waste places, sparingly escaped around Boston.

S. candida llügge. Abundant in a swamp near Crooked Pond,
Boxford. First found by J. Robinson in 1875. One of several rare
plants growing in this isolated limestone area.

S. cordata Muhl. Thickets and swamps, common throughout.

S. cordata Muhl., var. angustata (Pursh) Anders. Ice railway,
Cambridge (Wm. Boott, May 18 and June 13, 1854); wet bank,
W. Cambridge (M. L. Fernald, no date).

1914] Flora of the Boston District,— XIX. 107

S. cordata Muhl., var. myricoides (Muhl.) Carey. Wet ground,
Blue Hills, W. Quincy (J. R. Churchill, Apr. 25 and June 21, 1891);
Milton (J. R. Churchill, April, May and June, 1891).

S. discolor Muhl. Swamps and roadside thickets, generally
distributed throughout.

S. discolor Muhl., var. eriocephala (Michx.) Anders. Waltham
(Gray Herb., no date); Roxbury (J. A. Lowell, 1849); Framing-
ham (E. C. Smith, May 9, 1899).

S. discolor Muhl., var. prinoides (Pursh) Anders. Cordaville
Road, Framingham (E. C. Smith, May 15, 1899); swamp, Blue Hills,
W. Quincy (J. R. Churchill, Apr. 25, May 10 and June 21, 1891).

S. rRAGILIS L. Recorded as introduced at several stations, but
apparently not evenly distributed.

S. humilis Marsh. Sand-plains and dry soil; common, especially
southward.

S. lucida Muhl. Swamps and wet places; frequent, especially
northward.

S. nigra Marsh. Shores of streams and ponds, frequent.

S. nigra Marsh., var. falcata (Pursh) Torr. Occasional.

S. NIGRICANS Sm. Waste ground off Ipswich St., Back Bay, Boston
(F. F. Forbes, 1907). Native of Europe and northern Asia.

S. pedicellaris Pursh, var. hypoglauca Fernald. Peatbogs and
swamps in central and northern portions; frequent. First published
in Ruopona xi. 161, 1909.

Salix pedicellaris Pursh, var. tenuescens lernald. Moeadows
of Concord River, Bedford (M. L. Fernald, May 23, 1909). Type
station. Published in Ruopona xi. 162, 1909.

S. PENTANDRA L. Pond shores and roadsides; Wayland, Weston,
Wellesley, Brookline.

S. petiolaris Sm. Swamps and wet places, frequent.

S. PURPUREA L. Wet places, occasional.

S. rostrata Richards. Swamps and thickets, common.

S. sericea Marsh. Swamps, frequent.

S. subsericea (Anders.) Schneider. (See Ruopora xi. 9-12, 1909.)
Low grounds; Arlington, Cambridge, Brookline, Dedham, Wayland,
Sudbury.

S. tristis Ait. Sand-plains and dry places, common throughout.

S. VIMINALIS L. Introduced and established at Medford, Cam-
bridge, Roxbury, Brookline, Dorchester. See Robinson, Fl. Essex Co.,
99, 1880.

108 Rhodora [JUNE

HYBRIDS.

S. ALBA L. X FRAGILIS L. A large staminate tree, persisting since
before 1859, Cambridge (W. Deane); pistillate tree, Cambridge (L. H.
Bailey, May, 1883); a large staminate tree, Dorchester (J. R.
Churchill, 1887-8).

S. CINEREA L. X cordata Muhl. Waste ground, Back Bay,
Boston (F. F. Forbes, 1907).

S. cordata Muhl. X lucida Muhl. Knoll by Brookline water-
works land, Dedham (F. F. Forbes, 1908).

S. cordata Muhl. X pedicellaris Pursh., var. hypoglauca
Fernald. Wet soil; Concord, Wayland, W. Roxbury, Dedham.

S. cordata Muhl. X petiolaris Sm. Swamps; North Andover,
Cambridge, Boston, Brookline, W. Roxbury, Dedham, W. Quincy,
Sherborn. :

S. cordata Muhl. X rostrata Richards. Reservoir lot, Brookline
(F. F. Forbes, 1909); border of swamp, Charles River meadow,
Dedham (F. F. Forbes, 1908).

S. cordata Muhl. X sericea Marsh. Cambridge, W. Roxbury,
Milton, W. Quincy, Sharon, Sherborn.

S. cordata Muhl. X subsericea (Anders.) Schneider. Cam-
bridge (L. H. Bailey, 1884); border of swamp, Cow Island, W.
Roxbury (F. F. Forbes, 1907 et seq.).

S. discolor Muhl. X humilis Marsh. Brookline, W. Roxbury,
Wellesley, Natick; Middlesex Fells, according to Deane, Fl. Metrop.
Park Res., 76, 1896.

[Mr. F. F. Forbes has found in moist land at W. Roxbury a speci-
men which he pronounces the above hybrid re-crossed with S. discolor,
also a specimen re-crossed with S. humilis.|

S. discolor Muhl. X rostrata Richards. Wet ground near Ham-
mond's Pond, Newton (F. F. Forbes, May 12 and Aug. 18, 1908);
W. Roxbury (F. F. Forbes, May 10 and Aug. 10, 1908).

S. humilis Marsh. X petiolaris Sm. Roadside, Boxford (F. F.
Forbes, May 30, 1909).

S. humilis Marsh. X rostrata Richards. Dry ground, Natick
(F. F. Forbes, 1908).

S. humilis Marsh. X sericea Marsh. Dry soil, Natick (F. F.
Forbes, 1908).

1914] Flora of the Boston District, — XIX 109

S. humilis Marsh. X tristis Ait. Dry sandy soil, Natick (F. F.
Forbes, 1908). .

S. petiolaris Sm. X rostrata Richards. Swamp, Cow Island,
W. Roxbury (F. F. Forbes, 1908).

S. petiolaris Sm. X sericea Marsh. Swamp, Wayland (F. F.
Forbes, 1912); wet ground, Sherborn (F. F. Forbes, May 21, 1907).

S. petiolaris Sm. X subsericea (Anders.) Schneider. Cow
Island, W. Roxbury (F. F. Forbes, 1909).

S. petiolaris Sm. X tristis Ait. Dry sandy soil, Natick (F. F.
Forbes, 1907).

The older specimens listed above have all been passed upon by the
late M. S. Bebb, our best American student of Salix. The hybrids
found by Mr. Forbes have in most cases been transplanted by him
to his willow garden, where they are still under his observation and
may be seen by others.

MYRICACEAE.
MYRICA.

M. asplenifolia L. Dry barren soil, very common throughout.

M. carolinensis Mill. Dry sandy soil; very common along the
coast, becoming less abundant inland.

M. Gale L. Swamps, frequent throughout.

JUGLANDACEAE.
CARYA.

C. alba (L.) K. Koch (not C. alba Nutt.). Dry open woods; com-
mon in southern and central portions; reported as far north as Dan-
vers and Essex.

C. cordiformis (Wang. K. Koch. Dry soil, well distributed
except in west and northwest, but seldom abundant.

C. glabra (Mill.) Spach. Dry rocky soil; common.

C. microcarpa Nutt. (in part). Waverley, Belmont ( B. L. Robin-
son, June 2, 1895); Dorchester (W. Deane, Sept. 21, 1887). Mr.
C. E. Faxon writes that there are specimens at the Arnold Arbo-
retum, collected by himself, from Reading, Wellesley Hills, Lexing-

110 Rhodora l [JUNE

ton and Jamaica Plain. He says, “ It is the common round pignut
with sweet meat and grows everywhere around Boston, as I under-
stand it.”

In Trees and Shrubs by C. S. Sargent, Vol. II, Part IV, page 208,
August, 1913, is the following note, “ CARYA OVALIS, var. OBCORDATA,
n. var. .... Carya microcarpa, Nuttall, Gen. ii. 221 (in part) (1818).
.... This is the most widely and probably the most generally dis-
tributed variety. It is common in southern New England....
The fruit varies from subglobose to short oblong or to slightly obo-
vate.... The nut is usually much compressed, often broadest
above the middle, slightly angled sometimes to below the middle,
rounded at the base and rounded and often more or less obcordate at
the apex."

C. ovata (Mill.) K. Koch (C. alba Nutt). Dry open woods, com-
mon throughout.

In the paper cited above, on page 207, Prof. Sargent publishes the
following variety, “ CARYA ovata, var. NuTTALLI, n. var. Carya
microcarpa, Nuttall, Silva N. Am. i. 39, t. 13 (not Carya microcarpa,
Nuttall, Gen. ii. 221) (1842)....

“The nut of this variety is rounded, obcordate or rarely pointed at
the apex, rounded or abruptly pointed at the base, much compressed,
prominently angled.... Except in the size of the fruit there appear
to be no characters by which this variety can be distinguished from
the common Shagbark. I have seen specimens of the variety from
eastern Massachusetts . . . ."

Swampscott (J. G. Jack, September, 1894).

JUGLANS.

J. cinerea L. Roadsides and open woods; common in north and
central sections, but not reported from extreme south.

BET ULACEAE.

ALNUS.

A. incana (L.) Moench. Borders of streams and swamps; Sharon,

Canton and Hingham northward.
A. rugosa Du Roi. Swamps and borders of streams; very com-
mon southward, less common northward.

1914] Flora of the Boston District,— XIX 111

A. vuLGARIS Hill. Swamps and moist soil, at W. Medford and
Waltham; edge of saltmarsh at Brookline and Hingham.

BETULA.

B. alba L., var. papyrifera (Marsh.) Spach. Dry woods, scat-
tered trees as far south as Sharon, Hingham and Scituate.

B. lenta L. Rich woods, frequent except in southeastern portion,
where it has not been reported.

B. lutea Michx.f. Rich moist woods; occasional in Essex and Mid-
dlesex counties, with scattered trees as far south as Canton and Scituate.

B. nigra L. Moist banks of Merrimac River and lower portions
of its tributaries from Amesbury west to Tyngsboro and Dracut
and across the state-line to Pelham, N. H.; also near Parker River in
Georgetown and Byfield [Newbury], and at Ipswich. A few trees in
a dry pasture at Groton (C. H. Knowlton, RHopora xiv. 235, 1912)
are probably introduced. There are no other stations for this species
nearer than Suffolk Co., Long Island, 115 miles to the southwest.

B. populifolia Marsh. Dry sandy soil, abundant everywhere.

CARPINUS.

C. caroliniana Walt. Wet soil and borders of streams in central
and northern portions; not reported from southern third of district.

CORYLUS.

C. americana Walt. Dry soil; common throughout.
C. rostrata Ait. Generally distributed in dry soil, but not abun-
dant.

OSTRYA.

O. virginiana (Mill.) K. Koch. Dry rocky woods, frequent.

: FAGACEAE.
CASTANEA.

C. dentata (Marsh.) Borkh. Woods and pastures; abundant in
many places in western and central portions, much less common near
the coast and to the southward.

112 Rhodora [JUNE

C. pumila (L.) Mill. Two clumps in a dry thicket, Stony Brook
Reservation, W. Roxbury. See E. F. Williams, in Ruopona xiii.
90, 1911. The only New England station.

FAGUS.

F. grandifolia Ehrh. Rich woods, occasional throughout. There
are considerable areas covered densely with it on Cape Ann and at
Beechwood, Cohasset, but trees are usually scattering.

F. grandifolia Ehrh., forma pubescens Fernald & Rehder.
South Braintree (A. Rehder, May 30, 1907). See Ruopora ix. 111-
112, 1907.

QUERCUS.

Q. alba L. Dry woods; one of our commonest trees. The largest
and best preserved specimens are in Beaver Brook Reservation,
Waverley. See Deane, Fl. Metrop. Park Res. 73, 1896.

Q. bicolor Willd. Swamps and low ground; common throughout.
One very large tree at Waverley. See Deane, Fl. Metrop. Park Res.
74, 1896.

Q. coccinea Muench. Dry soil; frequent throughout.

Q. ilicifolia Wang. Dry barren soil; very common throughout.

Q. imbricaria Michx. A single tree 4 feet 3 inches in girth at 3
feet up; two feet inside the wall of an old pasture, Brush Hill Road,
Milton (G. G. Kennedy, Oct. 21, 1900; May 16 and May 22, 1902).
See RHopona xiv. 34, 1912.

[Q. palustris Muench. Large tree on Beane estate, Ipswich, in
field on the back street (J. Robinson, Oct. 13, 1891). Spec. in herb.
Peabody Acad. Sci. Probably set out, as elsewhere in district.]

Q. prinoides Willd. Dry soil, frequent throughout.

Q. Prinus L. Rich woods; local in Essex and Middlesex counties
and in the Blue Hill region.

Q. Ronvn L. Roadside near Sunset Rock, Andover (A. S. Pease,
Sept. 21, 1903); W. Medford (C. H. Morss, October, 1898); thor-
oughly established and spreading in dry woods, Duxbury (C. H.
Knowlton, Sept. 24, 1911. See Ruopora xiv. 20, 90, 1912); Salem,
according to Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 97, 1880.

Q. rubra L. Woods, rather common.

Q. velutina Lam. Dry woods, common throughout.

1914] — Knowlton,— Original Flora of the Old Colony 113

HYBRIDS.

Q. alba L. X bicolor Willd. A natural tree growing in Franklin
Park, Roxbury (J. G. Jack, 1895-1904).

Q. alba L. X Prinus L. A non-fruiting tree grows in Concord on
the estate of Wm. Brewster, in the edge of woods by a wet run. This
tree Mr. A. Rehder tentatively pronounces to be the above hybrid,
but fruit is needed for absolute determination.

Q. ilicifolia Wang. X velutina Lam. Top of Blue Hill (A.
Rehder, September, 1900). See Ruopora iii. 137, 1901.

C. H. KNOWLTON | Committee on

WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

THE ORIGINAL FLORA OF THE OLD COLONY.
CLARENCE H. KNOWLTON.

THOREAU’S frequent quotations in “Cape Cod," have led me to
the book called * Mourt's Relation," a diary of early events in Ply-
mouth colony, probably written by William Bradford and Edward
Winslow. The floral notes seem to me more likely from Winslow’s
pen, for Bradford’s own history scarcely mentions a plant, while
Winslow on his trip to see Massasoit, and in a letter home to England,
writes rather fully of what grew in the new country. The book is
well worth reading, for about it still lingers “the charm of Sixteenth
Century prose,” and the events of the early years at Plymouth are
exceedingly interesting. It was published in London in 1622, and
there have been several reprints. It has seemed worth while to me
to collate the notes on the flora of southeastern Massachusetts for
the benefit of Rnopona readers.

“Upon the 9th of November following, by break of the day, we
espied land, which we deemed to be Cape Cod, and so afterward it
proved. And theappearance of it much comforted us, especially seeing
so goodly a land and wooded to the brink of the sea....And upon
the 11th of November we came to an anchor in the bay [Province-

114 Rhodora [JUNE

town harbor], which is a good harbour and pleasant bay, circled round,
except in the entrance, which is about four miles over from land to
land, compassed about to the very sea with oaks, pines, juniper,
sassafras, and other sweet wood.....The same day, so soon as we
could, we set ashore fifteen or sixteen men, well armed, with some to
fetch wood, for we had none left, as also to see what the land was... . .
They found it to be a small neck of land [Long Point]; on this side
where we lay, is the bay, and the further side the sea; the ground or
earth sand hills, much like the downs in Holland, but much better;
the crust of the earth, a spit's depth, excellent black earth; all wooded
with oaks, pines, sassafras, juniper, birch, holly, vines, some ash,
walnut; the wood for the most part open and without underwood, fit
either to go or ride in. At night our people returned, but found not
any person, nor habitation; and laded their boat with juniper, which
smelled very sweet and strong, and of which we burnt the most part
of the time we lay there."

On the 15th another party was set ashore and proceeded about ten
miles. The next morning, in Truro, “we marched through boughs
and bushes, and under hills and valleys, which tore our very armor
in pieces... .. About ten o'clock we came into a deep valley, full of
brush, wood-gaile and long grass... . . And as we went in another valley,
we found a fine clear pond of fresh water, being about a musket shot
broad, and twice aslong. There grew also many small vines, and fowl
and deer haunted there. There grew much sassafras..... We went
on further and found new stubble, of which they had gotten corn this
year, and many walnut trees full of nuts, and great store of straw-
berries, and some vines." Further on they came to some deserted
Indian houses, in which they found “two or three baskets full of
parched acorns....We found also a little silk grass, and a little
tobacco seed, with some other seeds which we knew not. Without
was sundry bundles of flags, and sedge, bulrushes, and other stuff to
make mats."

There are no further botanical notes until Plymouth harbor was
reached, on Dec. 16. “This harbour is a bay greater than Cape Cod,

‘compassed with a goodly land; and in the bay two fine islands,
uninhabited, wherein are nothing but woods, oaks, pines, walnuts,
beech, sassafras, vines and other trees which we know not.....
Monday, the 18th day, we made a land, manned with the master of
the ship and three or four of the sailors. We marched along the coast

1914] — Knowlton,— Original Flora of the Old Colony 115

in the woods some seven or eight miles... .. The land for the crust of
the earth is a spit's depth, excellent black mould, and fat in some
places; two or three great oaks, but not very thick, pines, walnuts,
beech, ash, birch, hazel, holly, asp, sassafras in abundance, and vines
everywhere, cherry trees, plum trees, and many others which we
know not. Many kinds of herbs we found here in winter, as straw-
berry leaves innumerable, sorrel, yarrow, carvel, brooklime, liverwort,
water-cresses, great store of leeks and onions, and an excellent strong
kind of hemp.”

A year later Edward Winslow, writing enthusiastically to a friend
in England under date of Dec. 11, 1621, writes the following: “ All
the spring-time the earth sendeth forth naturally very good sallet
herbs. Here are grapes, white and red, and very sweet and strong
also; strawberries, gooseberries, raspas, etc.; plums of three sorts,
white, black and red, being almost as good as a damson; abundance
of roses, white, red and damask; single, but very sweet indeed.”

In July, 1621, Edward Winslow and Stephen Hopkins set out to
spend July 4th and 5th with their Indian friend, Massasoit, at Packano-
kick. They went through Namaschet [Middleboro] to the Taunton
River, and down its shores. “As we passed along, we observed that
there were few places'by the river but had been inhabited; by reason
whereof much ground was clear, save of weeds, which grew higher
than our heads. There is much good timber, both oak, walnut tree,
fir, beech, and exceeding great chestnut trees."

Other passages later on refer to “ ground-nuts"' as a source of food-
supply for the Indians, and in times of shortage, for the colonists them-
selves.

I shall let each reader supply for himself the modern names for these
pre-Linnaean plants, but it is of interest here to read Thoreau’s re-
marks in Cape Cod, and an article by S. B. Parish in Ruopona III,
17, “The Vegetation of Plymouth Three Hundred Years Ago."

In Rnuopona IV, 81, Mr. John Robinson has commented on some
of these Plymouth plants. He also quotes from a correspondent who
suggests that this list was copied from Francis Higginson [Higgeson]
who published a similar list of plants of New England.

This cannot be so, however, for Mourt's Relation was written from
day to day as the events took place, and was printed in its present
form in 1622 several years before Higginson left England for this
country. It is a pleasure to clear these old worthies of the alleged

116 Rhodora [JUNE

plagiarism. There is no reason to suppose that the two lists were not
prepared independently, and the Plymouth list must have been.

HiNGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

THE NARROW-LEAVED VARIETY OF SALIX PYRIFOLIA.— In one of
his discussions of Salix balsamifera Barratt, the late M. S. Bebb set
off some leaf-extremes as varieties (Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xv. 124).
With the exception of one, his var. lanceolata, they have not seemed to
the writer worthy separate designation; but the var. lanceolata is
found in some of the swamps of eastern Newfoundland to be so uni-
form and to occur in such extensive areas that it seems well worth
recognition. But, unfortunately, the highly appropriate and long-
used name, S. balsamifera Barratt, was published as a specific name
merely in synonymy and was not validated as a specifie name until
1879, when Bebb brought it forward" (Bot. Gaz. iv. 190). In the
meantime S. pyrifolia Andersson was properly published (Vet. Acad.
Handl. Stockh. vi. no. 1, 162) in 1867 and as the first valid specific
name must stand. The narrow-leaved shrub should, therefore, be
called

SALIX PYRIFOLIA Anderss., var. lanceolata (Bebb) n. comb. S.
balsamifera, var. lanceolata Bebb, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xv. t. 81, fig. 7
(1888).— M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Vol. 16, no. 185, including pages 81 to 96, was issued 11 May, 1914.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 16. July, 1914. No. 187.

THE EARLIEST NAME OF THE SNOWBERRY.
SipnEY F. BLAKE.

For more than a century the ornamental shrub cultivated in gar-
dens under the name of Snowberry has been almost universally known
by the name Symphoricarpos racemosus given it by Michaux ! in 1803.
Nevertheless the species had been described by Linnaeus ? half a cen-
tury before in the first edition of the Species Plantarum as Vaccinium
album, a name based solely on specimens collected by Kalm in Penn-
sylvania and preserved in the Linnaean Herbarium and in the British
Museum. The specific name and character remained unchanged
through the various editions of the Species Plantarum, and the
Linnaean diagnosis is repeated without remark in the thirteenth,
fourteenth, and fifteenth editions of the Systema. Meanwhile La-
marck? in 1783 took up the name for the plant now known as
Vaccinium canadense Richardson,‘ of which he was the first to publish
a description. Pursh® described under the same name a form of
Vaccinium stamineum L., and was followed in this error by Sprengel ?
in the sixteenth edition of the Systema. Then in 1834 G. Don,’ ap-

1 Mx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 107 (1803). 2? L. Sp. P1. i. 350 (1753).

3 Lam. Ency. i. 73 (1783).

4 Commonly accredited to ‘‘Kalm ex Richardson," but the original description, as
well as the type specimens in the British Museum, clearly shows that Kalm had
nothing to do with the name. V. vacillans ‘‘Kalm ex Torr.” is in somewhat similar
case; as shown by Britten (Journ. Bot. xlii. 55 (1905)), Kalm, although quoted as its
author by Torrey in the original publication, had no connection whatever with the
name, Solander, who was not mentioned by Torrey and so cannot be quoted as author
of the species, having been the real name of the plant, which should be called V,
vacillans [‘‘vaccillans’’] Torr.

5 Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 162 (1814). 6 Spreng. Sys. ed. 16. ii. 210 (1825).

7G. Don, Gen. Hist. iii. 448, 853 (1834).

118 Rhodora [JULY

parently influenced by a note of Smith’s on the sheet in the Linnaean
Herbarium, identified the name with Pursh's ! Xylosteum ciliatum B.
album, described as new from specimens collected “on the Rocky-
mountain" by Lewis, which according to Nuttall? is “ Symphoria
racemosa of Michaux,’ now cultivated in several gardens near Phila-
delphia from seeds collected by the late governor Lewis." Later
authors, such as Gray,‘ Britton and Brown, and the Index Kewensis,
have been content to refer the Linnaean Vaccinium album to Lonicera
ciliata Muhl. (= L. canadensis Marsh.) itself, and the combination
Lonicera alba (not of L. Sp. Pl., which is Chiococca alba (L.) Hitchc.)
has recently been made on purely synonymic grounds by Druce,®
without reference to the easily accessible Linnaean type.

The type specimen in the Linnaean Herbarium represents the
typical form of Symphoricarpos racemosus Mx., which, as shown by
Fernald? some years ago, is not the ordinary glabrous-leaved garden
plant as had long been supposed, but the more common eastern form
with leaves densely pilose, and somewhat paler but not whitened, on
the under surface. On the sheet is written in Linnaeus’ hand “4
album K”; in pencil in an early hand (not known to Mr. B. D. Jack-
son, who kindly examined it) is the note “baccis albis," from which
Linnaeus evidently drew his specific name; J. E. Smith has signified
his opinion that the plant is a Lonicera; and Gray has marked it
Symphoricarpos racemosus, although he never published this determi-
nation, but still referred it to Lonicera ciliata when last writing on it
in 1878. The Snowberry must accordingly drop the name it has
borne so long and be called

SyMpPHORICARPOS albus (L.) Blake, n. comb. Vaccinium album L.
l. c. (1753). Symphoricarpos racemosus Mx. |. c. (1803); Fernald, l. c.
(1905). Lonicera racemosa (Mx.) Pers. Syn. i. 214 (1805). Sym-
phoria racemosa (Mx.) Pursh, |. c. (1814). Symphoria leucocarpa
Hort., S. heterophylla Presl, & S. elongata Presl, in DC. Prod. iv. 339
(1830), as syn. Symphoria albus Raf. New Fl. iii. 21 (1836). Sym-
phoricarpos albus * Raf." K. Koch, Dendr. ii. pt. 2. 407 (index) (1873).

1 Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 161 (1814).

? Nutt. Gen. i. 138 (1818).

3 This was the form used by Pursh (Fl. i. 162), not Michaux.
1 Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. pt. i. 201 (1878).

5 Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. iii. 241 (1898).

* Bot. Exch. Club Rept. 1913. iii. pt. 5. 420 (1914).

? Fernald, Ruopora vii. 164—167 (1905).

1914] Fernald and Wiegand,— The Genus Ruppia 119

(Symphoria albus [a] Raf. l. c. is à nomen nudum, applied to the Snow-
berry quite without reference to V. album L., and Symphoricar pos albus
Koch occurs only as a pure synonym of S. racemosus, so treated by
Koch himself (and wrongly ascribed to Rafinesque), likewise having no
connection with the name Vaccinium album L.). Lonicera alba (L.)
Druce l. c. (1914), as to name only.

S. ALBUS var. pauciflorus (Robbins) Blake, n. comb. Symphori-
carpus racemosus var. pauciflorus Robbins in Gray, Man. ed. 5, 203
(1867), in part; emend. Fernald, l. c. Symphoricarpos pauciflorus
(Robbins) Britton, Mem. Torr. Club. v. 305 (1894), in part.

S. ALBUS var. laevigatus (Fernald) Blake, n. comb. Symphori-
carpos racemosus var. laevigatus Fernald, l. c. 167 (1905). S. race-
mosus of most auth., not Mx.

Lonpon, ENGLAND.

THE GENUS RUPPIA IN EASTERN NORTH AMERICA.

M. L. Fernatp AND K. M. WIEGAND.

(Plate 110.)

Durie our field-work of 1911, a tiny Ruppia was collected in tidal
pools at Norris Arm in eastern Newfoundland, which differed very
strikingly from the ordinary plant which we had known as R. mari-
tima. Later, after our return from Newfoundland, somewhat similar,
but in some characters quite different, material, collected as an un-
usual plant by Dr. B. M. Duggar on Naushon Island, was referred to
us for study; and in the explorations of Prince Edward Island and the
Magdalen Islands by Messrs. Fernald, Long and St. John a special
point was made of watching Ruppia, with the result that they got
several extreme plants such as we rarely see on the Atlantic coast of
the United States. Examination of these plants and the material in
the Gray Herbarium, the herbarium of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, and the herbarium of the New England
Botanical Club, in the light of the recent treatments of the genus in
Europe shows that we have in America many more well defined forms
of Ruppia than has been generally supposed and that, to a great extent,

120 Rhodora [JULY

our treatments of the group have depended more upon traditional
interpretations than upon close study of the plants in the field.

In Europe, Ruppia maritima has long been considered the type of a
somewhat complex group of species, subspecies and varieties. By
many authors of the present day four species, R. maritima L. in the
strict sense (R. spiralis Dumort.), R. drepanensis Tineo, R. rostellata
K och, and R. brachypus Gay, are recognized; while by others, Briquet,
for instance, in his Prodrome de la Flore Corse, R. maritima is treated as
the ty pe of an aggregate species with well defined subspecies; and by
Ascherson & Graebner, in Engler's Pflanzenreich, a somewhat similar
course is followed, with a confusing division of subspecies, proles, and
varieties.

In Ame ica the treatment has been more conservative, apparently
too much "o. Early writers, such as Michaux, noted some divergence
in the Am*erican and European plants, but all treated our eastern
species as Ruppia maritima; and Nuttall in his description used a
character which is by no means constant in American plants but is
diagnostic of true A. maritima of Europe: “peduncle convolute-
stretching or contracting according to the depth of water, after the
manner of Vallisneria.” ? Gray stated, however, simply that “the
spadix itself also [after flowering is] raised on an elongated thread-
form peduncle," ? and in the description of the species in northeastern
America said: "chiefly a narrowly leaved var. with strongly pointed
fruit, approaching R. rostellàta, Koch." This statement stood in the
Manual through five editions, but in the 6th edition, by Watson and
Coulter, the reference to R. rostellata was dropped. In two recent
American monographs of our Najadaceae, the spiraling peduncle
again appears as a primary character. Thus in Morong's Naiadaceae
of North America, under R. maritima we find: “In fruit the peduncles
are greatly elongated, sometimes as much as 12 inches or even more
.... The drupes vary a good deal in shape, usually simply conical
with a short gibbous swelling at the base, sometimes with a strong
spur-like projection and a curved outline, as in the form known in
Europe as R. rostellata, Koch, which does not, however, differ other-
wise from the type. Specimens with fruit of this shape are sent from

1 Obs. Mea cum Europa omnino convenit; in eo tamen differens (si qua fides
iconi optimi Geetneri) quod fructus ovoidens sit et in colliculum a stylo persistente
desinat." — Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 102 (1803).

? Nutt. Gen. i. 111 (1818).
* Gray, Man. 454 (1848).

1914] Fernald and Wiegand,— The Genus Ruppia 121

Oregon by Mr. Howell. Forms with fruit nearly destitute of peduncles
and pedicels, and broad strongly marked sheaths, similar in these re-
spects to R. brachypus, Gay, occur at Wood's Hole, Mass., and at other
places along the Atlantie coast."! In the later monograph of the
group, by Mr. Norman Taylor,’ the American R. maritima is made to
have " flowers on a short pedicel which elongates after anthesis, and is
ultimately a loosely coiled spiral," the fruit is defined as “ovoid, equi-
lateral, or gibbous and oblique,... style short and stout, or finely
attenuate, straight or hooked; pedicels of the fruit 1.3-3 em. long";
no mention being made either of R. rostellata or of the plant from
Wood's Hole and "other places along the Atlantie coast" which
Morong described as “nearly destitute of peduncles and pedicels.”

These very diverse treatments of Ruppia maritima by different
students in Europe and America have led the writers, as already
stated, to study with some care the available American material in its
relation to the European. The American plants fall readily into the
two groups including R. occidentalis Watson on the one hand and on
the other the mass of material which has passed as R. maritima; and
in the present notes we will deal only with the latter plants and more
especially with those which occur in the Northeast.

In the first place, we can find among eastern specimens none which
agree with Ruppia maritima as interpreted by such English authors as
Britten and Rendle or Druce; or with R. maritima, subsp. spiralis
of Graebner and of Briquet. This plant, which Briquet speaks of as
“R. maritima L., sensu stricto,” has the peduncle after anthesis
becoming very elongate and spirally twisted at base, and the ovoid
slightly oblique gradually attenuate or bluntish fruiting carpels on
podogynes 4-10 times as long. The only North American material
which satisfies these requirements and matches closely the Old World
specimens and plates in its long spiraling peduncles and subequilateral
bluntish fruit is from the extreme West. Material from Clear Lake,
California, collected by Dr. Ayres seems to us quite like the true R.
maritima of Europe. On the Atlantic coast, however, from New-
foundland to South America and locally on the Pacific coast, there is
a plant with long spiraling peduncles, as in the European R. maritima,
but with the fruit very oblique or semilunate and prominently beaked
as in the short-peduncled R. rostellata Koch (R. maritima, var. rostrata

1 Morong, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. iii. no. 2, 55, 56 (1893).
? N. Taylor, N. A. Fl. xvii. 14 (1909).

122 Rhodora [Jun

Agardh). But with this characteristic fruit-form it cannot be satis-
factorily placed with typical R. maritima, and with its long spiraling
peduncle it is not referable to R. maritima, var. rostrata which it
simulates in fruit. This long-peduncled plant is R. maritima var.
longipes Hagstróm. Another common plant of North America, of
possibly wider range than var. longipes is a very close match for the
Old World material and plates of R. maritima, var. rostrata Agardh
(R. rostellata Koch), having the semilunate strongly beaked fruit on
long podogynes, but the peduncle only 1-3 cm. long and merely
flexuous, not spiraling. This and the American plant with long
spiraling peduncles (var. longipes) clearly intergrade; but so emphatic
are the students of the group in Europe, that there R. rostellata never
has elongate and spiraling peduncles, while the true R. maritima with
subequilateral bluntish, not semilunate or eccentrically beaked, fruit
always has such peduncles, that it seems right to follow Hagstróm in
separating the var. longipes.

This plant, var. longipes, simulating as it does true R. maritima (or
spiralis) in its habit, but var. rostrata (R. rostellata) in its fruit, shows
a characteristic which seems to pervade the entire series: namely, a
strong tendency for the various characters of fruit and length of
peduncle and of podogyne to reassert themselves in new combinations.
It is doubtless this fact which has led to the ultra-conservative treat-
ment in America which has heretofore made little or no attempt to
define the various combinations of characters; but it is certainly
most unsatisfactory, when we find in some of the natural areas of our
coast a plant with peduncles uniformly less than 5 mm. long and
podogynes essentially wanting, to be forced, on referring to an Ameri-
can monograph, to crowd it into a species which is said to have the
peduncle “a loosely coiled spiral.”

Our study of Ruppia maritima, though by no means satisfactory to
us, has shown that we have in North America several clearly definable
variants or recombinations of the variable characters. Whether
these or any of them should be regarded as species is a debatable
question, but our present feeling is that they are best regarded as
varieties. For the present we are so considering them and we offer
the following synopsis, not with any assurance of its finality but with
the hope that it will lead to the fuller and more critical observation
and collection which the plants demand; and we are indebted to Mr.
F. Schuyler Mathews for his assistance in preparing drawings to
illustrate the plants discussed.

1914] Fernald and Wiegand,— The Genus Ruppia 123

A. Carpels ovoid, slightly oblique but not strongly eccentric nor curved,
bluntish or not tapering to a conspicuous beak.
Peduncles in maturity 1-3 dm. long, strongly spiraling toward the base:
podogynes 0.7-3 om. long o a eS 1. R. maritima
Peduncles in maturity less than 6 em. long, rarely spiraling.
Peduncles 1.5-6 em. long: podogynes 0.6-2.5 cm. long.
2. var. obliqua
Peduneles 2-10 mm. long: podogynes 1-6 mm. long.
Podogynes distinctly longer than the carpels. 3. var. intermedia
Podogynes shorter than or about equaling the mature carpels.
4. var. brevirostris
A. Carpels strongly eccentric and distinctly beaked, or semilunate or curved.
Mature carpels 2-3 mm. long, shorter than the mostly elongate podogynes.
Mature podogynes 1-6 em. long.
Mature podogynes 3-6 cm. long: peduncles long and spiraling.
5. var. curvicarpa
Mature podogynes 1-3 (rarely 3.5) em. long.
Peduncles in maturity 3-30 cm. long, spiraling or flexuous.
6. var. longipes
Peduncles in maturity 0.5-3 cm. long, not spiraling.
7. var. rostrata
Mature podogynes 2-6 mm. long.
Mature peduncles 3-7 cm. long........ 8. var. onondagensis
Mature peduncles 0. a 15m long «^ 9. var. subcapitata
Mature carpels 1.5 mm. long, exceeding the very short podogynes.
10. var. exigua

1. Ruppra maritma L. Sp. Pl. i. 127 (1753). R. spiralis Dumort.
Fl. Belg. 164 (1827). R. maritima, var. spiralis Moris, Stirp. Sard.
Elench. i. 43 (1827). R. maritima, subsp. spiralis Aschers. & Graebn.
Syn. i. 356 (1897) and p Pfanzenr. iv. fam. 11, 142 (1907);
Briquet, Prod. Fl. Corse, i. 56 “ = R. maritima L., sensu stricto"
(1910).— Common in Hane and in parts of Africa and Australasia,
and said by Ascherson and Graebner to be “in Nord- und Siidamerika
verbreitet." We have seen American material which seems referable
to true R. maritima only from CarironNiA: Clear Lake, Ayres. Fics.
1 and 2.

2. Var. OBLIQUA (Schur) Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. i. 357 (1897)
and in Engler, l. c. 145 (1907). R. obliqua Schur ex Griseb. & Schenk,
It. Hungar. in Wiegm. & Erisch. Arch. xviii, 355 (1852). R. transsil-
vanica Schur, Osterr. bot. Zeitschr. x. 356 (1860).— Southeastern
Europe. Authentic specimens fairly matched by material from the
Magdalen Islands and Prince Edward Island. MAGDALEN ISLANDS:
brackish or saline pools in the salt marsh near East Cape, Coffin
Island, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6795. Prince EDWARD
IsLAND: saline water of South Lake and adjacent pools, Bothwell,
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6800. Fics. 3 and 4.— Rydberg’s
R. pectinata, Mem. N, Y. Bot. Gard. i. 15 (1900) from Yellowstone

124 Rhodora [Jury

Park may belong here: it is described as having “ peduncles 3-5 cm.
long,...not spirally curved;....fruit ovoid, 1.5 mm. long, with an
almost sessile stigma." The two specimens in the Gray Herbarium
marked by Rydberg “R. pectinata” fail to meet these requirements:
one, from Clear Lake, California, has the peduncles very long and
extremely spiraled and is referred by us to typical R. maritima;
the other, from Seattle, Washington, has the peduncles 3-7 mm. long
and is nearest var. intermedia.

Var. obliqua seems to stand to true R. maritima in much the same
relation as does var. rostrata to var. longipes. The Magdalen Island
material, as stated, is very well matched by authentic Transylvanian
material; but the Prince Edward Island specimens show an approach
to var. rostrata. In the Magdalen Islands var. obliqua, which is best
distinguished from var. rostrata by its plumper shorter-beaked and
scarcely lunate fruit, occupies some of the brackish pools on Coffin
Island, while adjacent pools of the same depth and with no obvious
difference in their conditions are filled by var. brevirostris. So far
as yet known these saline pools of Coffin Island and some of the salt
ponds of Prince Edward Island, are the only American localities for
these two varieties of Ruppia; while neighboring sands and fresh-
water pools have some other European species or varieties in different
groups, which are known from no other American region.

3. Var. INTERMEDIA (Thedenius) Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. i. 358
(1897) and in Engler, |. c. (1907). R. intermedia Thedenius, Bot.
Not. (1887) 83. R. maritima, subsp. brachypus, form, Schlegel in
Hartm. Skand. Fl. ed. 12, 57 (1889).— European specimens referred
here are fairly well matched by material from Washington and Cali-
fornia. WasHrNGTON: Seattle, Piper, no. 2863. CALIFORNIA: Pana-
mint Valley, Coville & Funston, no. 683 (Phil. Acad.). Fras. 5 and 6.

4. Var. BREVIROSTRIS Agardh in Physiogr. Süllsk. Arsbetr. 6 Maj
(1823) 37. R. maritima, var. recta Moris, Stirp. Sard. Elench. i. 43
(1827). R. brachypus Gay in Coss. Notes quelq. pl. Crit. i. 10 (1848).
R. rostellata B brachypus Marsson, Fl. Neuvorpomm. u. Rüg. 498
(1869). R. maritima, var. brachypus Schlegel in Hartm. Skand. Fl.
ed. 12, 57 (1889). R. maritima, subsp. rostellata, C. brevirostris
Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. i. 358 (1897). R. maritima, subsp. rostellata,
proles brevirostris Aschers. & Graebn. in Engler, 1. c. (1907). R. mari-
tima, subsp. brevirostris Briq. Prod. Fl. Corse, i. 57 (1910).— Europe
and northern Africa. Apparently rare in North America; known to
us only from the MaGDALEN ISLANDS: brackish or saline pools in salt
marsh near East Cape, Coffin Island, Fernald, Long & St. John, no.
6797. See note under var. obliqua. Fras. 7 and 8.

5. Var.curvicarpa (A. Nelson), n. comb. R. curvicarpa A. Nelson,
Bull, Torr, Bot, Cl, xxvi, 122 (1899). R, maritima, subsp. spiralis,

1914] Fernald and Wiegand,— The Genus Ruppia 125

proles y. curvicarpa Graebner in Engler. Pflanzenr. |. c. 144 (1907).
Wyomine: Laramie Alkali Lakes, Nelson. Fias. 9 and 10.

6. Var. LONGIPES Hagström, Botaniska Notiser (1911) 138.—
There can be no doubt that, although using the name R. maritima in
the sense of R. rostellata Koch (not of R. spiralis Dumort), Hagstróm
had the plant which is common, especially in Atlantic waters, in North
America. His description clearly indicates this: “The European
forms of R. maritima usually have rather short peduncles. A form
from Asia gathered by Ove Poulsen at Buchara, in a saline pond, in
1898 (12,183), however, has somewhat longer peduncles (3-6 cm. or
more). We propose to name it var.longipes. In the United States
of America this variety seems to be the commonest Ruppia. It
appears in two forms: one with more prominent, thin beak, forma
aculeata n. f., belonging chiefly, as I think, to the eastern States, and
the other ‘with an almost sessile stigma’ (Rydberg, l. c.), spreading
westward: forma pectinata (Rydb., as sp.)." Of forma pectinata
we have little knowledge except the specimens referred to under
R. maritima, var. obliqua. Our common plant with peduncles some-
times reaching a length of 3 dm. is Hagstróm's forma aculeata. The
following from the numerous specimens may be cited. NEWFOUND-
LAND: Killigrew's, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4496. Nova Scorta:
Sable Island, St. John. Marne: Phippsburg, Kate Furbish; Wells
Beach, Parlin & Fernald. MassaAcHvsETTs: Secachacha Pond,
Nantucket, F. S. Collins. New Jersey: Atlantic City, J. Carson
(Phil. Acad.); Ventnor, 7. S. Giihens (Phil. Acad.); Cold Spring,
Cape May Co., and Lily Pond, Cape May Point, S. S. Van Pelt
(Phil. Acad.). Deraware: Rehobeth and Collins Beach, A. Com-
mons (Phil. Acad.). ManvraNp: Mouth of Bush River, G. H.
Shull; 'Tolchester Beach, C. S Williamson (Phil. Acad.). FLORIDA:
Alligator Bay, Monroe Co., A. A. Eaton, no. 1371; Manatee, Tracy,
no. 6804. Texas: Berlandier, no. 3221. €CaurroRNIA: Monterey,
G. P. Snell (Phil. Acad.). Bermupa Israwps: Shelly Bay, F. S.
Collins, no. 320. BaAHAMA Istanps: Great Guana Cay, Britton &
Millspaugh, no. 2899. GuapELoupE: Père Duss, no. 3935. Fras. 11
and 12.— Clearly an extreme of the series represented by var. ros-
trata (R. rostellata Koch), and without question passing to it in our
waters.

7. Var. ROSTRATA Agardh in Physiogr. Süllsk. Arsbetr. 6 Maj.
(1823) 37. R. maritima, var. minor Mert. & Koch, Deutschl. Fl. i.
861 (1823). R. rostellata Koch in Reichenb. Pl. Crit. ii. 66, t. 174,
fig. 306 (1824); Gray Man. 454 (1848); Morong, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl.
ii. no. 2, 56 (1893). R. maritima, subsp. rostellata Asch. & Graebn.
Syn. 1.356 (1897) and in Engler, l. c. 144 (1907) ; Briquet, l. c. 56 (1910).
R. maritima Schlegel in Hartm. Handb. Skand. Fl. ed. 12, 57 (1889);
Hagstróm, Botaniska Notiser (1911) 137.— Widely dispersed in
Eurasia and Africa and Southern and Eastern Asia; widely distributed
in temperate and tropical waters of North and South America, The

126 Rhodora |JuLy

following from a large series of North American specimens are char-
acteristic. QUEBEC: York, Gaspé Co., Collins, Fernald & Pease.
Prince Epwarp Isand: Rocky Point, and Bunbury, Fernald, Long &
St. John, nos. 6798 & 8316. New Brunswick: Bathurst, S. F.
Blake, no. 5485. Matne: Perry, Fernald, no. 1627; Little Cran-
berry Island, Redfield; Brunswick, Kate Furbish; Wells Beach, Parlin
& Fernald. Massacnusetts: Revere, W. P. Rich; North Cohasset,
Miss K. Parsons; Truro, W. P. Rich; Orleans, J. Murdoch, Jr.
Ruopve Isuanp: Tiverton, J. C. Phillips. New Jersey: Anchoring
Island, New Inlet, Ocean Co., B. Long (Phil. Acad.); MARYLAND:
Chester River, Queen Anne Co., E. G. Vanetta (Phil. Acad.). Fro-
RIDA: Kugel. Wyomrine: Salt Creek, A. Nelson, no. 2557. BRITISH
CoLuMBIA: Victoria, Vancouver I., J. Macoun, no. 4505. WASHING-
TON: Seattle, E. C. Smith & C. V. Piper, no. 763. CALIFORNIA:
Panamint Valley, Coville & Funston, no. 729. Mkxico: Manzanillo,
E. Palmer, no. 1042. Fries. 13 and 14.

8. Var. onondagensis, n. var., var. rostratae similis; pedunculis
post anthesin 3-7 cm. longis; podogynis 2-6 mm. longis; carpellis
maturitate 2-3 mm. longis ovoideo-semilunatis, basi gibbosis, apice
valde et suboblique rostratis.

Similar to var. rostrata: peduncles after anthesis 3-7 em. long: podo-
gynes 2-6 mm. long: carpels in maturity 2-3 mm. long, ovoid-semilu-
nate, gibbous at base, conspicuously and subobliquely beaked.— New
York: Onondaga Lake, 1864, J. A. Paine (ryPE in Gray Herb.);
August 15, 1880, W. R. Dudley.— Of the twenty-two mature fruits
examined twenty-one have characteristically short podogynes, only
one having the podogyne elongated nearly to 1 cm. in length and thus
approaching the less characteristic specimens of the coastal plant, var.
rostrata. Fas. 15 and 16.

Var. onondagensis, though with the fruit of vars. longipes and ros-
trata, differs from both in its much shorter podogynes. From var.
rostrata it is further distinguished by its longer peduncle, which,
though flexuous, apparently does not spiral as in the long-peduncled
var. longipes. From var. subcapitata, which is apparently frequent
about the Gulf of St. Lawrence, it is at once distinguished by its long
peduncle; but its podogynes and fruits so closely resemble those of
the latter plant as to suggest that var. onondagensis is a derivative of
the maritime var. subcapitata which has become slightly altered in
its isolated inland habitat. l

9. Var.’subcapitata,"n. var., var. rostratae similis; pedunculis post
anthesin 0.4-1.5 cm. longis; podogynis 1-6 mm. longis; carpellis
maturitate 2-3 mm. longis ovoideo-semilunatis, basi gibbosis, apice
valde et suboblique rostratis.

Similar to var, rostrata; the peduncles after anthesis 0,4-1,5 em,

1914] Fernald and Wiegand,— The Genus Ruppia 127

long; the podogvnes 1-6 mm. long: fruiting carpels 2-3 mm. long,
2» . d . Š

ovoid-semilunate, gibbous at base, prominently and subobliquely
beaked.— Brackish or salt water, Quebec to Massachusetts. QUEBEC:
Seven Islands, Saguenay Co., August 14, 1907, C. B. Robinson, no.
916. Prince Epwarp IsLAND: pools in salt marshes, Tignish, August
6, 1912, Bunbury, August 28, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, nos.
6799 (transitional to var. rostrata), 6796. MassacHUsETTs: Salem,
J. L. Russell; Mystic River Marshes, August 21, 1881, F. S. Collins;
Hadley Harbor, Naushon Island, July, 1911, B. M. Duggar (TYPE in
Gray Herb.). Fras. 17 and 18.

Var. subcapitata in its short peduncles and podogynes closely
simulates var. brevirostris but in the form of its fruit is much nearer
var. rostrata. Most of the material (all from Massachusetts) has the
podogynes less than 3 mm. in length; but one of the Prince Edward
Island collections (no. 6799 from Tignish) has them longer (up to
6 mm.) and more slender, thus simulating var. intermedia. Its
prominently beaked and semilunate fruit places it close to var. sub-
capitata and without the support of a larger suite of specimens it can-
not well be given varietal separation.

10. Var. exigua, n. var., humilis repens; pedunculis 2—4 mm. longis;
podogynis 0.5 mm. longis; carpellis maturitate; 1.5 mm. longis semi-
lunatis prope erostratis.

Dwarf, repent: peduncles 2-4 mm. long: podogynes 0.5 mm. long:
carpels 1.5 mm. long in fruit, semilunate, almost beakless.— New-

FOUNDLAND: shallow tidal pools in salt marsh, Norris Arm, August
21, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4497. Fras. 19 and 20.

In its tiny almost sessile essentially beakless fruit var. exigua

suggests the most dwarfed extremes of var. brevirostris, but by the
outline of the fruit it is clearly more related to vars. rostrata and
subcapitata.

ZXPLANATION OF PLATE 110.

Fruiting peduncles X 1 and mature earpels X 4. Figs. 1 and 2. Ruppia
maritima, after Reichenbach, Ic. Crit. ii. t. 174; figs. 3 and 4, var. obliqua,
from a Transylvanian specimen, coll. Janka; figs. 5 and 6, var. intermedia,
Seattle, Washington, Piper, no. 2863; figs. 7 and 8, var. brevirostris, Coffin
Island, Magdalen Islands, Fernald, Long «€ St. John, no. 6797; figs. 9 and 10,
yar. curvicarpa, Laramie Alkaline Lakes, Wyoming, Nelson, no. 2821 (cotype);
figs. 11 and 12, var. longipes, Sasachacha Pond, Nantucket, Massachusetts,
Dame, Jenks & Swan; figs. 13 and 14, var. rostrata, from the original figures of
R. rostellata (Reichenb. Ic. Crit. it. €. 174); figs. 15 and 16, var. onondagensis,
Salina, New York, J. A. Paine (type); figs. 17 and 18, var. subcapitata,
Naushon Island, Massachusctts, B. M. Duggar (type); figs. 19 and 20, var.
exigua, Norris Arm, Newfoundland, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4497 (type).

128 Rhodora [JuLy

SOME INTERESTING COLOR FORMS.
ALBERT HANFORD Moore.

Tae author has long wondered that with some activity in recent
years in the matter of naming color forms what is probably the most
striking instance of the kind seems to have remained unchristened,
namely the red-flowered Pedicularis canadensis L. It seems desir-
able to give it botanical standing.

Some of the most beautiful of our wild flowers are to be found among
the rarer shades of flowers familiarly found in other colors, such, for
instance, as the pink and white forms of Hepatica which were men-
tioned already in the writings of Prelinnaean authors. The Hepatica
occurring also in Europe, where a more extensive literature on forms
exists, It is not possible at this time to say what these should be called,
but they have been described as forms. The names thus far known
to the author are nomenclatorially incorrect, however. One of the
most pleasing of the color variations is the pink Lupine. I have seen a
large patch of sandy soil in Andover, Mass., bright with this charming
plant, which is called Lupinus perennis L. f. roseus Britton.! In con-
trast to this is the white form, which the present author first observed
growing near it, while the collector of the type specimen found it with
the blue. "This tricolor series is very frequent in species whose com-
monest form is blue.

While collecting in West Virginia I obtained a white variant of
Polygonum hydropiperoides Michx. parallelling the white form of
P. Persicaria L., called by Millspaugh in his flora of West Virginia ?
P. Persicaria f. albiflora Millsp.

The names of the forms mentioned above, then, are as follows:

PEDICULARIS CANADENSIS L. f. praeclara A. H. Moore, f. nov. flori-
bus rubris.

Type specimen: MassacHUSETTS, mixed woods, estate of Joseph
Fay, Woods Hole, Falmouth, May 28, 1904 (A. H. Moore, no. 1670
in Herb. Moore).

LUPINUS PERENNIS L. f. roseus Britton, Bull. Tor. Bot. Club,
xvii, 124 (May 9, 1890) floribus rubricundis.

1 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xvii, 124 (May 9, 1890). Britton truly describes them,

when he says, '' Flowers beautifully pink.”
? W. Va. Agr. Exper, Sta. ii (Bull. no. 24), 432 (June, 1892).

1914] Fernald,— Antennarias of northeastern America 129

LUPINUS PERENNIS L. f. albiracemus A. H. Moore, f. nov. floribus
albis.

Type specimen: Ontario, West Toronto Junction, June 3, 1893
(Wm. Brodie, in Herb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). "Isolated plants numerous
with white flowers growing with great patches of the blue."

Potyconum Persicaria L. f. ALBIFLORA Millsp. W. Va. Agr.
Exper. Sta. ii (Bull. no. 24), 432 (June, 1892) floribus albis.

POLYGONUM HYDROPIPEROIDES Michx. f. leucochranthum A. H.
Moore, f. nov. floribus albis.

Type specimen: West VrgGiN1A, Randolph County, clayey swamp,
north bank of Tygart’s Valley River, Huttonsville, Sept. 23, 1904
(A. H. Moore, no. 2507 in Herb. Moore).

WASHINGTON, D. C.

SOME ANTENNARIAS OF NORTHEASTERN AMERICA.
M. L. FERNALD.

Duriné the fifteen years since our northeastern species of Anten-
naria received detailed study a vast amount of material has accumu-
lated. For the most part this has fallen readily into the categories
already defined; but a few plants, especially from eastern Quebec,
Newfoundland and Labrador, are so different as to demand special
attention. Two of these, A. eucosma Fernald & Wiegand and A.
alpina, var. cana Fernald & Wiegand, have recently been defined; !
but the following have not heretofore been worked out.

ANTENNARIA pygmaea, n. sp., nana 3—4.5 cm. alta monocephala
humifusa, stolonibus assurgentibus perbrevibus haud elongatis; foliis
basileribus oblanceolatis mucronatis S-14 mm. longis 2.5-3.5 mm. latis
supra glabris vel glabratis subtus laxe lanatis vel glabratis, caulinis
circa 9 confertis lineari-oblanceolatis 6-14 mm. longis subtus lanatis
supra glabris vel glabratis, apice plano scarioso glabro 1.5-2 mm.
longo lanceolato vel anguste deltoideo; involucro femineo hemi-
sphaerico 7 mm. alto 12-13 mm. lato (in specimine siccato) basi lanato;
bracteis 5-seriatis valde imbricatis oblongis obtusis, exterioribus fuscis
cum apice breve stramineo, interioribus cum apice elongato scarioso
stramineo munitis.

1 Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopona, xiii. 23, 24 (1911).

130 Rhodora [Jur

Dwarf, 3-4.5 em. high, monocephalous, humifuse; the assurgent
stolons very short, not perceptibly elongated: basal leaves oblanceolate,
mucronate, S-14 mm. long, 2.5-3.5 mm. wide, glabrous or glabrate
above, loosely lanate or glabrate beneath; the cauline about 9, crowded,
linear-oblanceolate, 6-14 mm. long, lanate beneath, glabrous or gla-
brate above, with a lanceolate or narrowly deltoid glabrous flat scarious
tip 1.5-2 mm. long: pistillate involucre hemispherical, 7 mm. high,
12-13 mm. broad (in the dried specimen), lanate at base: bracts in
about 5 series, clearly imbricated, oblong, obtuse; the outer fuscous,
with a short stramineous tip; the inner with a long obtuse stramineous
tip.— LABRADOR: without definite locality, coll. by members of the
Unitas Fratrum (Tyre in Gray Herb.); Okkak, Weitz.

Related to 4. alpina, var. monocephala (DC.) T. & G. and to A.
glabrata (Vahl) Greene, but differing from both in the conspicuously
imbricated involucre with obtuse paler bracts; those two boreal plants
(both occurring also in northern Labrador) having the linear-attenuate
braets uniformly dark-colored and of nearly equal length. It is note-
worthy that this involucral character of 4. pygmaea was recognized
by Steetz, who, upon one of the specimens made the note: “ Dis-
tinguitur facillime a varietate monocephala Ant. alpinae: involucri
squamis interioribus obtusis, scariosis, nec acuminatis, coloratis."
A. pygmaea is the plant referred to by Gray, in the Synoptical Flora,
as A. carpatica, "a monocephalous form!" In its small rosettes of
leaves and its involucre, it is, however, quite unlike A. carpatica or
any of its known allies.

A. straminea, n. sp., planta humifusa, stolonibus foliosis perbrevi-
bus vel paulo elongatis (ad 7 cm. longis); foliis basilaribus spathulatis
subacutis vix mucronatis 5-12 mm. longis 2-4 mm. latis supra albidis
tomento denso minutoque; caule florifero 3-14 cm. alto gracile remote
folioso; foliis caulinis 8-10 linearibus 6-14 cm. longis 1-2 mm. latis,
mediis attenuatis apice subulato fusco, superioribus apice lineari
scarioso; capitulis femineis 1-7 plerumque dense corymbosis hemi-
sphaerico-campanulatis basi rotundatis; involuero 5.5-7 mm. alto
4.5-8 mm. lato (in specimine siccato); bracteis 4—6-seriatis valde
imbricatis, exterioribus ovatis vel oblongis brunneis basi paulo lanatis
apice tenue chartaceo stramineo obtuso vel subacuto, mediis oblongis
apice deltoideo obtuso vel subacuto stramineo, interioribus apice
lanceolato eroso stramineo; achaeniis glabris; stylo flavescente deinde
brunneo.

Plant humifuse, the leafy stolons very short or slightly elongated
(up to 7 em. long): leaves of the rosettes spatulate, subacute, barely
mucronate, 5-12 mm. long, 2-4 mm. broad, white above with dense
fine tomentum: flowering stem 3-14 em. high, slender, remotely

leafy: cauline leaves 8-10, linear, 6-14 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide;

1914] Fernald,— Antennarias of northeastern America ist

the median attenuate to a dark subulate tip; the upper with a linear
scarious tip: pistillate heads 1-7, usually in a close corymb, hemi-
spheric-campanulate, rounded at base: involucre 5.5-7 mm. high,
4.5-8 mm. broad (in the dried specimen), with 4—6 series of very dis-
tinctly imbricated bracts: the outer bracts ovate or oblong, brown,
slightly lanate at base, with a thin chartaceous stramineous obtuse
or subacute tip; the median oblong, with a deltoid obtuse or subacute
stramineous tip; the inner with a lanceolate erose stramineous tip:
achenes glabrous: style yellowish, becoming brown.— NEWFOUND-
LAND: turfy and (calcareous) rocky crests, Twillingate, July 20, 1911,
Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 6340 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); lime-
stone barrens near sea-level, Pointe Riche, August 4, 1910, Fernald,
Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 4140.

A. straminea strongly simulates A. alpina, var. cana Fernald &
Wiegand in its small white foliage but in its involucre is very different,
A. alpina and its varieties having much larger pistillate heads with
long attenuate subequal very dark bracts. A. straminea in its foliage
and inflorescences also suggests A. neodioica, var. rupicola (Fernald),
discussed below, but that has the larger cream-colored bracts less
imbricated and the larger basal leaves with a longer mucro at tip and
covered with a much thinner and sparser pubescence.

A. subviscosa, n. sp., planta dense humifusa ramis prostratis sub-
ligneis interdum 4-5 dm. longis, stolonibus confertis; foliis basilaribus
spathulatis obtusiusculis vix mucronatis vel breviter mucronatis 0.5-
1.5 em. longis 2-5 mm. latis dense albido-tomentosis; caule florifero
0.5-1.5 dm. alto omnino albido-tomentoso supra glanduloso-hirsuto;
foliis caulinis 7-10 tomentosis, inferioribus lineari-oblanceolatis mu-
cronatis 1.5-2.5 em. longis, superioribus lineari-attenuatis apice pu-
bescente subscarioso subulato vel involuto; capitulis femineis 3-9
dense vel laxe corymbosis; involucro turbinato-campanulato 5-6.5
mm. alto; bracteis circa 3-seriatis, exterioribus 3—4 mm. longis oblongis
subherbaceis virescentibus vel stramineis interdum roseo-tinctis
basi glanduloso-viscoso apice tenue obtusiusculo gilvo vel roseo-tincto,
interioribus angustioribus acutiusculis.

Plant densely humifuse, the trailing branches subligneous, often
4-5 dm. long; stolons very short and crowded: leaves of the rosettes
spatulate, obtusish, scarcely mucronate or with a short mucro, 0.5—
1.5 em. long, 2-5 mm. broad, densely white-tomentose: flowering
stems 0.5-1.5 dm. high, white-tomentose throughout, glandular-hir-
sute above: cauline leaves 7-10, tomentose; the lower linear-oblan-
ceolate, mucronate, 1.5-2.5 em. long; the upper linear-attenuate,
with a subulate or involute subscarious pubescent tip: pistillate heads
3-9, densely or loosely corymbose: involucre turbinate-campanulate,
5-6.5 mm. high: bracts about 3-seriate; the outer 3-4 mm. long,
oblong, subherbaceous, greenish or stramineous, often rose-tinged,

132 Rhodora [JULY

glandular-viscid, with a thin obtusish cream-colored or rose-tinged tip;
interior narrower, acutish.— QuEBEC: limestone and limestone-con-
glomerate ridges from Point aux Corbeaux to Cap Caribou, Bic,
July 8, 1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 1195 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Some material of A. subviscosa was distributed as A. neodioica, var.
gaspensis Fernald; but that plant has a prominent mucro at the tip
of the rosette-leaves, the upper cauline leaves with a more scarious tip
and not at all glandular, and the glandless involucre 8-10 mm. high,
with the very thin bracts linear or linear-attenuate and never tinged
with pink. A. subviscosa is nearest related to the western A. rosea
(Eaton) Greene and A. microphylla Rydberg, from both of which it is
quickly distinguished by the glandularity of its upper leaves and in-
florescence; its usually fewer heads, with broader and fewer bracts :
and its ordinarily fewer cauline leaves, with less pronounced scarious
tip. At Bic it was found on a cold north-facing limestone wall, where
it was associated with several other localized species: Carex concinna R.
Br., Draba hirta L., Arabis Holboellii Hornem., Potentilla nivea L., etc.

A. CANADENSIS Greene, var. spathulata, n. var., formae typicae
habitu statura, ete. similis; foliis basilaribus cuneato-spathulatis vix
petiolatis apice rotundatis 1-2.3 cm. longis 4-9 mm. latis; capitulis
paucis; bracteis lineari-oblongis apice albescente.

Similar to the typical form in habit, stature, etc., but with the basal
leaves cuneate-spatulate, scarcely petioled, rounded at summit, 1-2.3
em. long, 4-9 mm. broad: heads few: bracts linear-oblong, with
whitish tip.— NEWFOUNDLAND: rocky bed of South Arm River, Holy-
rood, August 23, 1894, Robinson & Schrenk; sandstone ridges and
banks, Rushy Pond, August 11, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington,
no. 6362 (rypE in Gray Herb.); damp talus of limestone sea-cliffs,
Pointe Riche, August 4, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 4143.

In A. canadensis of Canada and the northeastern states, the basal
leaves are of an oblanceolate or narrowly obovate outline, pointed at
tip, and constricted below to a petiolar base. All three collections of
A. canadensis from Newfoundland, from three remote districts, are
uniformly different from the true form of the species in the outline of the
basal leaves and seem to represent a well-defined geographic variety.

A. NEODIOICA Greene, var. rupicola (Fernald), n. comb. A. rupicola
Fernald, Ruopora, i. 74 (1899).

In its best development A. rupicola is distinguished from A. neo-
dioica by its much narrower basal leaves, the more numerous and
greener cauline leaves, and the heavier or firmer cream-colored or

1914] Fernald, — Antennarias of northeastern America 133

yellowish mostly oblong involucral bracts. The plant has heretofore
been recorded only from the slaty ledges along the Mattawamkeag
River in Aroostook County, Maine; but in 1911 it was found in pro-
fusion, by Messrs. Wiegand, Bartram, Darlington and the writer, upon
the slate and sandstone ledges below the Grand Falls of the Exploits
River in Newfoundland and in some abundance on rocks and head-
lands at other points in eastern Newfoundland. Along the Exploits
River both A. neodioica and A. rupicola are in the greatest abundance
and it was there evident that, though very distinct in their extremes,
they present numerous transitional tendencies. ‘Since all the Anten-
narias yet found in Newfoundland are strictly pistillate, with the single
exception of the unique A. eucosma, the transitions can scarcely be
explained as of hybrid origin and it seems wisest to treat 4. rupicola
as an extreme variety of A. neodioica. Another interesting extension
of its range is furnished by a collection of var. rupicola from the rocky
shore of the Onaman River in the Thunder Bay District of Ontario,
where it was secured by Mr. H. E. Pulling in the summer of 1912.
The known area of var. rupicola now extends from eastern Newfound-
land to northern Maine and northern Ontario.

A. PETALOIDEA Fernald, var subcorymbosa (Fernald), n. comb.
A. neglecta, var. subcorymbosa Fernald, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
xxviii. 246 (1898).

When first put forward as a variety of A. neglecta, this plant was
known only from a single station on Mt. Desert Island, Maine; and it
was distinguished from 4. neglecta by its very tall flowering stems and
by "heads loosely subcorymbose on elongated pedicels, the lowest
sometimes 6 em. long: involucral bracts nearly all acute, the inner long-
attenuate." Subsequently, when the northern representative of A.
neglecta with corymbose heads, A. petaloidea Fernald,! was described,
A. neglecta, var. subcorymbosa was included in it. But during the
succeeding fifteen years, while a large amount (about 75 numbers)
of A. petaloidea and its var. scariosa Fernald ? has accumulated, the
original sheet of A. neglecta, var. subcorymbosa has not been matched
in certain characters, which were not at first noticed as peculiar. In
true A. petaloidea, with the involucral bracts with petaloid white tips,
the basal leaves are spatulate and decidedly rounded at summit, and
the cauline leaves extend remotely but regularly to the inflorescence.
In var. scariosa, with the long-attenuate involucral bracts very scarious

1 Fernald, Rnopnona, i, 73 (1899). 2 Fernald, 1. c.

134 Rhodora [JoLy

(not petaloid) and lustrous, the basal leaves are somewhat oblanceolate
and acutish, and the cauline, as in true A. petaloidea, extend regularly
to the inflorescence. In the original Mt. Desert sheet of A. neglecta,
var. subcorymbosa the basal leaves are oblanceolate and acutish as in
A. petaloidea, var. scariosa, but the involucral bracts have petaloid
tips as in true A. petaloidea. In the Mt. Desert plant, however, the
leaves extend half or two-thirds up the flowering stem, above which
point the stem 1s naked or nearly so until just below the inflorescence,
giving the corymb a long-peduncled aspect.

'This nearly naked summit of the flowering stem is of interest
because in the only Newfoundland Antennaria yet known with elon-
gate creeping stolons this character reappears; and the Newfoundland
material, though with larger leaves and ordinarily longer pedicels,
has the outline of the basal leaves and the texture of the involucre
exactly as in the original of A. neglecta, var. subcorymbosa. Similarly,
the only material of this group yet known from Nova Scotia, a fine
suite of specimens collected by Mr. Harold St. John at Sunny Brae,
Pictou County, is quite like the Mt. Desert and Newfoundland plants
in its details; and, as indicated by the field-experience of Mr. St.
John and the writer during June and July of the present year, the
commonest Antennaria on the eastern half of Prince Edward Island
is quite like the Mt. Desert and Nova Scotian plant and they all belong
with the northern A. petaloidea rather than with the more southern
A. neglecta. This pronounced variant with acutish leaves, tall flower-
ing stems (3-4.5 dm. high) nearly or quite naked for a long distance
(commonly 10-15 em.) below the inflorescence, long pedicels (the lowest
commonly 2.5-17 em. long), and somewhat petaloid involucral bracts,
is, then, the representative of A. petaloidea along the southeastern
border of its range, from Mt. Desert Island to Prince Edward Island
and Eastern Newfoundland.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

19314] — Blake,— A new Cochlearia from Newfoundland 135

A NEW COCHLEARIA FROM NEWFOUNDLAND.
S. F. BLAKE.

CocHLEARIA cyclocarpa, n. sp. a basi ramosa caulibus multis
adscendentibus 11-24 cm. altis; foliis rosulae deltoideo-ovalibus
integris vel leviter sinuato-dentatis basi truncatis vel cordatis 1-1.5
cm. longis latisque, petiolis 5-8 cm. longis; foliis caulinis inferioribus
ovalibus vel oblongis obtusis sinuate paucidentatis in petiolos mar-
ginatos angustatis vel subsessilibus 1.5-2.5 cm. longis, superioribus
sensim minoribus plerumque hastate 3-5-dentatis vel rare ovalibus
integris leviter amplectentibus; racemis 2-10 cm. longis; pedicellis
patentibus vel adscendentibus 5-15 (plerumque 7) mm. longis;
sepalis oblongis 2 mm. longis; petalis albis obovatis 3 mm. longis ad
medium in unguiculum angustatis; siliculis valde reticulatis vix
inflatis rotundatis vel depresso-rotundatis 5-7 mm. longis latisque;
seminibus in quoque loculo 6 longitudine 1.5 mm.; stylo in ovario
0.5 mm. in fructo 0.8 mm. longo.

Branching from the base, with many ascending stems 11-24 cm.
high: leaves of the rosette deltoid-oval, entire or slightly sinuate-
dentate, truncate or cordate at base, 1-1.5 em. long and wide; petioles
5-8 cm. long: lower cauline leaves oval or oblong, obtuse, sinuately, few-
toothed, narrowed into margined petioles or subsessile, 1.5-2.5 cm.
long; the upper gradually smaller, mostly hastately, 3—5-toothed or
rarely oval and entire, slightly clasping: racemes 2-10 cm. long:
pedicels spreading or ascending, 5-15 (commonly 7) mm. long:
sepals oblong, 2 mm. long: petals white, obovate, 3 mm. long, nar-
rowed at the middle into a claw: siliques obviously reticulated,
scarcely inflated, round or depressed-orbicular, 5-7 mm. long and wide:
seeds 6 in each cell, 1.5 mm. in length: style 0.5 mm. long when young,
0.8 mm. long in fruit.— NEWFOUNDLAND: wet conglomerate lime-
stone and calcareous sandstone cliffs and ledges, Cow Head, 23 July,
1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3467 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); moist sea
cliffs, Western Head, New World Island, 20 July, 1911, Fernald,
Wiegand & Bartram, no. 5480; Baccalieu Island, Barred Islands, and
Fogo Island, Notre Dame Bay, 1902, 1903, J. D. Sornborger.

This species, which is most closely related among described species
to Cochlearia anglica L., as which it has been passing in American
literature, differs from that plant in its circular less reticulate pods,
its smaller frequently cordate basal leaves, much shorter style, and
smaller flowers. In C. anglica the rosette-leaves are ovate or oval-
oblong, large, cuneate or often rounded or sometimes truncate into
the petiole, the pods are ellipsoid and typically much larger (rarely

136 . Rhodora [Jun

one or two of the lower ones suborbicular), the style is mostly much
longer (1-2.2 mm. long), and the petals are generally about 6 mm.
long and much more conspicuous than in C. cyclocarpa.

Lonpon, ENGLAND.

PASPALUM IN EASTERN Connecticut.— Paspalum psammophilum
occurs on both banks of the Shetucket at Baltic, in the town of Sprague,
a station reported by Dr. C. B. Graves in the recent Connecticut
Catalogue. This species grows here on dry, coarse gravel, which in
many places is nearly destitute of other vegetation. It becomes fully
prostrate about Spetember 1st, when the culms of a vigorous plant
radiate over a circular area from 1. to 1.5 meters in diameter. After
visiting this station in early September, 1913, I took the trolley down
the river, stopping first at Versailles, three miles south. The same
Paspalum was abundant here on the dry gravelly banks of the river.
The next stop was at Taftville, two miles farther south, where a brief
search revealed the same species growing in fine sand. My plan had
been to follow the Shetucket to its entrance into the Thames at Nor-
wich, some three miles beyond, but with a shower threatening, it
seemed advisable to return.

There is a fine station for P. circulare, a few miles west of Sprague,
in the adjoining town of Franklin. "This station is on the banks of the
Yantic, another tributary of the Thames. The soil here is a moist
rich alluvium, quite unlike the dry, barren sand and gravel of the
Shetucket, on which P. psammophilum was collected.

The stations mentioned are of interest as showing the two species
following up the rivers from the coast. Baltic, the most northerly
station, is twenty-two miles from Long Island Sound, or eight miles
from Norwich, the head of the Thames, which is a tidal stream. The
station on the Yantic is three miles above Norwich. Specimens have
been deposited in the Gray Herbarium.— R. W. Woopwarp, New
Haven, Connecticut.

Vol. 16, no. 186, including pages 97 to 116, was issued 8 June, 1914.

Rhodora Plate 110

RUPPIA MARITIMA AND NORTH AMERICAN VARIETIES.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 16.

August, 1914. No. 188.

NYMPHAEA VARIEGATA OR N. AMERICANA?
M. L. FERNALD AND Hanorp Sr. Jonn.

In 1902, Mr. G. S. Miller, Jr., pointed out that the northern Yellow
Pond Lily, which had passed as Nuphar advena, var. variegatum (more
recently as Nymphaea advena, var. variegata), differs from the plant
of the southern Coastal Plain in several characters and is a distinct
species of boreal range, Nymphaea variegata (Engelm.) G. S. Miller.!
This species is separated from the southern N. advena, which has the
leaves erect ("occasionally floating in deep water”), on subcylindric
petioles, and with a broad sinus, by its floating leaves on “flattened”
petioles, and with a closed or narrow sinus. In N. advena, further-
more, the inner surface of the sepals is ordinarily suffused with green,
in N. variegata ordinarily with reddish-purple; in N. advena the
larger fruit is ordinarily green throughout, in N. variegata commonly
suffused with red.

Later, in their * North American Species of Nymphaea," ? Miller &
Standley add other contrasting characters, as, for instance, the more
constricted neck of the capsule and the slightly smaller seeds of the
northern plant; and study of the available material of the plants has
satisfied us that, although some of the statements of characters have
been overdrawn and the name finally adopted by Miller & Standley
for the northern plant has little to support it, the two plants them-
selves are well marked species. Since others may have encountered
the same difficulties that we have in making the specimens fully
coincide with the published characters and in following the logic of

! G. S. Miller, Jr., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xv. 13 (1902).
? Miller & Standley, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. pt. 3 (1912).

138 Rhodora [AUGUST

taking up a new combination in place of Nymphaea variegata, it seems
appropriate to record our conclusions.

Since Miller’s original publication of Nymphaea variegata, an
earlier specific name, interpreted as belonging to it, has come to light
and the northern plant with floating leaves is rechristened Nymphaea
americana (Provancher) Miller & Standley,’ based upon Nuphar
americana Provancher, Fl. Can. 28 (1862), "excluding synonyms."
Nymphaea variegata or N. americana is described by Miller & Standley
as having “Floating leaves usually 17 to 28 cm. long and 11 to 22 cm.
wide." This statement of the measurements is very unfortunate,
for to those who are familiar with the plant in the area of its greatest
development, British America and the northernmost States, it must
immediately throw an unnecessary doubt upon the value of the species.
Throughout the region from Labrador and N ewfoundland to northern
Ontario and northern New England, where N. variegata grows in
nearly every pond, dead-water or shallow pool, it very rarely attains
the dimensions assigned it. Of the numerous Newfoundland speci-
mens examined by us (some of them cited by Miller & Standley as
coming from “ Canada") not one has the floating leaves (dried) more
than 11 em. long, the Newfoundland series showing a variation in size
from 6-11 em. long by 5-8.5 em. broad; and, although these measure-
ments are from herbarium specimens, it is highly improbable, judging
from the ordinary shrinkage of Nymphaea leaves under pressure, that
the Newfoundland plant ever attained the dimensions assigned by
the authors of N. americana.

It is not, however, desirable to separate from N. variegata or
americana this small-leaved Newfoundland material for it is clearly
the reduced. northern state of a species which toward the southern
edge of its range becomes much larger and there agrees with the pre-
scribed measurements given for the species. Such small-leaved
specimens are known not only from Newfoundland but are the charac-
teristic form from the northern edge of the range, as, for instance,
at Nouvelle, Quebec and at North Sydney, Cape Breton (specimen
cited, through a clerical error, by Miller & Standley as the basis of
the species in British Columbia). And of 43 collections of the plant
seen by us from New England 21 have their largest leaves well under
17 cm. in length.

The name Nymphaea variegata. (Engelm.) G. S. Miller, for the

1 Miller & Standley, l. c. 78.

1914] Fernald and St. John,— Nymphaea variegata 139

northern plant, based upon a well rendered and ünquestioned diagnosis
as well as upon definite specimens, is open to no doubt; but when the
name N. americana was brought forward it rested upon a very insecure
basis. Miller & Standley (p. 67) state of Nuphar americana that
“ Although intended merely as a substitute for advena. . . . The diagno-
sis clearly refers to the northern plant, and the type locality, Lake
St. Jean-Georgie, Quebec, is far beyond the range of Nymphaea
advena." This should dispose of the matter, but unfortunately the
Provancher description, ete. seem to have been misinterpreted, and
it therefore becomes important to see exactly what Provancher said:

"NÉNUPHAR. Nuphar. Smith.

1. N.d'Amérique. XN. Americana.— N. advena Ait.— Nymphaea advena.
Michx.— (Lis jaune des étangs. Volet)— Yetiow Ponv-Lity.— 1. Feuilles
épaisses, en coeur, de 6'-10' de long, à lobes divergents, luisantes, flottantes,
ou le plus souvent dressées, à pétioles aplatis ou demi-cylindriques. Calice à
6 sépales, les extérieurs plus petits. Stigmate à 12-15 rayons, à bords créne-
lés, légérement ombiliqué. Fleurs globuleuses, dressées, portées sur de longs
pédoncules droits, charnus. Pétales et étamines jaunes. Fruit ovoide-
oblong, fortement sillonné, tronqué au sommet.— Lac St. Jean — Géorgie, dans
les vases des lacs et des marais. Lac St. Joachim! Juin-Août.

a lomentosa. Nutt. Feuilles pubescent blanchátre en dessous.

Le nom spécifique advena qui convient aux Européens étant un contre-sens
pour nous, nous avons cru devoir lui substituer celui d' Americana." !

It is, as stated by Miller & Standley, clear that Provancher merely
intended Nuphar americana as a substitute for the inappropriate
name N. advena; and it is therefore clear that he had no intention of
proposing a new species to be segregated from it. However, since
Provancher's intent in the matter seems to have had little weight and
he is now made the posthumus sponsor for a new species which he did
not understand, as well as for the new name which he did understand,
it becomes necessary to view the remaining evidence; for we are told
that Provancher's * diagnosis clearly refers to the northern plant."

As previously stated by Miller, in the northern plant "floating
leaves are the invariable rule." ? This is made the key-character in
the later treatment and the species is further characterized by having
the leaves with "sinus . . . . closed or very narrow” and * petioles slen-
der, conspicuously flattened.” An inspection of Provancher's descrip-

! Provancher, Flore Canadienne, 28, 29 (1862).
? Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xv. 11.

140 Rhodora [AvavsT

tion, however, gives us the characters: “leaves with the lobes divergent,
... floating, or more often erect, with petioles flattened or sub-
cylindric (feuilles. ...à lobes divergents,....flottantes, ou le plus
souvent dressées, à pétioles aplatis ou demi-cylindriques)." These
characters belong, then, chiefly to the southern N. advena, which has
leaves erect (or “occasionally floating in deep water") with divergent
lobes and subterete petioles, rather than to the northern species with
floating leaves with narrower or closed sinus and “conspicuously
flattened” petioles, though it is possible that Provancher's “ pétioles
aplatis" referred to the latter; but it is obvious that Provancher's
“leaves with the lobes divergent" and “more often erect " throw the
greater part of his diagnosis of the foliage to the southern N. advena;
for the less often floating leaves cannot be taken as clearly indicating
the northern plant, since the southern N. advena has them “ occasion-
ally floating in deep water." The floral characters given by Pro-
vancher are inconclusive, for his *Stigmate à 12-15 rayons, à bords
crénelés" might belong to either the northern plant, described by
Miller and Standley with “stigma rays 7 to 25” and with “margin of
the disk definitely although not deeply crenate"; or to the southern
with “stigmatic disk. . .entire, faintly undulate....stigma rays....
from 9 to 23." And Provancher's description of the fruit as “strongly
furrowed (fortement sillonné)” inevitably suggests the southern N.
advena, with its “fruit. ...with conspicuous longitudinal ribs," quite
as vividly as it does the northern plant, with “fruit... .less strongly
ribbed." Provancher's diagnosis was, then, like the name, Nuphar
americana, intended to cover the aggregate N. advena of his day and
not to distinguish a northern species different from the southern.
This is further indicated by the broad range given by Provancher,
“Lake St. John to Georgia," for surely Georgia is well within the range
of true N. advena and far south of the limits of N. variegata, while
Lake St. John is near the northern limit of the latter species. The
interpretation by Miller & Standley of Provancher's broad range as
“the type locality, Lake St. John-Georgie, Quebec,....far beyond
the range of Nymphaea advena," is apparently due to a misreading of
the original text; for Provancher, like the author of any other Manual,
was merely giving the ranges, not the type localities, of the species
included, but he frequently cited stations near the city of Quebec
where he knew the plant. This fact, obvious on almost any page of
his Flore, is illustrated not only by Nuphar americana but by the
immediately preceding and immediately following species:

1914] Jack,— Plural Seeds in Acorns 141

Nymphaea odorata. *Québec-Lae Supérieur, dans les lacs où les eaux
mortes, Lac Calvet à St. Augustin! Lac St. Pierre!"

Nuphar Kalmiana. ‘Baie d'Hudson-Lae Supérieur; marais et mares,
Bécancour!"

It should be clear then, it would seem, that Provancher's Nuphar
americana was merely the mixed N. advena of his day, but with its
characters chiefly drawn from descriptions of the southern plant; and
that in using the name N. americana he was, as he said, merely
substituting an appropriate name for the highly inappropriate one
originally given by Aiton. There seems to be, therefore, no good
reason why we should take up the name Nymphaea americana (Pro-
vancher) Miller & Standley for the perfectly clear and unquestioned
N. variegata (Engelm.) G. S. Miller.

PLURAL SEEDS IN ACORNS.

Jonn G. JACK.

CONCERNING the interesting note by Mr. Charles Piper Smith, in
the February number of RHopora, p. 41, upon “ Plurality of Seeds in
Acorns of Quercus prinus," it may be well to recall that one of the
first, if not the first, in this country to publish a statement concerning
this peculiarity was the late Mr. Thomas Meehan, of Philadelphia.

Mr. Meehan is recorded, in the Proceedings of the Academy of
Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 1871, pp. 155-157, as stating at a
meeting of the Academy that, “In the case of Quercus robur a plurality
of plantlets from one sprouting seed was not uncommon. He had
found dozens in a peck of seed. These were usually in twos, but occa-
sionally in threes. Of the last he exhibited only one specimen. He
had examined a half peck of sprouting acorns of Quercus palustris and
another of Quercus macrocarpa, but in these he could detect no sign
of variation — each seed seemed cleft smoothly and directly through
the center into two regularly equal halves." In Quercus rubra he did
not find a plurality of embryos although numerous specimens were
examined, but he refers to the frequent partial division of the coty-
ledons by two, three, or four fissures as being remarkable.

'The observations made by Mrs. E. G. Britton, and referred to by

142 Rhodora [AvavsT

Mr. Smith, concerned a “double” White Oak (Quercus alba) seedling
found on Staten Island in March, 1886. Her note was published in
the “Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club," vol. XIII, June 1886,
p. 95.

Professor Francis E. Lloyd in observations upon germinating acorns
of Quercus garryana in western Oregon, under the title “Teratological
Notes," published in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, vol.
XXII, 1895, p. 397, says “A number of acorns have been found with
two fertilized and developed ovules. "The presence of the supernumer-
ary seed is betrayed by the unsymmetrical shape of the acorn. The
rightful occupant — if might makes right — is usually well developed
and pushes out its radicle earlier than does the intruder, which is
correspondingly smaller and flattened and twisted out of shape.
Occasionally, when the supernumerary seed is large, if its position is
favorable it gets its radicle out of the ruptured apex first. At all
events it makes a brave effort to reach soil and sunlight. A few acorns
have been found in which the two plantlets had developed into two
well-formed seedlings. Acorns containing more than one seed have
all been found under young trees. In no case have I found such under
aged trees."

Without reference to the records above cited, as well as those made
by European observers, I had from my own observations considered
the development of plural seeds in acorns so common, particularly in
some species of oak, such as Quercus rubra, that I have accepted it as
a perfectly natural and frequent phenomenon worthy of being con-
sidered incidentally by the arboriculturist or silviculturist, and for
many years I have called the attention of my students in forestry to
these common exceptions to the general rule, since they have a direct
bearing upon practical silviculture.

Plural seeds appear to be most common among, if not almost con-
fined to, species of Oaks having naturally large fruits. In northeastern
America the Red Oak probably averages larger fruit than any other
species and, in my experience, this tree is likely to show, more than
others of the region, a larger proportion of fruits producing plural
seeds. I think this tendency is indicated in our natural woods by the
fact that Red Oaks so often are double trunked, a feature not confined
to this species of course, in fact not rarely seen in White Oak and
Chestnut Oak and others. Also it must be borne in mind that double
trunks may and often do develop because of some accident to the

1914] Jack,— Plural Seeds in Acorns 143

plumule, causing the growth of two stems from the buds in each
axil of the cotyledons, or of two or more than two stems when a well
developed young seedling is broken off near the ground or nipped off
by some animal or insect. Two or more acorns, also, when planted
close together, may produce a plural trunk effect when the trees are old.
But on an examination of the trees in a piece of woodland, where all
species have had seemingly equal chance, it will often be found that
the Red Oak shows a larger percentage of plural trunked trees than
other species.

While we have often noted plural stems in seedling Red Oaks in
nursery beds no examination has ever been made to show what per-
centage of the fruits contained more than one fully developed seed
from the six ovules which are normally produced in each flower.

Since reading Mr. Smith's note, however, I have thought it might be
worth while to get actual figures. Last autumn we had collected in
the Harvard Forest, at Petersham, Mass., about half a bushel of Red
Oak acorns for planting this spring. These acorns have been kept in a
cool place and are in good fresh condition. They were collected from
good healthy trees, growing in the open, in the prime of life and vigor,
broad spreading and low branched. The acorns may be described
as medium sized, being about half the size of the largest sometimes
found and nearly double the size of the smallest of well developed
acorns found on this species. As they were collected from several
trees they show some, though but little, variation in size. From over
a quart of acorns taken at random from the half bushel collected last
autumn at the Harvard Forest, I have cut and examined two hundred
with the following results. 139 acorns with single seeds, and 61 acorns
with plural seeds.

Of those with plural seeds 58 contained two developed seeds in
each and 8 contained three seeds. Most of those with two seeds had
both seeds strong and well developed; in those with three seeds the
third seed was generally much crowded and with much reduced coty-
ledons, in one case being diminutive and crowded into the centre of
the acorn and almost completely surrounded by the cotyledons of the
two highly developed seeds. The cotyledons of each seed are often
very unequal and very unsymmetrical in the fruits with plural seeds.

In all cases where two seeds were found in the acorn they were both
apparently sufficiently strong and well developed to grow with nearly
equal vigor and to produce two trunks. So far as could be detected

144 Rhodora [AvGUsST

from outward appearances the acorns containing plural seeds did not
differ in shape or size from those with single seeds. Possibly the
larger acorns when picked out showed more tendency to double seeds
but, if so, the difference was slight. Here we have an ordinary chance
case which upon examination shows over 30% of the acorns with
plural seeds. This is sufficient proof of the frequency of the occur-
rence. It may be stated that the plural seeds are always at once
easily distinguished or separated by the thin testa or seed coat which
surrounds and separates them, so that however crowded or mis-shapen
they may be there is no reason to confuse the seeds or pairs of coty-
ledons which are always contained in their own testal envelope.

While some small fruited species, like Quercus palustris, probably
rarely, if ever, produce plural seeds, it is likely that the tendency will
be found in many species in varying degree; probably also influenced
by the age or vigor of the trees and the ecological conditions under
which they grow.

SCHOOL or Forestry, Harvard University.

THE AMERICAN VARIATIONS OF STELLARIA BOREALIS,
M. L. FERNALD.

Stellaria borealis Bigelow presents in North America such pro-
nounced variations that it has seemed desirable to attempt some
organization of them, especially as the major varieties have rather
definite and natural geographic ranges. Through much of the range
of the species in North America the leaves are linear-lanceolate or
lanceolate, the primary ones 2.5-8 cm. long; but in certain districts
of both the Northeast and the Northwest there are varieties with
short ovate, ovate-lanceolate or elliptic-lanceolate leaves only 0.7-
2.5 cm. long.

The plants with elongate linear-lanceolate or lanceolate leaves
have ordinarily been treated by American authors as S. borealis,
which has been divided into a supposedly typical form, with the
flowers axillary and the upper leaves scarcely reduced, and a variety
“alpestris” or “corollina” with a loosely cymose inflorescence and the

1914] Fernald,— Variations of Stellaria borealis 145

upper leaves much reduced to scarious-margined bracts. These two
tendencies of the species, though sometimes difficult to make out, are
for the most part fairly pronounced, but a more significant character
is found in the length of the mature calyx and capsule.

In the Northeast, from Labrador to Pennsylvania and the Great
Lakes, and locally to the Rocky Mountains, Stellaria borealis, whether
with only few axillary peduncles or with terminal many-flowered
cymes has the mature calyx almost without exception 2-3.5 (rarely 4)
mm. long and the mature (but unopened) capsule 3-5 (rarely 5.5) mm.
long. In the extreme West, however, from the Behring Sea region to
California, the mature calyx of both the plant with few axillary
peduncles and the one with the terminal cymes, is 4-5.5 mm. long,
the mature capsule 5-8 mm. long. These measurements indicate,
then, that in the size of the calyx and the capsule the species breaks
into actual geographic trends. "The only notable exception, and that
only apparently an exception, is the occurrence of plants with the
large calyx and capsule on the lower St. Lawrence, from Bie to Anti-
costi, a region in which three-fourths of the vascular plants show
identities or close affinities with the flora of the Northwest.

A glabrous plant with short ovate to elliptic-lanceolate leaves
ordinarily less than 2.5 em. long occurs from Greenland and Labrador
to New England and New York, with us oftenest in alpine or boreal
districts, and from Alaska to the mountains of Oregon, in Oregon and
Washington being regarded as an alpine or subalpine species. This
is the plant described by Bongard as Stellaria calycantha ' and treated
by some authors as identical with S. borealis, by others as a variety
of it and by recent American authors as a distinct species of the
Northwest.

Another variant, resembling Stellaria calycantha but with the
young branches covered with dense crisp pubescence, is found on the
mountains from Washington to northern California and eastward to
Montana. This is the plant described by Howell as Alsine Simcoei,?
which seems to be a pubescent extreme parallel with pubescent
variants found in many other species of the Alsineae.

In the main these six variations of Stellaria borealis are well-marked
and should be recognized in intensive studies of our flora; but, though
some of them have been set off as species, they all show too many

1 Bongard, Vég. Sitch. 127 (1832).
2 Howell, Fl. N. W. Am. i. 83 (1897).

146 Rhodora [AuausT

transitional tendencies to warrant their treatment as more than
varieties.

The earliest publication of the species seems to have been by
Michaux, who named the form with linear-lanceolate leaves and
cymose small flowers Spergulastrum lanceolatum.! Michaux's plant,
said to grow "in borealibus Americae septentrionalis," was actually
collected, as shown by Michaux’s herbarium, on the Saguenay River
and Lake Mistassini. By Persoon? the Michaux plant was trans-
ferred to Micropetalon and by Torrey ? to Stellaria, but owing to the
existence of an earlier valid species, Stellaria lanceolata Poir.* from the
Straits of Magellan, Michaux's name cannot be retained for the
species under Stellaria.

In 1812 Ledebour published Arenaria calycantha 5 from Siberia and
in 1832 Bongard, describing from Sitka the plant with short ovate
leaves already referred to, called it Stellaria calycantha,® basing his
name upon Ledebour's Arenaria calycantha. Subsequent authors
for the most part treated Stellaria calycantha as identical with S.
borealis, but Fries in 1842 accorded it varietal rank as S. borealis, var.
calycantha.” In 1883, however, S. calycantha was revived as a species

by Professor John Macoun who said, “Specimens. . . .are altogether
unlike any form of S. borealis we possess. The character, ‘leaves

ovate-lanceolate, connate, the margin minutely ciliate with white
hairs, much shorter than the internodes,’ separates it from that spe-
cies.” * And in 1897, in the Synoptical Flora, Robinson, following
Macoun, took up S. calycantha as seemingly a distinct species sepa-
rated by " Leaves broader, ovate or broadly oblong, seldom an inch
long."? If the extreme western material alone were under considera-
tion S. calycantha could be easily kept apart from the plants with
linear-lanceolate leaves, for S. calycantha has small flowers, the mature
calyx 2-4 mm. long, the capsule 3-4.5 mm. long; while, as already
pointed out, the extreme western plants passing as S. borealis have
larger flowers, the calyx 4-5.5 mm., the capsule 5-8 mm. long. In the
Rocky Mountains and the Northeast, however, numerous transitions

1 Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 275 (1803).

? Pers. Syn. i. 509 (1805).

3 'ITorr. Fl. i. 453. (1824).

1 Poir. Encyc. vii. 416 (1806).

5 Ledeb. Mém. Acad. Sc. Pétersb. v. 534 (1812).
* Bong. Vég. Sitch. 127 (1832).

7 Fries, Novit. Fl. Suec. Mant. iii. 196 (1842).

* Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. i. 75 (1883).

? Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. 235 (1897).

1914] Fernald,— Variations of Stellaria borealis 147

occur which leave no single character that can be held as belonging
alone to one or another of these plants.

Furthermore, it is very improbable that Bongard's Sitkan Stellaria
calycantha bad anything to do with the Siberian Arenaria calycantha
of Ledebour with which it has been universally identified and from
which it derived its specific name. Were it not practically certain
that Bongard had before him and described a different plant, the name
calycantha, originating in 1812, would have to be taken up as the
specific name for the complex species. But an examination of Lede-
bour's original description of Arenaria calycantha shows that he had a
plant, possibly a true Arenaria, with two ovate bracts toward the
summit of each peduncle. Ledebour’s diagnosis of the species and
his descriptions of the peduncle follow:

* A. foliis oblongis acutis sessilibus basi ciliatis, pedunculis axillaribus
unifloris diphyllis.

Pedunculi terminalis et axillares, uniflori, supra medium diphylli.

Flores nutantes, interdum bractea ovata, acuta, calyce majori suffulti.” !

Although Bongard supposed his Sitkan Stellaria calycantha to be
Arenaria calycantha Ledeb., it is clear from his account that he had
not seen material of Ledebour’s species but depended upon a determi-
nation by Meyer “(fide amiciss. D. Meyer, qui specimina originalia
videt)." But Bongard's own species, based on Mertens's material
from Sitka, has, as shown by a cotype in the Gray Herbarium labeled
by Bongard himself as well as by his description, naked peduncles and
is the plant of the Northwest which has been correctly identified with 5.
calycantha Bong.; but it obviously is not Arenaria calycantha Ledeb.

The Bongard S. calycantha of the Northwest, as already stated,
reappears in the Northeast, being the short-leaved plant so familiar
in the alpine region of the White Mountains; and, although S. borealis
has of late been interpreted in America as a plant with elongate linear-
lanceolate leaves, it becomes evident from Bigelow's original descrip-
tion that he had the White Mountain plant which closely matches
S. calycantha Bong. The significant portion of Bigelow’s description
of S. borealis was as follows:

t STELLARIA BOREALIS Northern Stellaria.

S. foliis ovali-lanceolatis; pedunculis axillaribus, elongatis, unifloris;
petalis calyci subaequalibus.

1 Ledeb. 1. c.

148 Rhodora [August

This plant generally occurs without petals, in which state I discov-
ered it on the White Mountains in July, 1816. I have since received it
several times from the same place but always in the apetalous state, until
last year, when Messrs. Greene and Little found it there in August with
complete flowers." !

S. borealis, in this typical short-leaved form, appears to be a cir-
cumpolar plant, occurring outside North America, in Scandinavia,
Russia, Siberia and Kamtschatka. But so far as the writer can
determine the other American variations of the species are endemic.

The common lowland plant of the East, with elongate linear-
lanceolate leaves and well-developed cyme, Spergulastrum lanceolatum
Michaux, has, along with the larger-flowered cymose-paniculate
plant of the Northwest, been confused with Fries’s Stellaria alpestris
and with Fenzl’s S. borealis, B. corollina; but neither of these names
can be safely applied to either of the North American plants.

S. alpestris, as first published by Fries in 1832, was based upon two
plants previously published as varieties of S. uliginosa by Hartmann
and by Laestadius. These two plants were treated by Fries as S.
alpestris “a. foliis omnibus conformibus” and S. alpestris “B. foliis ad
axillas caulis in bracteas suppressis, unde caulis apice paniculatus” ?
Later, however, in 1842, Fries? reduced his former S. alpestris a to S.
borealis, var. corollina Fenzl, while an apetalous state which Fries in the
meantime had distributed as S. alpestris, var. aliflora* was reduced to
S. borealis, var. calycantha (Bong.) Fries. At the same time Fries
restricted his S. alpestris to the Scandinavian plant with paniculate
inflorescence, his earlier S. alpestris B which he had subsequently
distributed as S. alpestris, var. paniculata,’ and redefined the plant as
a species distinct from S. borealis. Subsequent European authors
have treated this emended S. alpestris, sometimes as a distinct species,
sometimes as a variety of S. Friesiana Fenzl, and again as a hybrid
of S. borealis and S. Friesiana. Authentic material of the plant from
Laestadius and from Andersson shows it to be unlike either of the
American plants with which it has been identified and there seems to
be no reason why the name alpestris should be longer used for either
of our plants with cymose inflorescences.

1 Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 2, 182, 183 (1824).
? Fries, Nov. Fl. Suec. Mant. i. 10 (1832).
3 Fries, 1. c. iii. 194—196 (1842).

4 Fries, Herb. Norm. III. no. 31.

5 Fries, l. c. VII. no. 34.

1914] Fernald,— Variations of Stellaria borealis 149

The other name which has been used for the two American plants
with cymose-paniculate inflorescences is S. borealis, var. corollina
Fenzl| This supposition, that Fenzl's var. corollina was a plant with
paniculate inflorescences, doubtless came about through his citation
under it of S. alpestris Fries, which, as already shown, was two differ-
ent species, and of S. brachypetala Bong; but there is nothing in Fenzl's
treatment to indicate that he was establishing var. corollina for a
plant with a paniculate inflorescence. On the contrary, he divided
S. borealis into two varieties based merely on the presence or absence
of petals: “a. apetala: floribus omnibus v. plurimis apetalis," etc.,
and “$. corollina: floribus omnibus 5 petalis v. paucissimis 3 petalis,"
ete? Under each of his thus constituted varieties Fenzl distinguished
some forms: of “B corollina" " Lusus 1. Calyces 1-13 lin. longi.

,

Caules plerumque abbreviati debiles" and " Lusus 2. Calyces ple-
rumque 2 lin. longi. Caules saepe erecti longifolii elongati"; and in
his citation of S. brachypetala Bong. as belonging to var. corollina he
further indicates that it is “ Lus. 2." Subsequent European authors
have interpreted var. corollina merely as the form of 5. borealis with
petals and there is no clear reason why we should do otherwise. To
be sure, Fenzl cited as belonging to his var. corollina, lusus 2, S. brachy-
petala Bongard with its “ Cyma dichotoma”; è but as the second form
of his variety S. brachypetala can hardly be accepted as thoroughly
typical of it. This plant, S. brachypetala Bong., is, as indicated by
Fenzl, one of the large-flowered Northwestern varieties, and Bon-
gard's descriptive phrase “Cyma dichotoma,” may be taken as a fair
indication that he had the large-flowered plant with loose cymes.
There was, however, an earlier and quite different S. brachypetala of
Bunge * from the Altai and on this account Bongard's S. brachypetala
zas renamed by Steudel S. sifchana, which seems to be the first
name for our large-flowered cymose plant free from incumbrances.
The other large-flowered plant, the variety with essentially uniform
long leaves and scattered axillary flowers, was described from Mertens's
Sitka material by Bongard as S. longifolia Muhl. But Bongard's
description and a sheet of the Mertens collection in the Gray Her-
barium show that it is the large-flowered plant which in the extreme
1 Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i. 382 (1842).
? Fenzl, 1. c.
? Bong. Vég. Sitch., 126 (1832).

4 Bunge in Ledeb. Fl. Alt. ii. 161 (1830).
5 Steud. Nom. ed. 2, ii, 637 (1841).

150 Rhodora ) [AvavsT

Northwest has been passing as S. borealis and that it cannot be placed
with the earlier-described S. longifolia Muhl.

The American variations of Stellaria borealis here discussed may be
distinguished as follows.

Mature calyx 2-3.5 (rarely 4) mm. long: mature but unopened capsule 3-5
(rarely 5.5) mm. long.

Leaves ovate, ovate-lanceolate or elliptic-lanceolate, the primary ones
0.7-2.5 em. long.

Branches glabrous or essentially so................ 1. S. borealis.

Branches densely pilose. .. ...................... 2. var. Simcoei.

Leaves lanceolate to lance-linear, the primary ones 2.5-5.5 em. long.
Upper leaves long and but slightly reduced, herbaceous throughout;

flowers few, axillary and terminal........... 3. var. isophylla.
Upper leaves much reduced to short scarious-margined bracts: flow-
ers numerous in terminal cymes.............. 4. var. floribunda.

Mature calyx 4-5.5 mm. long: mature capsule 5-8 mm. long: leaves lanceo-
late to lance-linear, the primary 2.5-8 em. long.
Upper leaves long and but slightly reduced, herbaceous throughout:

flowers few, axillary and terminal........... 5. var. Bongardiana.

Upper leaves much reduced to short scarious-margined bracts:

flowers numerous in terminal cymes.............6. var. sitchana.
y

1. S. BOREALIS Bigel. Fl. Bost. ed. 2, 182 (1824). S. alpestris a
Fries, Nov. Fl. Suec. Mant. i. 10 (1832). S. calycantha Bongard,
Vég. Sitch. 127( 1832); T. & G. Fl. N. A. i. 186 (1838); Macoun, Cat.
Can. Pl. i. 74 (1883); Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. 236 (1907); not
Arenaria calycantha Ledeb. Mém. Acad. Sc. Pétersb. v. 534 (1812).
S. borealis, var. calycantha Fries, Novit. Fl. Suec. Mant. iii. 196 (1842),
in part. Alsine borealis Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 149 (1894),
in part.— Wet or cool, often shaded situations; cireumpolar. In
North America from Greenland and Labrador to Alaska, south to
Newfoundland, New Hampshire, western Massachusetts, central
New York, Alberta and Oregon; southward often alpine or subalpine.

2. Var. Simcoei (Howell), n. comb. Alsine Simcoei Howell, FI.
N. W. Am. i. 83 (1897).— Alpine and subalpine habitats, Washington
to Montana and northern California.

3. Var. isophylla, n. var., caulibus flaccidis 0.3-4 dm. longis;
foliis lanceolatis vel lanceolato-linearibus omnibus conformibus vel
subconformibus, primariis 2.5-5.5 cm. longis 2.5-7 mm. latis; floribus
paucis plerumque terminalibus deinde axillaribus, pedunculis fructi-
feris divergentibus; calycibus fructiferis 2-4 mm. longis; petalis
nullis vel inconspicuis; capsulis maturis 3-4.5 (-5) mm. longis.

Stems flaccid, 0.3-4 dm. long: leaves lanceolate or lance-linear,
uniform or nearly so; the primary 2.5-5.5 cm. long, 2.5-7 mm. wide:
flowers few, mostly terminal, becoming axillary; the fruiting peduncles
divergent; fruiting calyx 2-4 mm. long: petals none or inconspicu-
ous: mature capsules 3-4.5 (-5) mm. long.— S. borealis of many
American authors.— Wet places, Labrador to Alaska, south to New-
foundland, Magdalen Islands, Prince Edward Island, New England,

1914] Hill, — A Variety of the Dwarf Raspberry 151

Pennsylvania, Michigan and Utah. A plant from open woods, Gap
Mt., Troy, New Hampshire, 13 June, 1898 (Rand & Robinson, no. 459
in Gray Herb.) may be designated as the type specimen.

4. Var.floribunda, n. nom. Spergulastrum lanceolatum Michx. Fl.
Bor.-Am. i. 275 (1803). Micropetalon. lanceolatum Pers. Syn. i. 509
(1805). Stellaria lanceolata Torr. Fl. i. 453 (1824), not Poir. Encyc.
vii. 416 (1806). S. borealis, var. alpestris Gray, Man. ed. 5, 93 (1867)
as to Robbins plant but not S. alpestris B. Fries, Nov. Fl. Suec. Mant.
i. 10 (1832) nor S. alpestris Fries (emend.) |. c. iii. 194 (1842). Alsine
borealis alpestris Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 149 (1894), in part,
not S. alpestris Fries. S. borealis, var. corollina Robinson, Proc. Am.
Acad. xxix. 286 (1894), in part, not Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i. 382
(1842).— Wet or shaded places, Newfoundland to British Columbia,
south to Nova Scotia, New England, New York, Michigan, Wiscon-
sin, Minnesota and the mountains of Utah.

5. Var. Bongardiana, n. nom. S. longifolia Bongard, Vég. Sitch.
126 (1832), not Muhl. in Willd. Enum. 479 (1809). S. borealis of
American authors, as to plant of the extreme West.— Wet or shaded
places, Alaska to California; also eastern QuEBEC: Anticosti, Pursh;
Bie, F. F. Forbes.

6. Var. sitchana (Steud.), n. comb. S. brachypetala Bong. Vég.
Sitch. 126 (1832), not Bunge in Ledeb. Fl. Alt. ii. 161 (1830). 5.
sitchana Steud. Nom. ed. 2, ii. 637 (1841). S. borealis, var. corollina
Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 378 (1872); Robinson, l. c. 286 (1894)
as to western plant, not Fenzl l. e. (1842). Alsine borealis alpestris
Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 24 (1897), in part, not S.
alpestris Fries, ll. ce. A. brachypetala Howell, Fl. N. W. Am. i. 82
(1897) in part (as to Bongard synonym).— Wet, shady places, Alaska
to Oregon and Idaho.

Gray HERBARIUM.

A PUBESCENT VARIETY or THE Dwanr RasPBERRY.— While re-
cently working over a collection of plants from the Penobscot Bay
region of Maine, a specimen of the Dwarf Raspberry Rubus pubes-
cens Raf. (R. triflorus Richardson) was noted which differed from the
usual form in the pubescence. The common plant has the leaves
glabrous or slightly pilose on the veins beneath, while the plant from
Penobscot Bay has the mature leaves densely pilose beneath. Fur-
ther examination of material in the Gray Herbarium and the Herba-
rium of the New England Botanical Club showed this to be a well
marked tendency occurring in several places, and it should therefore
be recognized as a variety, and may be called

152 Rhodora [AvavsT

Rusus PUBESCENS Raf., var. pilosifolius, n. var., foliis subtus dense
pilosis.— NEWFOUNDLAND: Channel, Howe & Lang, No. 907; Balena,
Hermitage Bay, Palmer, No. 1352. QuknEc: Basin Island, Magdalen
Islands, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, No. 7645. MAINE:
Brooklin, A. F. Hill, No. 1015 (ryper in Herb. New England Bot. Club).
MASSACHUSETTS, Purgatory Swamp, Dedham. C. E. Faxon. Micu-
GAN: Keweenaw Co., O. A. Farwell, No. 182.— ArBERT F. HILL,
Cambridge, Mass.

KJELLMANNIA SORIFERA FOUND ON THE RHODE ISLAND CoasT.—
A single specimen of the alga Kjellmannia sorifera Reinke was washed
ashore at Bristol, Rhode Island, March 4th, 1901. It has been held
until this time in the hope that the discovery of other specimens might
throw further light upon the place of its growth. It was found after
a storm, and is believed to have drifted from a locality further south-
ward in Narragansett Bay. Since it is known only in the Southwest
Baltic, and was not recognized there until 1888, its occurrence in our
waters is a matter of surprise as well as congratulation. Whether,
like various other brown forms, it came to us by currents from Green-
land, is a problem reserved for the future. The thanks of the under-
signed are tendered to Dr. W. G. Farlow and to Mr. Frank S. Collins,
who have very courteously examined the specimens.— R. E. Scuun,
Howard University, Washington, D. C.

Vol. 16, no. 187, including pages 117 to 136, and plate 110, was issued 27
July, 1914.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 16. September, 1914. No. 189.

MARIA L. OWEN.

WALTER DEANE.

(With portrait.)

ANOTHER botanist long associated with the study of New England
plants has passed away, and we mourn the loss of one always keenly
devoted to her favorite pursuit and a painstaking student of the
Nantucket flora. Those of us who were privileged to enjoy her warm
friendship will always miss her kindly words and enthusiastic corre-
spondence. Yet we must be grateful that this friend and fellow stu-
dent reached a ripe old age and enjoyed to the last good health, while
she made her valuable contributions on the New England flora.

Mrs. Maria L. Owen, as the botanical world always knew her, died
in Plandome, Long Island, at the home of her daughter, Mrs. James
Sullivan, on June 8, 1913, at the advanced age of eighty-eight years.
She was born on the Island of Nantucket, Massachusetts, on February
13, 1825. Her full name was Maria Louise Tallant,! and she was the
daughter of Eben Weld Tallant and Nancy Coffin. Through her
father she was descended from Hugh Tallant, the early New England
settler from Ireland, mentioned by Whittier in the “Sycamores,”
and from the prominent Weld family of Roxbury, Massachusetts.
Through her mother she traced her descent from Tristram Coffin
and others of the early settlers of Nantucket.

Through the maternal branch of her grandfather Coffin, Mrs. Owen

1 Miss Helen A. Gardner writes me from Nantucket under date of August 1, 1914;
“The only record of Mrs. Owen's full name is a copy of The Census of 1830. There
itis given Maria Louise Tallant. Age5 years." Mrs. Henry P. Tallant writes that
Mrs. Owen always spelled her middle name Louisa.

154 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

was related to Benjamin Franklin and Daniel Webster and she related
the following amusing story to the writer in a letter dated December
22, 1897. After saying that it was not necessary to thank her every
time she sent a trifling specimen or botanical note she. continued,
“T recall my cousin (somewhat removed) Benjamin Franklin’s sug-
gestion to his father to ask a blessing over the whole barrel of pork
instead of seeking it all winter long for the portions that appeared on
the table,— an example that you can follow. The Doctor is not my
own first cousin, because I live too late in the centuries, but two of
my ancestors, one on my grandfather’s side and the other on my
grandmother's, stood in exactly that relation to him." Mrs. Owen
had a keen sense of humor that constantly cropped out in her letters.

In regard to some of her ancestors she writes under date of Novem-
ber 17, 1895, “I am eligible to the same societies [Colonial Dames,
ete.] on other grounds. Four pilgrim fathers and mothers, and back
of them John Robinson, the Leyden pastor, ministers and elders in
Boston and Salem of the very earliest settlers, and a very near rela-
tionship to Benj. Franklin are some of the qualifications I should put
forth. I am content for the present, however, with being a Daughter
of the American Revolution."

She attended the Nantucket “Coffin School," founded by Admiral
Sir Isaac Coffin, her grandfather's cousin. It was a kind of high-
school devoted to the classics and incidentally free to all members of
the Coffin family, but a private school to all others. It was endowed
by the Admiral and is still in existence, though its course of instruction
has been changed. Mrs. Owen's grandfather Coffin was the first
president of the trustees of the school. She also attended the private
school of her uncle, Rev. Cyrus Pierce, and, in 1838, when the High
School was opened, with him as principal, Maria Tallant was one of
the thirty-five pupils.

Mrs. Owen's early life was passed in Nantucket and she seems to
have always been fond of the flowers about her. Her aunt, Mrs.
Pierce, was a good botanist, and it was natural that, surrounded by
such influences the child should imbibe the taste for that science.
Her mother and her sisters were all women of marked ability and of
botanical tastes and the daughter Maria with her remarkable memory
and scientific turn of mind went farther than her predecessors. Her
interest never flagged throughout her long life. Her sister-in-law,
Mrs. Henry P. Tallant of Philadelphia, very near and dear to Mrs.

1914] Deane,— Maria L. Owen 155

Owen, writes, " Maria might very well have inherited a taste for out-
door life from old Hugh. He evidently was fond of trees for he planted
the row of sycamores at his home in Haverill [Massachusetts], and all
the Tallants I ever knew loved nature and were sportsmen and out-
doors people. One cousin at Nantucket scoured the waters there for
sea animals for an aquarium. The Tallants, also, had a quiet persis-
tence, so that once started on a study they never gave it up, but would
keep on in spite of all discouragements."

In regard to her strong constitution and freedom from those physical
ailments that hamper the botanist who must be much afield, Mrs.
Owen writes on March 28, 1905, “I owe my almost unbroken health
to a grandmother and two grandfathers who lived in the same fortu-
nate condition to the ages of 76, 79 and 86 respectively, and still more
perhaps to the great-grandfather who lived to be 108, and in his old
age could put his hands on the near horse of two standing side by side
and leap over them both. To him also I doubtless owe largely the
happy disposition and the elastic spirits that have come right up after
many of the trials that seem to be appointed for all, for he

“Delved by day and sang by night

With a hand that never wearied,
And a heart forever light,”

and passed through his long life

“With [his] eyes brimful of laughter,
And [his] mouth as full of song."

Owing so much to my forebears I am trying to be a good ancestress
myself, and pass along the blessings I have received."

Her letters teem with deep devotion to her native home and are
full of tender love for the flora of the island, and, though she left the
spot at a comparatively early age, she never ceased to regard Nantucket
as her true home, and constant were the visits she made there to her
dear island friends.

At one time Mrs. Owen taught in the school of George B. Emerson
in Boston, and in 1845, 1846, and 1847 she was in South Boston teach-
ing at the Perkins Institution for the Blind when Dr. Samuel G. Howe
was superintendent. It was at the latter place that she met her
future husband, Dr. Varillas L. Owen, who was Dr. Howe's secretary.
Later she had a private school in Nantucket, which she left to become
an assistant in the Nantucket High School.

156 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

On November 23, 1853, Maria Tallant was married in Nantucket
to Dr. Owen and they went at once to Springfield, Massachusetts.
Her life here of fifty years or more was one of continued activity.
For years a Shakespeare Society met at her house and it was her delight
to read and discuss the works of the great poet and other writers of
note. During a portion of her life in Springfield, Mrs. Owen was
actively engaged in teaching and I am glad to give the testimony of
Miss Caroline Gray Soule of Brookline, Massachusetts, who was one
of her pupils at that time. She says, “In the ‘early seventies’ Mrs.
Owen taught botany and French in one private school in Springfield,
and, two years later, astronomy and physical geography in another.
She was a most interesting and inspiring teacher especially in botany,
astronomy, and physical geography, which were to her all alive and
active, not mere masses of scientific facts to be committed to memory.

“The growth and habits of a plant, its power of adaptation to envi-
ronment, &c, were far more to her than the best mounted specimen,
though she valued the herbarium for its practical uses.

"She knew how to ask questions, as well as to answer them, and to
answer her questions satisfactorily to her was training in accuracy of
observation, exactness of description, and use of English. No slip-
shod expression ever passed uncriticised, no careless observation or
presentation of facts was left uncorrected in her class. She made her
pupils really feel the scientific value of truth.”

'The Women's Club, founded in 1884, was another organization in
which she was a prominent and efficient worker, its president, and later
its honorary president. She writes on November 9, 1893, “From
November through April our Women's Club takes much of my time;
anything to be done for that takes precedence of almost everything
else. Iam president for the tenth year."

It is, however, of her botanical work that I shall speak especially.
She was a ready writer and contributed many articles on botanical
subjects to various papers, while the journal Ruopora occasionally
received contributions from her pen. The Springfield Botanical Soci-
ety, founded in 1876, owes its existence to Mrs. Owen and she has
written a very bright account of its beginnings in the Thirtieth Annual
Report of the Society, published April 19, 1907. After holding for
many years the office of president, she retired from that onerous
position and remained its honorary president till her death. Its
members can testify to her zeal and efficiency in promoting its
interests.

1914] Deane,— Maria L. Owen 157

Whatever Mrs. Owen undertook she entered into with all her heart
and she never failed to inspire those with whom she came into contact
with some of her own enthusiasm. She was blessed with many friends,
all ready and anxious to learn from her and to aid her in whatever
way it was possible. And so she had many keen helpers in her various
undertakings, and this was especially the case in her studies of the
Nantucket flora, with which botanists in general, and especially those
not personally acquainted with her will chiefly associate her; and
indeed those of us who enjoyed a long acquaintance with her fully
realize what a large share of her botanical activities the fair island
claimed. A work on this subject had long been planned, and, for
many years, she patiently and enthusiastically covered the island
in her researches, referring all doubtful species to those in authority
and enlisting under her banner those botanical friends who could visit
the island and scour its moors and ponds for species new to her list,
and venture into treacherous bogs where Mrs. Owen said she could not
be expected to go. In this way many an added species was found and
welcomed by her with her customary enthusiasm. To those who were
privileged to enjoy a long and friendly correspondence with her it will
always be a source of great gratification to recall the lively interest that
ach letter showed at a new discovery or extension of range. “Ecce
Tillaea simplex!" was the way she began a letter on August 27, 1894,
to the writer, when she announced the rediscovery of this choice plant
in Nantucket three days before by Mrs. Mabel P. Robinson. It had
there remained hidden from botanists for sixty-five years, ever since
William Oakes reported it in 1829.

Mrs. Owen's principal contributions to botany, outside of the vari-
ous articles that have appeared in our journals from time to time, are
two in number both relating to the island. The first is a “ Catalogue
of Plants growing without Cultivation on the Island of Nantucket"
in Edward K. Godfrey’s “The Island of Nantucket, its history, people,
agriculture, botany, conchology and geology with maps to the town
and island," published by Lee and Shepard in Boston in 1882. It is a
small guide book of 365 pages and is extremely interesting, but we are
especially concerned with the botanical part. This occupies pages
38 to 47 inclusive and consists of an introduction and a list. As the
work is rare and scarcely known to many of the botanists of to-day,

! Botanical Gazette, xx, 80-81, 1895,

158 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

and as the introduction is of special interest, I venture to quote it in
full. Mrs. Owen says, “ At Mr. Godfrey's request, I have with much
pleasure prepared the following catalogue. It is far from complete,
being based upon collections made over thirty years ago, when I
had made no study of the grasses and sedges, and when I had no
thoughts of publishing. Still, in this imperfect form it will be of use to
botanists, and the number of plants rare in New England which it
contains, shows what pleasing discoveries are probably still to be made
by exhaustive explorations.

“T hope to bring out, as soon as I have sufficient material, a more
complete list to be published by itself, with such notes on the rarer
plants as may be of interest. For this I ask the co-operation of all
botanists, resident or visiting on the island, and I shall be extremely
obliged for names and localities of additional species. To make the
list more serviceable and authentic, it is desirable to have specimens
of the new discoveries, for preservation in an herbarium of the island
plants, which, if formed, will be freely accessible to botanists.

“Information is particularly desired about Andromeda Mariana,
Habenaria ciliaris, and the Tillaea, Calluna, Erica, Onosmodium,
Mertensia, Ceratophyllum, Cypripedium, and Chara of the catalogue.
Some of these are represented so far by one single plant; and of others
reported by older botanists, no one now living knows the locality.

“T am under obligations to several friends for help in this work, and
must mention especially that I owe the list of algae to Mr. F. S. Collins,
who drew it up from specimens principally collected by himself and
Mr. L. L. Dame of Medford.

“The few miscellaneous cryptogams with which the list closes
appeal to friendly specialists for re-enforcements; without such aid
they will have to go into the next edition as lonely as they are now.

Maria L. Owen.”

Then follows the Catalogue of Plants. They are listed in systematic
order by their scientific names only, and without comments. There
are just 500 species and varieties, and one form. This is certainly very
creditable when we consider that the list was founded mainly on
species collected before 1852 when Mrs. Owen was about twenty-five
years old. It was the result chiefly of the enthusiastic study of plants
in her younger days at a time when botanists and botanical centers
where difficult species could be determined were fewer in number.

1914] Deane,— Maria L. Owen 159

In 1888 appeared the work Mrs. Owen had so earnestly been pre-
paring, “A Catalogue of Plants growing without cultivation in the
County of Nantucket, Mass.," published in Northampton, Massachu-
setts, by the Gazette Printing Company. The six years that inter-
vened between these two publications were busy ones. She enlisted
many botanists to aid her in securing additions to her list and further
information in regard to known species; she carried on a large corre-
spondence; and she sent her doubtful species to proper authorities for
accurate determination. It was the good fortune of the writer to
witness much of this enthusiasm in his visits to the Island to aid the
cause, in company with Judge J. R. Churchill of Dorchester, Massa-
chusetts, and Rev. Dr. Thomas Morong of Ashland, Massachusetts.
It is a work that reflects much credit upon its author and will always
remain a true representation of the knowledge of the flora of the
Island at that time.

The Catalogue contains a preface giving a description of the Island
and of the botanical work done upon it and of the botanists who had
aided her. The annotated list covers 75 pages, embracing 787 species
and varieties, and one form, and includes a list of marine algae. This
is an increase of nearly 300 over the 1882 list, while the notes accom-
panying the species lend added interest and information to the work.
In this list Mrs. Owen was enabled to report Onosmodium virginianum
and Ceratophyllum demersum from authentic specimens, discovered
since the publication of the former list where the names were cited on
the authority of President Hitchcock of Amherst fifty years before.
It is to be regretted that Mrs. Owen did not make a complete her-
barium of the plants represented in her list, but the species were
verified always with great care, and the more uncommon ones were
always preserved in some collections. She writes on January 15, 1887,
that specimens scattered through herbaria are her authorities for the
Flora. After its publication Mrs. Owen carefully kept track of the
additional species that were discovered from time to time, the seg-
regates that were made, the extensions of range, etc., and she always
meant to publish these data, but advancing years compelled a relaxa-
tion in this pleasant but strenuous work. Her botanical interests
were broad and her trips to Europe and in her own neighborhood
were enriched by her interest in the plants about her. Many a rarity
she sent to her friends as the result of these excursions.

1The Flora of Nantucket is being published by Mr. E, P, Bicknell in the
numbers of the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club.

160 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Dr. Owen died in 1897, but Mrs. Owen continued to reside in
Springfield till 1907 when she moved to the home of her daughter in
Plandome, Long Island. Here she lived till her death. It was the
fading away of a happy old age, and the end came on a bright morning
with the room flooded with sunshine, which she always loved, and
filled with iris, columbine and corn flowers. She was a woman of
strong faith and she lived true to the motto of her mother’s family,
"Post tenebris: speramus lumen de lumine," which she loved to
translate, " After the darkness we hope for light from the source of
light."

Mrs. Owen had two children, Walter L. Owen, architect, deceased,
and Amelia, wife of Dr. James Sullivan, who survives her.

In preparing this paper I wish to acknowledge the kind assistance
of Mr. F. Schuyler Mathews of Cambridge, Massachusetts, Miss
Caroline G. Soule of Brookline, Massachusetts, and Mrs. Henry P.
Tallant of Philadelphia. Acknowledgments are also extended to the
Springfield Botanical Society and the Springfield Art Museum for the
loan of the plate for the portrait accompanying this article.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

THE VARIATIONS OF RANUNCULUS CYMBALARIA.
M. L. FERNALD.

Ranunculus Cymbalaria Pursh, originally described from the saline
marshes of Onondaga Lake, New York, is found in saline habitats in
the northern or cooler areas of North America and Asia. In America
it extends southward along the coasts to New Jersey and California
and through the interior to western New York, Illinois, Texas and
central Mexico; and it reappears in South America on the high Andes
from Ecuador to Argentina (R. tridentatus, var. minor HBK.).

Throughout the greater portion of its range the species seems to be
essentially uniform: a fleshy, strictly glabrous plant with small
flowers (6-9 mm. broad) having the subequal sepals and petals 2-4
mm. long; the stamens in one or two rows and with subglobose
anthers; and the head of young carpels 1.5-5 mm. high during anthe-
sis (before the falling of the last petals and stamens). In this plant,
which is the characteristic coastwise and northern form of the spe-

19314] Fernald,— Variations of Ranunculus Cymbalaria — 161

cies, the fruiting head is very variable in length (2.5-13 mm.) and the
strongly ribbed achenes are prominently beaked and ordinarily almost
stipitate.

In the more arid region of the Rocky Mountains and the Great
Basin, however,— from Assiniboia, Montana and Idaho south to
south-central Mexico and west into Washington, Oregon and Cali-

fornia — the plant ordinarily has heavier foliage and larger flowers
(1-2 em. broad) and departs in a number of less conspicuous tendencies
from true R. Cymbalaria of our more humid regions. In this large-
flowered Rocky Mountain extreme the young petioles or the peduncles
are often pilose; the sepals and petals are 4-9 mm. long, the stamens
commonly in 3-5 rows and with slightly elongate anthers; the head
of young carpels is more elongate than in R. Cymbalaria, 3.5-11 mm.
long in anthesis, but the fruiting head is less variable in length, 7-12
mm. long; and the achenes are usually paler in color, less strongly
ribbed than in R. Cymbalaria and with less prominent beaks and
broader bases.

These characters, though clearly marking in their aggregate the
large-flowered plant as different from the small-flowered type, are all
variable and it does not seem possible to separate the plant specifically
from Ranunculus Cymbalaria; but as a pronounced geographic variety
it seems worthy of recognition. "The plant is R. tridentatus HBK.,
var. major [us] HBK.! R. tridentatus was defined as consisting of two
varieties. The first, a minor, with “Flores erecti, magnitudine R.
arvensis,” coming from “prope Lactacunga Quitensium (alt. 1490 hex.),

HM

inter saxa. punicea," as shown by several sheets from the Andes, is
scarcely separable from R. Cymbalaria and it is so treated by R. E.
Fries in his contribution Zur Kenntniss der alpinen Flora im nörd-
lichen Argentinien. The second variety, 8 major, with “ Flores erecti,
magnitudine floris R. Flammulae" and coming from “prope Carpio
Mexicanorum, ad lacum S. Christobal, alt. 1180 hex.," is well represented
by material from the Federal District of Mexico, Durango, San Luis
Potosi and Coahuila, and is the large-flowered plant of our Rocky
Mountain district. In view of the publication of R. Cymbalaria, var.
major Hook. f. & Thomson ? from Tibet it is undesirable to create con-
fusion by transferring to R. Cymbalaria the earlier R. tridentatus, var.
major HBK.; so that another name for the latter plant is proposed,

1 HBK., Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. v, 42 (1821).
2 Hook, f, & Thomson, Fl, Ind, i, 30 (1855),

162 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Another variant of Ranunculus Cymbalaria which does not seem to
have been recognized is the pubescent extreme of the small-flowered
plant. In all accounts, R. Cymbalaria is described as glabrous, and
in the more saline habitats it certainly is so; but in the interior regions
it is quite as often pilose on the petioles or peduncles and this pubes-
cent form is sometimes found on fresh soils near the coast.

The smallest extreme of the glabrous Ranunculus Cymbalaria,
Hooker's var. alpinus,! “ minor, foliis apice tridentatis, scapo unifloro "
seems to be merely a dwarfed extreme such as can be found in unfavor-
able habitats nearly throughout the range.

The two noteworthy variants above discussed may be called

RANUNCULUS CyMBALARIA Pursh, forma hebecaulis, n. f., petiolis
pedunculisque plus minusve pilosis; floribus 6-9 mm. latis.— In
apparently less alkaline habitats than the glabrous plant. QurBEC:
moist hollows in gravelly beach, Carleton, July 21, 1904, Collins &
Fernald. Princk EDWARD IsrtAND: wet mossy spots with Eriophorum
angustifolium, Smilacina trifolia, etc., near Cape Wolf, July 3, 1914,
Fernald & St. John. Hupson Bav recion: Burke. ONTARIO: shore
of Georgian Bay, Collingwood, August 28, 1908, N. Tripp. MINNE-
sora: Willmar, Kandiyohi Co., July, 1892, W. D. Frost. Norru
Dakora: wet prairies, Leeds, June 6 and July 10, 1898, J. Lunell.
Kansas: Syracuse, Hamilton Co., alt. 3500 ft., July 13, 1893, C. H.
Thompson, no. 108. Texas: along waters, Canyor, August 7, 1903,
J. Reverchon, no. 3702. Manitoba: Lake Winnipeg Valley, 1857,
Bourgeau. ALBERTA: Banff, alt. 4500 ft., June 11, 1906, Butters &
Rosendahl, no. 1339 (ryper in Gray Herb.). Ipamo: around springs,
alt. 3500 ft., Squaw Butte, Boise Co., August 18, 1911, J. A. Clark,
no. 268.

R. CYMBALARIA, var. saximontanus, n. nom. R. tridentatus HBK.,
var. major HBK., Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. v. 42 (1821), not R. Cymbalaria,
var. major Hook. f. & Thomson, Fl. Ind. i. 30 (1855). Very fleshy,
rather large: petioles and peduncles more or less pilose: blades orbicular,
ovate or oblong, 1-3.5 cm. long: peduncles 3-20 em. long, 1-6-flowered,
usually pilose: flower 1-2 cm. broad: sepals and petals 4-9 mm. long:
stamens commonly in 3-5 rows; anthers ellipsoid: head of young carpels
3.5-11 mm. long in anthesis; fruiting head 7-12 mm. long: achenes
mostly pale, faintly or prominently ribbed, commonly rounded at
base.— Arid districts of the Rocky Mountain region from Saskatche-
wan to south-central Mexico, west into Washington, Oregon and
California.— SASKATCHEWAN: Bourgeau. MoNTANA: West Gallatin
River, June 9, 1883, Scribner, no. 4a; Brick Glade, Belgrade, May 31,
1901, E. J. Moore. Wyoming: wet flats, Laramie, July 19, 1900, A.
Nelson, no, 7629; wet places about the springs, Mammoth Hot Springs,

! Hook. Fl, Bor,-Am, i. 11 (1829),

1914] Knowlton,— Ilex opaca and I. glabra 163

July 4, 1899, A. & E. Nelson, no. 5663. COLORADO: moist ground near
river, Fort Collins, May 15, 1894, Crandall, no. 22; Aboles, June, 1899,
C. F. Baker, no. 328. New Mexico: near Espanola, May 17, 1897,
Heller, no. 3544; Kingston, May 19, 1905, Metcalfe, no. 1601; Mangas
Springs, June 11, 1903, Metcalfe, no. 128. Ipano: wet banks, Payette,
Macbride, no. 869; loamy slopes, Boulder Creek, July 31, 1910, Mac-
bride, no. 503; moist banks, New Plymouth, June 15, 1910, Macbride,
no. 246. Uran: Wahsatch Mts., May, 1869, Watson, no. 20; Modena,
June 2, 1902, Goodding, no. 1011; Salt Lake City, June, 1904, 4. 0.
Garrett. NEVADA: Carson City, A. Gray; Soda Lake, August, 1867,
Watson, no. 20. Arizona: river bottom, Boyles, Goodding, no. 516.
CoaHuILa: Saltillo, May, 1898, Palmer, no. 178. San Luts Porost:
region of San Luis Potosi, 1878, Parry & Palmer, no. 3. DURANGO:
Durango, 1896, Palmer, no. 96. Mexico: near Mexico, May 15,
1865-66, Bourgeau, no. 2. CaniroRNtiA: Bear Valley, San Bernardino
Mts., June, 1886, Parish, no. 1788; Silver Canyon east of Laws, May
9, 1906, Heller, no. S213. Orecon: near Mitchell, May 15, 1885,
Howell, no. 322. WasHINGTON: near Sprague, Lincoln Co., June 3,
1893, Sandberg & Leiberg, no. 135; Rattlesnake Mts., June 15, 1901,
Cotton, no. 414.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

NEW ENGLAND DISTRIBUTION OF ILEX OPACA AND
ILEX GLABRA.

CLARENCE H. KNOWLTON.

IN travelling over southeastern. Massachusetts by winter and
summer, I have been much interested in the detailed distribution of
the two evergreen Ilices, [lex opaca and I. glabra, which somehow seem
quite exotic among our other New England plants. These two
species, along with Chamaedaphne, the Kalmias, and the isolated
Rhododendron maximum, are our only conspicuous broad-leaved ever-
greens.

According to Robinson's Flora of Essex County there were a few
scattered trees of Ilex opaca on Cape Ann at Rockport, but these
have been extinct since 1880, according to J. H. Sears, RHODORA x.
43. "This is an isolated station, however, for the general range of the
species is from Quincy, Holbrook, Hingham and Cohasset south to

164 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Buzzard’s Bay, Naushon Island, Dartmouth and Westport with
Bridgewater, Taunton, Somerset and Swansea for inland limits. In
some of the towns in this area it is abundant and fruits heavily; in
others there are only scattering, badly-hacked trees with sterile
flowers. The best trees I have seen are in Marion and Mattapoisett,
the largest about 2.5 dm. in diameter.

On Cape Cod it is known at Bourne (Cataumet), Sandwich and
Barnstable. I came across the last station, near Centreville, last
summer, and it contains about forty trees of various sizes, in rather
dry woods. Below this place it is not recorded, and on the lower Cape,
according to Messrs. F. S. Collins and W. P. Rich, it is not to be found.
In this connection it is interesting to know that according to Mourt's
Relation the Pilgrims found the holly growing in the open woods at
Provincetown when they first landed, Nov. 11, 1620, and later on
Dec. 18 at Plymouth, where it is still known. It is also found as a
rare plant on Nantucket. Removal of the woods and frequent fires,
as well as the desire for Christmas greens have doubtless contributed
to its disappearance.

In Rhode Island the holly is abundant at Tiverton, and occurs also
at Little Compton, Prudence and Conanicut Islands, South Scituate,
Coventry, and North and South Kingston, all in the southern third
of the State.

In Connecticut the species is decidedly rare, according to the State
Flora, (1910) occurring only in Waterford, Milford and Wolcott.
The authors say: “Escaped from cultivation or possibly native."

The range of Ilex glabra is very similar. At Magnolia swamp in
Gloucester, there is a very vigorous colony of it, growing with Smila-
cina trifolia and covering a considerable area. It is also reported from
Wenham and Rockport. Its next appearances are at the Blue Hills,
Hingham and Cohasset, thence southward to Buzzard's Bay and Nan-
tucket in the same area as Ilex opaca, but much more abundant. It
is decidedly abundant on Cape Cod, where it has escaped fires because
of its swampy habitat, and it flourishes even in Provincetown. In
Middleboro and Marion I have seen bushes 1.5 m. in height, but it is
usually much smaller.

In Rhode Island it is reported from Tiverton and from four stations
in Washington county. In Connecticut there are four stations in
New London county, and one at Guilford, some thirty miles to the
west,

1914] Fernald,— Variety of Polygonium cilinode 165

I have found no records from Martha's Vineyard for either species,
and they are not known on Block Island.

For Ilex opaca this area forms the extreme northeastern limit
of the species, which follows the coastal plain south to Florida, and
extends inland to Missouri. It prefers moist soil in woods, but is also
frequent southward on dry mountain slopes.

Ilex glabra finds its extreme northeastern limit in southwestern Nova
Scotia growing in the southern counties as far east as Halifax,! but
there is a gap of 275 miles between there and Cape Ann, with no
intervening stations. It follows the coast southward in swamps,
moist sand, and low woods, to Florida and Louisiana.

It is very interesting that these two allied species, with somewhat
different soil-preferences, should be so evenly distributed over the
same area in southeastern New England. Along with them here and
there are over a hundred other coastal-plain plants, many of which
find their northeastern limits here. The waterwashed glacial debris
found in these New England sand-plains and kames is sufficiently
like the recent coastal-plain further south, to furnish similar soil
conditions, while further north on the New England coast these condi-
tions disappear, and the plants with them.

For information in regard to these ranges I am indebted to Dr.
E. W. Sinnott, Messrs. A. C. Bent, S. N. F. Sanford and Professors
J. F. Collins and M. L. Fernald.

HiNGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

Tue West VIRGINIAN VARIETY OF POLYGONUM CILINODE.— Poly-
gonum cilinode Michx., one of the commonest plants of the Canadian
Zone, ranges from Newfoundland to Athabasca and south into the
Great Lake states, the mountains of Pennsylvania, and the cooler
districts of New England. South of the Pennsylvania mountains it is
very rare, but it has been reported as far south as North Carolina.
The only material seen by the writer, however, from south of Penn-
sylvania is Greenman’s No. 346 from Spruce Knob, West Virginia,
where the plant is localized, as indicated by the citation in Mills-
paugh's Living Flora of West Virginia (1913) of no other station in the
state. But besides its isolation on Spruce Knob, the West Virginian

1 Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. pt. 3, 503; Proc. & Trans. N. S. Inst. Sci. viii. 107.

166 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

plant has other points of interest. "Throughout its continuous range
in British America and the northern states P. cilinode has the stems
always puberulent and the lower surfaces of the leaves densely pilose;
but the Spruce Knob plant has its stems and leaves quite glabrous, or
the leaves rarely with a very sparse pubescence on the veins beneath.
The fruiting calyx is slightly shorter than is common in the northern
typical form, 3.5-4 mm. long; in the northern plant ordinarily 4—5
mm. long. And the achenes of the Spruce Knob plant are broadly
trigonous-obovoid or -subglobose and scarcely 3 mm. long; in the
northern pubescent plant usually more ellipsoid and from 3-4 mm.
long.

These characters, if constant, would indicate that the Spruce Knob
plant is specifically distinct; but an examination of 86 sheets of true
Polygonum cilinode shows that the pubescent plant sometimes has the
calyx and the achene quite as short and plump as in the West Vir-
ginian material. It seems wisest, then, to designate the southern
plant as

POLYGONUM CILINODE Michx., var. laevigatum, n. var., caule
glabro; foliis glabris vel subtus sparse pilosis: achaeniis late trigonis
obovoideis vel -subglobosis vix 3 mm. longis — West VIRGINIA:
Spruce Knob, 14 September, 1904, J. M. Greenman, no. 346 (TYPE in
Gray Herb.).— M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

AN UNWELCOME INVADER.— Another species of the weedy annual
brome grasses has entered the Manual region. This is Bromus
villosus Forsk. (B. maximus Desf.) which has appeared along the
railway at College Park, Maryland. Specimens were brought to the
National Herbarium by Mr. S. D. Gray in early June, and more
sent later by Professor J. B. S. Norton. This is one of the group of
Mediterranean species that today cover the overgrazed slopes and
valleys of southern California, often in favorable situations growing as
thickly as a field of grain. Bromus villosus and its variety Gussonei
Aschers. & Graebn. like their allies, B. madritensis L. and B. rubens L.,
are injurious to grazing animals, the long scabrous awns of the ripened
florets, scattered by the wind over the pastures, penetrating the tender
parts of the nose and mouth, often causing sores. If this species
spreads as rapidly in the eastern states as has its comparatively in-
offensive little relative B. tectorum it will probably soon be one of our
worst annual weeds.— Aanes CrasE, Department of Agriculture.

1914] Woodward,— Euphorbia Cyparissias 167

THE GLABROUS-LEAVED SWEET GALE.— In his Monographie des
Myricacées Dr. Auguste Chevalier treats the Sweet Gale, Myrica
Gale L. as a distinct genus Gale and divides the cireumpolar G. palus-
tris (Lam.) Chevalier into many varieties, six of which he credits to
North America. Most of the varieties seem to be of minor impor-
tance, based upon the toothing of leaves and slight variations of pu-
bescence, but one, his var. subglabra is better distinguished and has a
well defined geographie range. In typical Myrica Gale the leaves
are more or less pubescent, at least on the veins beneath. This shrub,
with pubescent leaves, is rather generally distributed in the cooler
regions of Eurasia and North America. The most pronounced de-
parture from it is the strictly North American

Myrica GALE L., var. subglabra (Chevalier), n. comb. Gale palus-
tris, var. subglabra Chevalier, Mon. Myric. 185 [reprint, 101] (1901).
Leaves glabrous or glabrate throughout.

Chevalier cites only four stations: in Labrador, Newfoundland,
Quebec and Maine; but var. subglabra 1s widely distributed from
Labrador to Lake Huron, south to New Jersey and Pennsylvania,
in some areas apparently quite replacing the more widely distributed
pubescent-leaved shrub.— M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

PANICUM WRIGHTIANUM IN Lone IstAND.— After the publication
of the revision of Panicum by Hitchcock & Chase (Contr. U. S. Nat.
Herb. Vol. 15. 1910) we found the name Panicum deminutiwum Peck
(Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 116. Bot. Vol. 10: 27. 1907) had been over-
looked. "Through the kindness of Dr. H. D. House, Assistant State
Botanist of New York, we have received a portion of the type specimen.
It proves to be Panicum wrightianum Scribn. The specimen was col-
lected by Professor C. H. Peck, Wading River (“Little Pond”),
N. Y. This Long Island station is the only one known in New York
for this species. It was found in Barnstable, Massachusetts in 1910
by C. H. Knowlton and in 1911 by E. W. Sinnott.— AGNES CHASE,
Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C.

STATION FOR FRUITING EUPHORBIA CyYPARISSIAS.— On the west
shore of New Haven Harbor, but within the borders of West Haven,
is an extensive station where Euphorbia Cyparissias fruits freely.

168 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

The species grows in colonies on a slightly elevated sandy plain, over
an area which I should estimate to be more than twenty-five acres.
These colonies are very numerous and some of them are quite large.
On June 9, 1914, practically all the colonies were loaded with fruit.
I collected from this station in 1903 but the specimens were destroyed
by accident a few years later. Plants collected in June, 1914, have
been deposited in the Gray Herbarium. "The West Haven Station,
reported by Mr. A. E. Blewitt (Rnopona 15:43), is apparently dis-
tinct from the present station, as extensive salt marshes, and a level
tract on which the species does not occur in noticeable quantity,
intervene between the two stations.— R. W. Woopwarp, New Haven,
Connecticut.

Vol. 16, no. 188, including pages 137 to 152, was issued 17 August, 1914.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 16. October, 1914. No. 190.

SOME WILLOWS OF BOREAL AMERICA.
M. L. FERNALD.

Tue genus Salix, as it occurs in the “ Manual region” of the eastern
United States and adjacent Canada, is well understood and its species
within this range are comparatively few in number. Farther to the
northeast, however, in the calcareous and magnesian districts border-
ing on the lower St. Lawrence and the cold northern half of the Gulf,
i. e., the region embracing the Gaspé Peninsula, Anticosti, the Mingan
Islands, western Newfoundland and southeastern Labrador, the genus
is very largely developed and we are only beginning to realize the great
number of peculiar species which characterize this area. Several of
them,— S. fuscescens Anderss., S. desertorum Richardson, S. calcicola
Fernald & Wiegand, S. vestita Pursh, and S. reticularis L.— are of
wider northern range; but some others,— S. obtusata Fernald, S.
latiuscula Anderss., S. laurentiana Fernald and S. chlorolepis Fernald —
are apparently endemic to the region. "These, however, represent
only a minor portion of the willow-species of the area. Every season
of active field-work adds to the number, and we now know from the
district nearly forty species, twenty well-defined varieties, and numer-
ous hybrids of Saliz. When the vastness and diversity of the region
is considered, together with the fact that only a few scattered localities
have been visited by a botanist (and at many of these no willows have
been collected), it is evident that scarcely more than a beginning has
been made in bringing together from the region a representative col-
lection of the willows. The species of certain sections of the genus
still await detailed study, but in attempting to settle the identity of
the species belonging in other sections it has been found necessary to

170 Rhodora [OcTOBER

characterize some as new. Certain others, as yet known only from
foliage-specimens, seem to be unique; but these are naturally reserved
for further study when flowering or fruiting material has been secured.

SALIX MYRTILLIFOLIA Anderss. The complex of British American
and Rocky Mountain shrubs passing as S. novae-angliae Anderss. or as
S. pseudo-myrsinites Anderss. is at present inadequately represented in
herbaria, but, if one may judge from the material now available, they
all belong to one general specific type. It is hardly correct, however,
to use for the species, as we have recently done, the name S. pseudo-
myrsinites or, as was done a generation ago, the name S. novae-angliac.
Andersson, who described numerous minor variants of this group,
named and renamed the same shrubs in a perplexing fashion. The
first publication of any distinctive names for these northern shrubs
was by Andersson, who, in 1858 (Ofvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Fórh. Arg.
15. No. 3, pp. 129, 130) credited the Old World S. myrsinites with two
American subspecies: S. myrsinites, 1. S. pseudo-myrsinites Andersson,
" Hab. ’on the grand rapid of Sascatchavan, et in’ Rocky mountains' ;"
and S. myrsinites, 2. S. curtiflora Andersson, “Hab. ’Fort Franklin,
Mackenzieriver, Richardson’;” while on a succeeding page (132) he
published the closely related S. myrtillifolia as a fully ranking new
species from "Rocky mountains, east side, low situations."

Of these three plants there is in the Gray Herbarium a cotype of S.
myrsinites, 1. S. pseudo-myrsinites, labeled by Andersson himself and
closely agreeing with the original description in having the conic-
subulate capsules pedicelled (the mature pedicels nearly equaling or
slightly exceeding the pale brown scales). This authentic material
is well matched by fruiting specimens from the eastern watershed of the
continent — such plants as Fernald & Wiegand's no. 3161 from Blanc
Sablon, Labrador; material collected by Macoun on July 30, 1869, on
Pic River, Ontario; and M. A. Barber's no. 281 from alt. 6000 ft.,
Banff, Alberta; but many of the foliage-specimens referred to S.
pseudo-myrsinites and all the material so-called from west of the
Rocky Mountain system seem to be different. Of the other two
plants, S. myrsinites, 2. S. curtiflora and S. myrtillifolia, only unveri-
fied and inadequate material has been seen, although in the Gray
Herbarium there is a fragmentary specimen collected by Richardson
at Fort Franklin and seemingly a cotype of S. myrsinites, 2. S.
curtiflora, but labeled by Andersson S. myrtillifolia.

In his later publications, his Monographia Salicum and his treatment

1914] Fernald,— Some Willows of boreal America 171

of the genus in De Candolle's Prodromus, Andersson threw all three
together as one species distinct from S. myrsinites and rechristened
S. novae-angliae “ Hab. in America septentrionali ad fl. Saskatchavan,
et in Montibus petrosis summis." ! As treated in the Monographia,
S. novae-angliae consisted of three subspecies: S. novae-angliae, 1.
S. pseudo-myrsinites, based on the former S. myrsinites, 1. S. pseudo-
myrsinites, and made in the Monographia to consist of three defined
forms; S. novae-angliae, 2. S. pseudo-cordata, based on the earlier S.
myrsiniles, 2. S. curtiflora; and S. novae-angliae, 3. S. myrtillifolia,
based upon the older species, S. myrtillifolia. In DeCandolle's Pro-
dromus, however, with the title-page indicating publication earlier
than the Monographia but containing exact page-citations of the
latter work and consequently of presumably later date, S. novae-
angliae (from “America boreali anglica,” ? etc.) is kept up and the
numbered subspecies of the Monograph are treated as varieties (desig-
nated, according to the instructions of the DeCandollean code, by
Greek letters); S. novae-angliae, a, pseudo-myrsinites, B, pseudo-
cordata, and y, myrtillifolia.

All this, of course, is very perplexing, but it is evident that in his
mature judgment Andersson considered all three shrubs as belonging
to one North American species. The material which seems to belong
in these three categories is certainly too difficult of separation, and
after prolonged study the writer is satisfied to accept the conclusion
of Andersson, and later of Bebb, that they are all one species. Further-
more, there can be no question that Bebb's further conclusion is cor-
rect, that for the species "S. myrtillifolia is the oldest (and best)
name"? for S. myrtillifolia was published as a true species in 1858,
six years before the publication of S. novae-angliae, while the name
S. pseudo-myrsinites, though of binomial form, was published and in-
tended by Andersson not as the name of a fully ranking species
but of a subspecies, and later of a variety.

Throughout its range, from southern Labrador, northern Newfound-
land and the Gaspé Peninsula to the northern Rocky Mountains, S.
myrtillifolia is fairly constant in having the foliage green on both
surfaces or merely a little paler beneath and in having the more or less
pediceled capsules slenderly conic-subulate and subtended by brownish

! Anderss. Mon. Sal. 160 (1865?).
? Anderss. in DC. Prodr. xvi. pt. 2, 253 (1864).
* Bebb, Bot. Gaz. xv. 54 (1890).

172 Rhodora [OCTOBER

or fuscous scales. On mossy knolls of the limestone tableland of
Table Mountain on Port à Port Bay in western Newfoundland, a low
shrub closely agreeing with S. myrtillifolia in foliage, aments, etc.,
departs from the general tendencies of the species in having the foliage
conspicuously whitened beneath, the scales of the ament black, and
the capsules sessile or subsessile and of a conic-ovoid outline. These
characters would, at first sight, seem to constitute a good species, but
in the series of specimens of S. myrtillifolia from across the continent
one or another of these exceptional characters occasionally appears
in otherwise good S. myrtillifolia and it is, therefore, most satisfactory
to treat the Table Mountain shrub as a very extreme variety of a
widely distributed species. It may be called

S. MYRTILLIFOLIA Anderss., var. brachypoda, n. var., frutex caes-
pitosus trunco subterraneo prostrato usque 1 cm. diametro, ramis
assurgentibus 1-3 dm. altis, cortice brunneo, ramulis puberulis;
foliis oblongis vel obovato-oblongis obtusiusculis crebre crenatis
1-3.5 cm. longis 0.4-1.6 cm. latis utrinque glaberrimis planis supra
viridibus lucidis reticulato-venosis subtus glauco-albescentibus ex-
siccatione nigrescentibus, petiolis 1-2 mm. longis; stipulis nullis;
amentis fructiferis 1.5-2.5 cm. longis 0.8-1 cm. crassis foliis parvis
1-3 suffultis, pedunculo rhachique albo-villosis; squamis atris
oblongis obtusis villosis vel glabratis 1-1.5 mm. longis; capsulis
conico-ovoideis glabris fulvescentibus 4-6 mm. longis subsessilibus,
stylo 0.5-1 mm. longo, stigmatibus brevibus divergentibus, nectario
minuto.

Caespitose shrub with subterranean prostrate trunk up to 1 cm. in
diameter; branches assurgent, 1-3 dm. high, with brown bark; the
branchlets puberulent: leaves oblong or obovate-oblong, obtusish,
closely crenate, 1-3.5 cm. long, 0.4-1.6 cm. wide, glabrous on both
surfaces, flat, the upper surface green, shining and reticulate-veined,
the lower glaucous-whitened, quickly blackening in drying, petioles
1-2 mm. long: stipules none: fruiting aments 1.5-2.5 em. long, 0.8-
1 em. thick, subtended by 1-3 small leaves; peduncle and rhachis
white-villous: scales black, oblong, obtuse, villous or glabrate, 1—
1.5 mm. long: capsules conic-ovoid, glabrous, reddish-yellow, 4—6 mm.
long, subsessile; style 0.5-1 mm. long; stigmas entire, divergent;
nectary minute.— NEWFOUNDLAND: mossy knolls on the limestone
tableland, altitude 200-300 m., Table Mountain, Port à Port Bay,
July 17, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10,822 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

SALIX cryptodonta, n. sp., frutex 3-4 m. altus, ramis fuscis lucidis,
ramulis tenuibus albido-tomentosis; foliis crassiusculis utrinque sub-
rugosis oblongo-lanceolatis 3-5 cm. longis 1-2 em. latis acuminatis
basi rotundatis margine revolutis adpresse vel obscure crenatis,

1914] Fernald,— Some Willows of boreal America 173

dentibus glanduligeris, supra viridibus opacis plus minusve tomentu-
losis subtus cinereo-tomentosis, petiolis tomentosis 2-4 mm. longis;
stipulis semi-ovatis vel lanceolatis glanduloso-serratis; amentis fruc-
tiferis pedunculatis crasse cylindricis 2-2.7 cm. longis 1.3-1.5 cm.
crassis densifloris, pedunculo foliis instructo; squamis fulvis lineari-
oblongis 3 mm. longis apice pilosis, pilis 1-1.5 mm. longis; capsulis
conico-subulatis S-10 mm. longis cinereo-tomentosis, stylo vix 1 mm.
longo, stigmatibus bifidis divergentibus, pedicello nectarium multo
superante quam squama vix breviori.

Shrub 3-4 m. high; branches fuscous, shining; branchlets slender,
white-tomentose: leaves thickish, somewhat rugose on both sides,
oblong-lanceolate, 3-5 cm. long, 1-2 em. wide, acuminate, rounded at
base; margin revolute, appressed-crenate, the teeth gland-tipped;
upper surface green, opaque and more or less tomentulose; lower
surface ashy-tomentose; petioles tomentose, 2-4 mm. long: stipules
semi-ovate or lanceolate, glandular-serrate: fruiting aments peduncled:
thick-cylindrie, 2-2.7 em. long, 1.3-1.5 em. thick, densely flowered;
the peduncle leafy: scales reddish-yellow, linear-oblong, 3 mm. long,
the apex pilose with hairs 1-1.5 mm. long: capsules conic-subulate,
8-10 mm. long, ashy-tomentose; style barely 1 mm. long; stigmas
bifid, divergent; ee much longer than the nectary and barely
shorter th: NEWFOUNDLAND: by rapids below Seal Pond,
Birchy Pond Stream, East Branch of the Humber, July 14, 1910,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4264.

Nearest related, apparently, to S. californica Bebb, but with shorter
aments, paler and narrower scales, longer capsules, much longer pedi-
cels, and the more tomentose leaves with less numerous glandular
teeth. Slightly suggesting S. candida Fliigge but with more slender
branches, more rugose and shorter leaves with looser and less whitened
tomentum, gland-tipped teeth, longer pale scales, and longer capsules
and pedicels.

SaLix glaucophylloides, n. sp., frutex mediocris vel altus vel arbor
humilis usque 5 m. altus; ramulis glabris vel griseo- puberulis glabra-
tisque, pilo rare persistente, cortice plus minusve castaneo; foliis
oblongis vel lanceolatis, maturis subcoriaceis 3.5-12 cm. longis 1.5-6
em. latis apice acutis vel subacutis basi cordatis vel rotundatis vel
angustatis utrinque glaberrimis planis supra viridibus sublucidis
subtus glauco-albescentibus exsiccatione nigrescentibus margine
crebre crenatis vel erenato-serratis, serraturis glanduligeris, petiolis
3-12 mm. longis; stipulis semicordatis argute serratis plerumque
persistentibus; amentis fructiferis 2-4 (—5) em. longis 1-1.5 em. crassis
foliis parvis 3-5 suffultis; pedunculo rhachique albido-piloso, pilis
minutis; squamis brunneis vel fuscis obovatis vel oblongis obtusis
1.5-2 mm. longis albido-pilosis, pilis 1.5-2.5 mm. longis; capsulis
conico-subulatis rostratis glabris 4-7 mm. longis basi cordatis, stylo

174 Rhodora [OCTOBER

tenue 1-1.5 mm. longo, stigmatibus adscendentibus brevibus bifidis,
pedicello nectarium duplo-triplo superante quam squama breviori.

Medium-sized or large shrub or small tree up to 5 m. high; branches
glabrous or grayish-puberulent and finally glabrate, the pubescence
rarely persistent; cortex more or less castaneous: leaves oblong or
lanceolate, the mature subcoriaceous, 3.5-12 cm. long, 1.5-6 cm. wide,
acute or subacute, cordate, rounded or rarely narrowed at base;
glabrous on both surfaces, plane, green and somewhat lustrous above,
glaucous-whitened beneath, blackening in drying, the margin closely
crenate or crenate-serrate with gland-tipped teeth; petioles 3-12 mm.
long: stipules semi-cordate, coarsely serrate, usually persistent:
fruiting aments 2—4 (-5) em. long, 1-1.5 em. thick, subtended by 3-5
small leaves: peduncle and rhachis white-pilose with minute hairs:
scales brown or fuscous, obovate or oblong, obtuse, 1.5-2 mm. long,
white-pilose with hairs 1.5-2.5 mm. long: capsules conic-subulate,
beaked, glabrous, 4-7 mm. long, cordate at base; style slender, 1-1.5
mm. long; stigmas ascending, short, bifid; pedicel 2-3 times as long
as the nectary and shorter than the scale.— Alluvial shores and
calcareous slopes, Newfoundland, Quebec, New Brunswick and Maine.
NEWFOUNDLAND: banks of Humber River between Mt. Musgrave
and Humber Mouth, July 15, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge,
no. 3153; gravelly thickets along Harry's River, August 18, 1910,
Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 3154 & 3155 (twigs pubescent), 3156 (mature
leaves lanceolate, narrowed at base; leaves of sucker-shoots ovate-
oblong, cordate); near the gypsum quarry at mouth of Romain's
Brook, Bay St. George, August 15, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge,
no. 3157 (trees); damp bushy ravines and brooksides in the limestone
tableland, Table Mountain, Port à Port Bay, August 16, 1910, Fernald,
Wiegand & Kittredge, nos. 3158, 3159, July 16 & 17, 1914, Fernald &
St. John, nos. 10,819 (TYPE in Gray Herb.), 10,820, 10,821. QUEBEC:
gravel beaches near the mouth of Dartmouth River, August 26 & 27,
1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; banks of the Grand River (Gaspé Co.),
June 30-July 3, 1904 (several leaf-variants), Fernald; alluvial soil,
mouth of Port Daniel River, July 30, 1902, Williams & Fernald;
gravelly beaches and flats of Bonaventure River, July 5, 6 & 8, 1904,
Collins, Fernald & Pease; Arbor Vitae swamp near mouth of Bona-
venture River, July 31, 1902, Williams & Fernald; island at mouth of
Little Cascapedia River, July 28, 1904, A. S. Pease; alluvium of
Nouvelle River, July 19 & 20, 1904, Collins & Fernald; bank of
Restigouche River, Matapedia, June 28, 1904, Fernald; banks of
Matane River, August 5, 1904, F. F. Forbes; vicinity of Montmorenci
Falls, August 7, 1902, Williams & Fernald, July 30, 1905, J. Macoun,
no. 68,792. New Brunswick: beach of Aroostook River, Four
Falls, August 14, 1901, Fernald. Martner: abundant on beach of St.
John River, Fort Kent, June 16, 1898, Fernald, nos. 2471, 2472; beach
of Aroostook River, Fort Fairfield, September, 1896, September 19,
1900, June 6, 1901, Fernald.

1914] Fernald,— Some Willows of boreal America 175

A very common riparian species in the calcareous districts from
Aroostook County, Maine, and adjacent Quebec to Newfoundland,
which has been mistaken at various times and in various states of
development for S. glaucophylla Bebb and S. Barclayi Anderss. It is
the northeastern shrub which was included in the 7th edition of Gray's
Manual under S. glaucophylla. That species, which is apparently
confined to the sands of the Great Lakes, is quite as variable as 5.
glaucophylloides in its foliage, but in S. glaucophylla this is very much
heavier or thicker than in the more eastern shrub. In S. glaucophylla,
furthermore, the fruiting aments are much larger, 5.5-8 cm. long, 1.8-
2.5 cm. thick; the pubescence of the peduncle and rhachis longer and
denser; the scales more copiously long-villous; the capsules longer,
8-10 mm. long, and obliquely rounded, not cordate, at base; and the
pedicels distinctly exceeding the scales and many times longer than the
nectaries.

Salix Barclayi, a species of extreme northwestern America, for
which foliage-specimens of S. glaucophylloides have been mistaken,
differs in its less toothed leaves, much longer scales (with the silky
beard nearly equaling the capsules), the shorter pedicels, and the
longer stigmas. The Newfoundland S. latiuscula Anderss., which has
also been confused with S. Barclagyi, has densely sericeous-tomentose
capsules and remarkably long reflexed stigmas, much longer than in
any other species known to the writer, and its foliage is not conspic-
uously glaucous beneath.

SaLIX paraleuca, n. sp., frutex 3-4 m. altus, ramis fuscis sublucidis,
ramulis cinereo-pilosis glabratisque; foliis oblanceolatis vel oblanceo-
lato-oblongis subcoriaceis planis juvenilibus rufo-pilosis, maturis
glabris 3.5-7.5 cm. longis 1.3-2.2 cm. latis supra viridibus lucidis subtus
glauco-albescentibus apice subacutis basi attenuatis margine crenato-
dentatis, dentibus glanduligeris, petiolo griseo-piloso 4-6 mm. longo;
stipulis nullis; amentis fructiferis breviter pedunculatis 2-2.5 cm.
longis 7-8 mm. crassis, pedunculo 2-3 mm. longis 1-2 foliis instructis
valde albido-pilosis, pilis 1-2 mm. longis; squamis oblongo-ovatis
obtusis 2 mm. longis atris albido-pilosis, pilis 2-2.5 mm. longis;
capsulis conico-cylindricis obtusis 3.5-4 mm. longis cinereo-tomentosis,
stylo tenui 0.5 mm. longo, stigmatibus valde bifidis adscendentibus,
pedicello 0.7 mm. longo nectarium duplo superante.

Shrub 3-4 m. high; branches fuscous, somewhat shining; branch-
lets ashy-pilose and glabrate: leaves oblanceolate or oblanceolate-
oblong, subcoriaceous, flat, the young reddish-pilose, the mature
glabrous, 3.5-7.5 cm. long, 1.3-2.2 cm. wide, green and shining above,
glaucous-whitened beneath, subacute at apex, attenuate at base; the

176 Rhodora [OcroBER

margin crenate-dentate, with gland-tipped teeth; petiole ashy-pilose,
4-6 mm. long: stipules none: fruiting aments short-peduncled, 2-2.5
em. long, 7-8 mm. thick; peduncle 2-3 mm. long, bearing 1 or 2
leaves, very white-pilose with hairs 1-2 mm. long: scales oblong-ovate,
obtuse, 2 mm. long, black, white-pilose with hairs 2-2.5 mm. long:
capsules conic-cylindrie, obtuse, 3.5-4 mm. long, ashy-tomentose;
style slender, 0.5 mm. long; stigmas strongly bifid, ascending; pedi-
cel 0.7 mm. long, twice as long as the nectary.— QuEBEC: banks of the
Grand River, Gaspé County, June 20-July 3, 1904, Fernald (TYPE
in Gray Herb.).

Nearest related, apparently, to the complex known as S. phylicifolia
L.; but distinguished by the obviously crenate-dentate leaves with
their very glaucous lower surfaces and their characteristic pubescence,
as well as by the very short blunt capsules which, in form, suggest
those of S. sericea, to which S. paraleuca has no close affinity.

SaLIX stenocarpa, n. sp., frutex altus, ramis castaneis lucidis
ramulis pilosis glabratisque; foliis oblanceolatis planis, juvenilibus
albido-villosis glabratis 4-10 em. longis 1.5-3 em. latis supra viridibus
sublucidis ad nervum albido-pilosis subtus glauco-albidis apice acu-
minatis basi attenuatis vel rotundatis margine undulato-dentatis,
dentibus glanduligeris, petiolo piloso 4-10 mm. longo; stipulis subreni-
formibus; amentis fructiferis pedunculatis laxis 2.5-3.5 em. longis
8-10 mm. crassis, pedunculo 8-10 mm. longis 3-5 foliis parvis
instructis breviter tomentosis; squamis anguste oblongis obtusis 2.5-3
mm. longis fulvis albido-pilosis, pilis circa 1 mm. longis; capsulis
subulato-attenuatis 4-5 mm. longis albido-tomentosis, stylo vix 1 mm.
longo, stigmatibus stylum aequantibus integris, pedicello vix 0.5 mm.
longo nectarium paulo superante.

Tall shrub; the branches castaneous and shining; the branchlets
pilose, finally glabrate: leaves oblanceolate, flat; the young white-
villous, glabrate, 4-10 em. long, 1.5-3 em. wide, green and somewhat
shining above, white-pilose along the midrib, glaucous-whitened be-
neath, apex acuminate, base narrowed or rounded, margin undulate-
dentate with gland-tipped teeth; petiole pilose, 4-10 mm. long;
stipules subreniform: fruiting aments peduncled, loose, 2.5-3.5 em.
long, 8-10 em. thick; peduncle 8-10 mm. long, bearing 3-5 small
leaves, short-tomentose: scales narrowly oblong, obtuse, 2.5-3 mm.
long, yellow-brown, white-pilose with hairs about 1 mm. long: cap-
sules subulate-attenuate, 4-5 mm. long, white-tomentose; style barely
1 mm. long; stigmas equaling the style, entire; pedicel barely 0.5 mm.
long, a little longer than the nectary.— QuEBEc: ledgy banks of
Restigouche River, Matapedia, June 28, 1904, Fernald (rype in
Gray Herb.).

Related to S. paraleuca, but differing in its more elongate shallowly
toothed leaves, (when young with characteristic white pubescence), the

1914] Fernald,— Some Willows of boreal America 177

longer-peduncled and more slender aments, the longer yellowish scales,
the more slender and pointed capsules and the entire stigmas. From
S. phylicifolia distinguished by the pubescence of the much longer
leaves, the shorter capsules, and the entire stigmas.

SALIX ROSTRATA Richardson, var. capreifolia, n. var., frutex altus
vel arbor mediocris usque 4 m. altus, ramulis crassis dense canescento-
tomentosis, tomento persistente; foliis ovatis vel late ellipticis vel
obovatis subtus valde cinereo-tomentosis tomento persistente; amen-
tis els formae typicae similibus.

Tall shrub or small tree, up to 4 m. high; branchlets thick, densely
canescent-tomentose, with persistent tomentum: leaves ovate, broadly
elliptic or obovate, very cinereous-tomentose beneath with persistent
tomentum: aments similar to those of the typical form of the species.—
Newfoundland, eastern Quebec and Nova Scotia. NEWFOUNDLAND:
Fogo Island, July 27, 1903, J. D. Sornborger; cool thicket, Western
Bay, Conception Bay, August 21, 1914, G. S. Torrey; thicket, St.
John’s, August 1, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5261; gravelly strand,
Southeast Arm, Bonne Bay, August 31, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
3181; calcareous gravelly terrace, Port & Port, August 16, 1910,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4259. QueEBEC: cold limestone cliffs, Percé,
August 16 & 19, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; caleareous sea-cliffs,
Tourelle, August 19-21, 1905, Collins & Fernald (TYPE in Gray Herb.).
Nova Scotia: roadside, Pictou, July 13, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no.
11,023.

In typical S. rostrata Richardson (S. Bebbiana Sargent) the new
branchlets are pubescent at tip, but the pubescence is early deciduous;
and the leaves, varying from ovate-oblong to oblanceolate, lose much
of their pubescence in age, becoming glabrate or only sparsely pubes-
cent but obviously veiny beneath. In the common Rocky Mountain
representative of the species, S. rostrata, var. perrostrata, n. comb.,=
S. perrostrata Rydberg, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. ii. 163 (1901), the leaves
are less rugose or almost plane and glabrate in age, and the branchlets
glabrous or quickly glabrate. And in the largest extreme of the spe-
cies, var. luxurians Fernald, Ruopora, ix. 223 (1907), with the large
capsules (9-12 mm. long) on pedicels 5-8.5 mm. long, the branchlets
are as pubescent as in var. capreifolia, but the very large leaves are
sparingly pubescent or glabrescent and as little rugose as in var. per-
rostrata. The var. capreifolia presents the most extreme develop-
ment of pubescence in the species and may prove to be the same as
S. vagans, 1. S. rostrata, forma latifolia Anderss., Mon. Sal. 88 (1865)
described from Vancouver Island, while var. perrostrata shows the
opposite tendency. In its foliage var. capreifolia so closely simulates

178 . Rhodora [OCTOBER

the European S. caprea that foliage-specimens of the two can be
readily distinguished only by the more tomentose branchlets of the
newly proposed variety.

Another very extreme variant, apparently of S. rcstrata, is a large
shrub or small tree of western Newfoundland, which is quite as pubes-
cent as var. capreifolia but has remarkably slender and elongate fruit-
ing aments, long scales and comparatively short pedicels. When
better known this may prove to be a distinct species but for the present
it is proposed as l

S. ROSTRATA, var. projecta, n. var., frutex altus vel arbor mediocris;
ramulis crassis dense canescento-tomentosis, tomento persistente;
foliis elliptico-ovatis vel oblongis obtusis vel subacutis, junioribus
utrinque dense tomentosis paulo glanduloso-serratis; amentis fruc-
tiferis 6-8 cm. longis 1-1.5 cm. crassis; squamis fulvis lineari-oblongis
obtusis leviter pilosis 3-4 mm. longis; capsulis lanceolato-subulatis
dense villosis 5-6 mm. longis, pedicellis dense villosis 2-3.5 mm. longis.

Tall shrub or small tree, with stout densely cinereous-tomentose
branchlets; the tomentum persistent: leaves elliptic-ovate or oblong,
obtuse or subacute, the young densely tomentose upon both surfaces,
sparingly glandular-serrate: fruiting aments 6-8 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm.
thick: scales light brown, linear-oblong, obtuse, slightly pilose, 3—4
mm. long: capsules lance-subulate, densely villous, 5-6 mm. long;
pedicel densely villous, 2-3.5 mm. long.— NEWFOUNDLAND: woods,
Wild Cove (south of Bay of Islands), June 11, 1896, A. C. Waghorne
(TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Differing from all the described varieties of S. rostrata in the slender
elongate ament, the long scales, the short capsules and the pedicels
shorter than the scales; in S. rostrata and its described varieties the
scales being 1-3 mm. long, the capsules 5-12 mm. long, and the mature
pedicels 3-8 mm. long and very distinctly exceeding the scales.

SALIX leiolepis, n. sp., frutex depressus, trunco ramisque subter-
raneis repentibus, ramulis assurgentibus 3-10 cm. altis pallidis glabris
apice folijferis; foliis crassis elliptico-rotundatis 0.7-2 cm. longis 0.5-1.4
cm. latis supra viridibus glabris impresse nervosis subtus glauco- pallidis
reticulato-venosis glabris vel juvenilibus sericeo-tomentosis glabratis-
que, margine integerrimis vel crenatis paulo revolutis, petiolis glabris
1-4 mm. longis; gemmis terminalibus olivaceis glabris anguste ellip-
soideis obtusis 4-5 mm. longis 1.5-2.5 mm. crassis; amentis terminali-
bus breve pedunculatis, fructiferis densifloris ellipsoideis 5-11 mm.
longis, pedunculis 1-2.5 mm. longis glabris; squamis olivaceis vel
fulvescentibus rotundato-obovatis glabris 1 mm. longis; capsulis
subsessilibus conico-ovoideis obtusis 3.5-4.5 mm. longis glabris pur-
purascentibus, stylo brevissimo stigmatibus divergentibus bifidis,
nectarii laciniis 2 filiformibus 1 mm. longis.

1914] Woodward,— Forms of Arenaria lateriflora 179

Depressed shrub with subterranean repent trunk and branches;
the assurgent branchlets 3-10 cm. high, pale, glabrous, leafy at the tip:
leaves thick, elliptic-rotund, 0.7-2 em. long, 0.5-1.4 em. wide, green
and glabrous above, with impressed nerves, glaucous-whitened beneath
and reticulate-veiny and glabrous, or the young silky-tomentose and
glabrate; the margin entire or crenate, somewhat revolute; petioles
glabrous 1-4 mm. long: terminal buds olive, glabrous, narrowly
ellipsoid, obtuse, 4-5 mm. long, 1.5-2.5 mm. thick: aments terminal,
short-peduncled; the fruiting densely flowered, ellipsoid, 5-11 mm. long;
the peduncle 1-2.5 mm. long, glabrous: scales olive or somewhat red-
dish-yellow, rounded-obovate, glabrous, 1 mm. long: capsules subses-
sile, conic-ovoid, obtuse, 3.5-4.5 mm. long, glabrous, purplish; style
very short, the divergent stigmas 2-cleft; the prongs of the nectary
2, filiform, 1 mm. long.— NEWFOUNDLAND: mossy knolls on the
limestone tableland, altitude 200-300 m., Table Mountain, Port à
Port Bay, July 17, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10,825 (TYPE in
Gray Herb.).

In habit and foliage closely simulating S. reticularis L. and the most
dwarfed alpine extreme of S. vestita Pursh; but differing from both
in the glabrous scales and capsules; also from S. reticularis in its short
peduncles and thick fruiting aments, and from S. vestita, which is the
most abundant willow of Table Mountain, in its glabrous or quickly
glabrate foliage and the smaller and more slender glabrous greenish
terminal buds, the terminal buds of S. vestita being obovoid, pubescent
and reddish and measuring 6-11 mm. long by 3-5 mm. thick.

Gray HERBARIUM.

FORMS OF ARENARIA LATERIFLORA.
R. W. WOODWARD.

In a former article (RHODORA, 15: 209) the writer called attention to
two forms of Arenaria lateriflora occurring in Southern New England,
a large-flowered form with long filaments and well developed anther-
cells, and a second form having shorter petals and imperfectly devel-
oped anther-cells borne on very short filaments. Further observations
the past summer indicate that the anther-cells of the second form are
destitute of pollen. The two forms may be characterized as follows.

Petals averaging 7.5 mm. in length: filaments about twice the length

180 Rhodora [OCTOBER

of the calyx, equalling or exceeding the styles; anther-cells plump,
0.75 mm. long, with copious pollen; calyx 2.5 mm. long. This plant
fruits regularly.

Petals averaging 4 mm. in length: filaments shorter than, or barely
equalling the calyx, often hidden within it; anther-cells shrunken,
0.25 mm. long, without pollen: this plant is dependent upon the
other for pollination, and may, or may not, develop fruit according to
circumstances.

Neither form appears to fruit freely, and a vigorous individual does
not, as a rule, ripen more than one or two capsules. Both forms show
a marked tendency to grow in colonies, consisting exclusively of one
form of plant, but neighboring colonies do not vary greatly in fruitful-
ness, whether consisting of the large-, or small-flowered variety. Men-
tion was made in the previous article of an extensive station in dry,
open woods in Franklin, Connecticut, where the small-flowered form
seemed to be the only one present and yet fruited well. The writer
has since been able to locate several small colonies of the plant with
large flowers in the same woods. It is unusual in Franklin to find the
latter form in dry soil, as it exhibits a decided preference for meadow
lands. Both forms fruit about alike in these woods. But there is a
marked difference at another Franklin station, a wet meadow with a
border of dry gravel. In the meadow the large-flowered Arenaria is
abundant and unusually fruitful. On the gravel, however, where the
small-flowered Arenaria is even more abundant, one needs to search a
long time to find a fruiting capsule. This may be due to interference
with insect visitations by the dense growth of grass, which springs up
on the meadow in early June, and soon overtops and conceals the
smaller plants at its base.

In an interesting paper on A. lateriflora in Ruopora for March,
1914, Mr. Wilhelm Suksdorf suggests that the long-stamened flower
is not fertile and that the two forms are the two sexes of a dioecious
species. Very likely the species may prove to be dioecious in some
localities, but such have not come under the writers observation.
During the past summer he carefully marked many plants with long-
stamened flowers and these uniformly produced seeds which appear
to be normal. A suite of specimens has been deposited in the Gray
Herbarium.

New Haven, CONNECTICUT.

1914] Fernald and St. John,— Hieracium scabrum 181

THE VARIETIES OF HIERACIUM SCABRUM.
M. L. FERNALD AND Hanorp Sr. JOHN.

On the Magdalen Islands and on Sable Island plants clearly allied
to the continental Hieracium scabrum Michaux depart in some char-
acters from the typical H. scabrum, as shown by Michaux's type mate-
rial and by the common plant extending from Lake Mistassini to the
mountains of North Carolina. In true H. scabrum the lower internodes
of the stem, the petioles, and the midribs (beneath) are conspicuously
clothed with long slender, often sordid, trichomes 2-3 mm. in length,
while the upper surface of the leaf bears somewhat scattered trichomes
(on the median cauline leaves 0.5-2. mm. long). The branches of the
inflorescence and the peduncles are more or less tomentose and heavily
beset with dark stipitate glands, but neither the tomentum nor the
glands extend to the lower half of the plant.

In the Sable Island plant the stem lacks the elongate trichomes and
is covered, often from base to summit, by a dense pannose white
tomentum. Numerous short stiff trichomes, barely 1 mm. in length,
are mixed with the characteristic glands, while both surfaces of the
leaf are glabrous except for minute, commonly gland-tipped hairs.
In the branches of its inflorescence and its involucre the Sable Island
plant closely matches dwarfed, but large-headed, plants of H. scabrum
and in its fruit-characters seems inseparable from that species.

On the Magdalen Islands true H. scabrum occurs, but the distinctive
plant of the region differs in having the lower half of the stem and the
leaves nearly glabrous or at most with very short sparse trichomes
(not exceeding 0.5 mm. in length) often mingled with scattered glands.
A similar and apparently indistinguishable plant is represented in the
Gray Herbarium from other sections of eastern Quebec and from north-
central Maine, where it has been collected with typical H. scabrum,
while all the material seen by us from the north side of Lake Superior
and the Keweenaw Peninsula of Michigan is of this extreme variant.

In the course of this study a singular plant from Athens, Illinois, has
attracted our attention and seems to represent another extreme of
H. scabrum, in this case tending to an excessive development of slender
trichomes. In the Athens plant the sordid trichomes of the lower
half of the stem, the midribs, and both leaf-surfaces are almost uni-

182 Rhodora [OCTOBER

formly developed, those on the upper surface of the median cauline
leaves being 3-5 mm. long.

In their extremes these four variants appear so different that they
might, to some botanists, seem to be distinct species; but in the essen-
tial characters of the inflorescence, including the involucre and achenes,
they appear inseparable, and their differential characteristics are
merely somewhat localized recombinations of a series of variable ten-
dencies of the pubescence. As geographic varieties, however, they
are very definite and we propose those heretofore unnamed as

HIERACUM SCABRUM Michx., var. leucocaule, n. var., humile 1-2.5
dm. altum multis cum foliis; caule prope apicem et saepius per totam
longitudinem cum tomento denso et albo tecto et cum glandulis atris
stipitatisque instructo; foliis 15-25 coarctatis oblongis vel elliptico-
obovatis, superioribus gradatim minoribus, foliis mediis caulinis 2-5 em.
longis, utrinque brevissime glanduloso-pilosis infra costa hispidis cum
pilis 0.5 mm. longis vel saepe brevioribus quibus cum glandulis stipi-
tatis mixtis. l

Low, 1-2.5 dm. high, very leafy: stem invested toward the sum-
mit and more often throughout with dense white tomentum mixed
with dark stipitate glands: leaves 15-25, crowded, oblong or elliptic-
obovate, gradually diminishing upward, the median cauline ones 2-5
cm. long, both surfaces minutely glandular pilose, the midrib hispid
beneath with hairs 0.5 mm. or less in length intermixed with stipitate
glands.— Nova Scorra: Sable Island, September, 1911, H. T. Gussow,
Empetrum heaths and sand dunes, September 6 and 11, 1913, St. John,
nos. 1357 & 1358 (TYPE in Gray Herbarium).

H. scABRUM Michx., var. tonsum, n. var., quam forma typica, gra-
cilius 3-5 dm. altum subscaposum vel cum foliis paucis instructum;
caule infra glabrescente vel pilis 0.2-0.6 mm. longis saepe paulum
glandulosis hispidulo, caulibus apice ramisque inflorescentiae albido-
tomentosis cum glandulis nigris stipitatis valde tectis; foliis plerumque
radicalibus, caulinis 4-11 parvis remotis, utrinque glabris vel paulo
brevi-setulosis, costis infra marginibusque cum trichomis vix 0.5 mm.
longis hispidis saepe cum glandulis sparsis permixtis.

Rather slender, 3-5 dm. high sparingly leafy or sub-scapose: stem
glabrescent or hispidulous below with hairs 0.2-0.6 mm. long, and often
slightly glandular; summit of the stem and branches of the inflores-
cence white-tomentose and heavily invested with black stipitate
glands: leaves mostly basal, the cauline 4-11, remote and small; both
surfaces glabrous or sparingly short setulose, the midribs (beneath) and
margins hispid with trichomes barely 0.5 mm. long, often mingled with
scattered glands.— QuEnEc: dry clearings, southwest of Etang du
Nord, Magdalen Islands, August 22, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John,
no. 8291 (TYPE in Gray Herbarium); recent clearing, Douglastown,
Gaspé County, August 21 and 22, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease;

1914) Loomis,— Avena fatua in eastern Massachusetts 183

vicinity of Cap à l'Aigle, August 3, 1905, J. Macoun, no. 68,351, in
part. Marne: dry open woods, Dover, August 7, 1895, Fernald,
no. 398, in part. ONTARIO: Lake Superior region, Loring. Mucut-
GAN: Isle Royale, August 10, 1909, W. S. Cooper, no. 32; moist grassy
places, Keweenaw County, July, 1889, O. A. Farwell, no. 49a.

H. scABRUM Michx., var. intonsum, n. var., caule infra cum tricho-
mis gracilibus sordidis 3-5 mm. longis villoso; foliis pluribus 20-30
subaequalibus vel paucioribus 12-20 superioribus manifeste minori-
bus, utrinque villosis cum uniformibus longis sordidis trichomis,
quibus foliorum mediorum 3-5 mm. longis; ramis inflorescentiae to-
mentosis glandulosisque.

Tall, 5-11 dm. high; stem densely villous below with slender sordid
trichomes (3-5 mm. long): leaves rather numerous (20-30) and sub-
equal, or fewer (12-20) and rapidly decreasing upward, villous on both
surfaces with uniform long sordid trichomes, those of the median
leaves 3-5 mm. long: branches of the inflorescence tomentose and
glandular. — ILLINOIS: "In nemorosis sterilibus pr. Athenas," Sep-
tember, E. Hall, no. 35 (TYPE in Gray Herbarium); and “In collibus
aridis," Athens, Hall, nos. 36, 178 & 179.

Gray HERBARIUM. :

AVENA FATUA IN EASTERN MaAssACHUSETTS.— On July 1, 1914, one
plant of an unfamiliar Oat was found growing by the roadside on
Eliot St., Sherborn, Mass. This was placed with the Boston Society
of Natural History (No. 1516). On August 13 another and larger
plant was collected on Rockwood St. This was divided, one half
being sent to the Boston Society (No. 1563), and the other to the
Gray Herbarium where my determination as Avena fatua L. was
confirmed by Mr. Frank C. Seymour, who also informed me that prob-
ably the species had not been found nearer than New Jersey. On
August 17, another plant (No. 1567) was found on Eliot Street and
August 26 still another in an abandoned chicken-yard on Main Street.
The stations are all at some distance from each other. This is proba-
bly the first record of the finding of this species in New England the
range as given in the “Manual” being “Ont. and O. (rare); Wisc.,
Ill., and westward.” — Marrua Louise Loomis, Sherborn, Massa-
chusetts.

Avena fatua was reported among the ballast weeds of New York and Phila-
delphia in the Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta of the
Torrey Botanical Club, page 89 (1888). It was also included in J. N. Bishop's
Catalogue of all Phaenogamous and Vascular Cryptogamous Plants in the
State of Connecticut, ed. 2, page 21 (1896) and ed. 3, page 8 (1901), as occur-

184 Rhodora [OCTOBER

ring at Kensington, Connecticut, Cowles. But this Connecticut record seems
never to have been confirmed as the species was excluded from the later and
much more critically prepared Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns
of Connecticut by Graves and others, page 425 (1910) — Ed.

Pinus BANKSIANA ON NANTUCKET.— In line with recent discoveries
of Hudsonian and subarctic plants on Cape Cod and Long Island,
notably Rubus Chamaemorus on Long Island, and Elymus arenarius
on Cape Cod, is the finding of the gray, or northern scrub-pine, Pinus
Banksiana Lamb. at Wauwinet on the eastern shore of the Island of
Nantucket, far removed from the nearest coastal stations for this tree
on Penobscot Bay. As found by me on September 9, 1914, it grows
near the bluff overlooking the sea in a rather exposed locality. Twenty
trees, some badly wind-swept, and therefore, of a broad, spreading
habit, were grouped together at the exposed northeastern edge of a
natural thicket consisting of the usual shrubs and small trees of such
thickets on Nantucket.— Jonn- W. HamsuHBERGER, University of
Pennsylvania.

Vol. 16, no. 189, including pages 153 to 168 and a protrait plate, was issued
19 October, 1914.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 16. November, 1914. No. 191.

THE REDISCOVERY OF AN HISTORIC COLLECTION OF
MASSACHUSETTS PLANTS.

F. G. FLoyp.

My time afield during the past summer was spent in Amherst,
Massachusetts. In excursions, taken from that point as a centre,
I found several plants of interest. For instance, Coronilla varia L.
was new to me. It was well established and abundant at one point.
On Sugar Loaf Mountain at the north and on one of the Holyoke
Range on the south I found Asclepias verticillata L. At two places I
observed Asclepias tuberosa L., the plants being very robust and the
flowers strikingly handsome orange. Potentilla recta L. was seen once
and Lysimachia vulgaris L. was collected by the roadside not far from
the College. This last is a species not listed in recently published
Catalogue of Amherst Plants by Prof. Stone. Specularia perfoliata
(L.) A. DC., also new to me, was found in abundance on some of the
mountains.

But what interested me as much as anything was the finding of an
old and historic herbarium of significance in relation to our state flora.
In the Appendix of the Seventh Annual Report of the Massachusetts
Board of Agriculture is a "Catalogue of Plants" (the publication
mentioned as no. 126 of Miss Day's List of Local Floras of New Eng-
land). It has been thought that this Catalogue of Plants, which is
nothing but a bare list of names, was an attempt at a flora of Massa-
chusetts. On page 139 of the above Report it is seen, however, that
at one time there existed what was known as the State Cabinet or
Agricultural Museum, consisting of actual specimens and embracing
other branches of natural history as well as botany, it being stated

186 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

that the “ Catalogue of Plants” is in reality a list of the specimens of a
botanical nature contained in the State Cabinet.

This much I knew before reaching Amherst. I had already made
inquiry at every likely place in Boston and vicinity and had not been
able to discover this old herbarium. However, somebody at the State
House seemed to remember that it had been turned over to the Massa-
chusetts Agricultural College. Therefore, when I found myself at
Amherst, I took the first opportunity to look up the College Her-
barium and make inquiries. I found Prof. Stone, one of the members
of our New England Botanical Club, in charge, and on explaining my
quest he directed me to certain cases that contained an ancient her-
barium, turned over to the College many years ago, which he thought
came from the State House in Boston.

He very kindly placed the facilities of the laboratory at my service
and later I examined the collection carefully. The plants have been
kept intact, that is as a distinct collection. I compared them sheet by
sheet with the published list in the Agricultural Report, which I
obtained from the College Library and found an exact agreement —
that is to say, every plant listed in the Catalogue had a representative,
at least one sheet, in the herbarium, and I did not find any plants in
the herbarium that were not given in the list. So I am convinced
that the collection at Amherst is the old “ State Cabinet” and that the
botanical specimens are the basis of Flint’s “Catalogue of Plants,”
published in the Seventh Annual Report of the Massachusetts Board
of Agriculture.

The specimens are stuck to sheets of soft bibluous paper with strips
usually. Each sheet has two labels, one loose with a heading “ Mass.
State Herbarium” and the botanical name, the other pasted on the
sheet and written in a different hand gives the botanical name, com-
mon name, date and sometimes the locality. I could not examine the
entire collection in detail. Of the few that I did examine more particu-
larly the following had localities indicated.

Juniperus virginiana L. Lincoln, June 14, 1834, near Flint’s Pond.

Juniperus virginiana L. Malden.

Pinus resinosa Ait. Dr. Stearns, Sudbury. A botanical description
of which I cannot find in any elementary works.

Typha angustifolia L. Charlestown.

Holcus odoratus L.

Poa aquatica, Malden, meadows, wet, 4 June, 1829.

1914] Fernald,— A new Polygonum from Nova Scotia 187

Poa nervata, Malden, meadow, 4 June, 1828.

Ranunculus Cymbalaria, Chelsea, Brighton, C. River salt marsh.

'This State Cabinet or, as it is called, Massachusetts State Her-
barium is not mentioned in Miss Day's article *'The Herbaria of New
England,” published in Vol. 3 of Rnopona. Now that the resting
place of the collection has been located it is probable that a more
careful examination of it than I was able to make would be well worth
while.

West ROXBURY, MASSACHUSETTS.

A NEW MARITIME POLYGONUM FROM NOVA SCOTIA.
M. L. FERNALD.

IN 1913 the writer pointed out! that the large-fruited glaucous
Polygonum of the coastal sands of the eastern United States is P.
glaucum Nutt., not P. maritimum L. for which it had long been mis-
taken; and that about the Gulf of St. Lawrence these large-fruited
strand species are represented by P. Ra Babington, which is also
found on the Bras d'Or Lakes of Cape Breton.

During the past July, finding it necessary to “kill time” for twelve
hours between North Sydney and Pictou, Nova Scotia, Mr. St. John
and the writer fortunately selected Grand Narrows on Bras d'Or Lake
as a desirable place to investigate. "There, on the gravel beach, P.
Ha was abundant, as we had expected; but the chief surprise of our
day was another large-fruited species growing with it in the gravels
and quickly distinguishable as far as it could be seen by its color, the
leaf-outline and the comparatively inconspicuous perianths, in which
it strongly contrasted with the very glaucous and conspicuous P.
Rav. The peculiar plant proves to be unique in the group to which it
belongs, presenting characters which ally it to P. Rai on the one hand
and to P. Fowleri Robinson on the other but which clearly separate
it from each. It is here proposed as

1 RRODORA, XV. 68-73 (1913).

188 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

PoLyconum acadiense, n. sp., annuum prostratum paulo vel vix
glaucum rubro-viride, caulibus gracilibus, internodiis 1.5-3.5 cm.
longis; ochreis internodo multo brevioribus 1-1.3 cm. longis albido-
hyalinis basi purpurascentibus remote circa 6-nerviis ovato-oblongis
acutis adpressis demum bipartitis lacerisque; foliis lineari-oblanceo-
latis acutis submembranaceis subtus l-nerviis, primariis 2-4.5 cm.
longis 2-7 mm. latis petiolo 3-8 mm. longo; axillis 1—3-floris; pedi-
cellis calycem subaequantibus apice valde articulatis; calyce 4 mm.
longo turbinato-campanulato profunde 4-5-partito, lobis oblongis
obtusis subaequalibus margine albido- vel roseo-petaloideo basi non
angustatis; achenio olivaceo lucido ovato-lanceolato 6 mm. longo
2-3 mm. lato a calyce arcte amplectente valde exserto.

Annual, prostrate, slightly or scarcely glaucous, reddish-green;
the stems slender; the internodes 1.5-3.5 em. long: ochreae much
shorter than the internodes, 1-1.3 em. long, white-hyaline, purplish
at base, remotely about 6-nerved, ovate-oblong, acute, appressed,
finally 2-parted and lacerate: leaves linear-oblanceolate, acute, sub-
membranaceous, 1-nerved beneath; the primary 2-4.5 em. long, 2-7
mm. wide, with petiole 3-8 mm. long: axils 1-3-flowered: pedicels
about equaling the calyx, obviously articulated at apex: calyx 4 mm.
long, turbinate-campanulate, deeply 4-5-parted; the lobes oblong,
obtuse, subequal, with white- or roseate-petaloid margin, not narrowed
at base: achene olivaceous, shining, ovate-lanceolate, 6 mm. long,
2-3 mm. wide, closely invested by the calyx, conspicuously exserted.—
Nova Scotia: gravelly strand of Bras d'Or Lake, Grand Narrows,
Cape Breton, July 20, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 11,042 (TYPE in
Gray Herbarium).

Nearest related to P. Rati which has much more glaucous mostly
oblong-lanceolate leaves, shorter ochreae (3-8 mm. long) with brown-
ish rather than purple bases, much more petaloid and broader less
appressed oval overlapping sepals and shorter broader and darker
achenes (4.5-5.3 mm. long, 3-3.5 mm. broad). On the strand at
Grand Narrows P. acadiense and P. Raii were growing together. The
material of P. Rai, collected and pressed at the same time as the other,
remained in press several weeks and lost essentially no foliage; but the
material of P. acadiense was completely dry in five days and many of
its leaves had disarticulated.

P. acadiense has the calyx and the olivaceous exserted achene
similar to those of P. Fowleri Robinson, but in that species the achene
is very broadly ovate and only 4 mm. long; the more fleshy short
leaves are elliptic to broadly oblanceolate, with rounded tips; and the
broad flaring obscurely nerved ochreae are only 3-6 mm. long.

In the form of its sepals and achenes P. acadiense is similar to P.

19314] Hill,— Notes on Flora of Penobscot Bay Region 189

exsertum Small; but that species, which abounds on some of the salt
marshes of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, is a tall erect plant with
brown many-nerved ochreae, and with the narrower shorter sepals
alternately long and short, the outer or longer ones comparatively
firm and green.

Gray HERBARIUM.

NOTES ON THE FLORA OF THE PENOBSCOT BAY
REGION, MAINE.

ALBERT F. HILL.

TuE following plants collected for the most part during the summer
of 1913 at various places about Penobscot Bay seem worthy of note
chiefly as regards their distribution. Extensions of ranges are based
on the distribution of the plants as shown by the material in the
Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical
Club.

JUNIPERUS HORIZONTALIS Moench. Additional stations to those
cited for this region by Norton in Ruopora for August, 1913, are Isle
au Haut and Swans Island where the plant is very common, forming
large colonies on exposed granite sea cliffs.

Pinus RIGIDA Mill. The common Pitch Pine of southern New
England occurs at almost its northern limit in this region. In addi-
tion to several stations on Mount Desert it is common on the sterile
slopes of Mt. Champlain at Isle au Haut and at several localities on
the mainland at Brooklin.

AGROSTIS ALBA L., var. ARISTATA Gray. This rather uncommon
variety was collected on the shady bank of a stream at Brooklin.
Only four other Maine stations are represented in the above herbaria.

AMMOPHILA ARENARIA (L.) Link. Owing to the rocky nature of the
coast and the consequent scarcity of sand dunes this plant, so common
to the south and in the Maritime Provinces, has hitherto been unre-
ported from the region east of Knox County in Maine. Only one
small station was found on the southern side of Swans Island.

ELiYMus viRGINICUS L., var. HIRSUTIGLUMIS (Scribn.) Hitchc,

190 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Two collections made in Brooklin are the first reported for the state.
However, part of the material in the Mount Desert Herbarium passing
as the typical form is in reality this variety.

AGROPYRON REPENS (L.) Beauv., var. PrLosuM Scribn. This plant
reported occasionally from various localities in the state seems to be
rather common in this region. Collections were made at Swans
Island, Isle au Haut and Deer Isle, all on sea beaches.

SCIRPUS CYPERINUS (L.) Kunth. This sedge is known from Penob-
scot County southward and southwestward with isolated stations at
Mount Desert and Isle au Haut.

SCIRPUS PEDICELLATUS Fernald. As represented in the above her-
baria this plant has an interesting distribution. It is common across
the northern part of the state and on the coast as far east as Kennebec
County. It reappears again around Penobscot Bay. Miss Furbish
found it at Swans Island and two collections were made this year at
Isle au Haut.

CAREX CANESCENS L. While common inland in Maine, this plant
is much more restricted on the coast than the varieties. It has been
collected only at Cutler, Brooklin and Swans Island.

CAREX STELLULATA Good., var. ANGUSTATA Carey. Until now
the only recorded coastal station for this common inland plant has
been Mount Desert. To this may be added a station at Flyes Point,
Brooklin.

CAREX SALINA Wahlenb., var. KATTEGATENSIS (Fries) Almq. A
fifth Maine station at Brooklin can now be added to those at Lubec,
West Pembroke, Waldoboro and Chebeague Island.

Juncus GREENEI Oakes & Tuckerm. With the exception of a few
Mount Desert stations, Brooklin is the eastern limit of this rush.

BETULA LUTEA Michx. f. In his article on “ Woody Plants of Brook-
lin, Maine" in Rnonpona for September, 1910, A. H. Graves does not
include the yellow birch in the list. There are several stations in
Brooklin and the tree is also common on the islands.

Quercus RUBRA L., var. AMBIGUA (Michx. f.) Fernald. The only
fruiting Red Oak seen at Brooklin was this variety and it is quite
likely that the other trees, all of which were close at hand, will prove
to be the same.

ARENARIA PEPLOIDES L., var. ROBUSTA Fernald. Norton, in his
article above referred to, states that this plant is strictly local and
cites a few stations on the outer islands. "The plant is quite frequent

19314] Hill,A—— Notes on Flora of Penobscot Bay Region 191

at Brooklin, occurring where there is the least semblance of a sandy
beach. There are also several plants of the same variety on Swans
Island.

RANUNCULUS LAXICAULIS (T. & G.) Darby. This was collected
in a muddy pond hole at South Deer Isle, its easternmost station.
Norton reports the plant from apparently the same locality.

CAMELINA SATIVA (L.) Crantz. This plant occurs sparingly as a
weed in the northern section of Maine, but has not been reported on
the coast east of York. It was fairly abundant in a potato field at
Brooklin.

ERYSIMUM CHEIRANTHOIDES L. This has a similar range in the
state. [t was found in profusion on a sandy barrier beach at Flyes
Island, Brooklin. The only other coastal station in the two herbaria
is Cumberland.

SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE (L.) Scop. The second Maine station for
this plant is a sandy beach at Swans Island Head. Previously it had
been known only from Brownville.

CRATAEGUS JONESAE Sarg. This thorn, described from Mount
Desert and very common on the western shore of Penobscot Bay, is
equally common at Brooklin and on the islands. It has been also
recorded from Washington County.

LATHYRUS PALUSTRIS L., var. PILOSUS (Cham.) Ledeb. The dis-
tribution of this plant as shown in the two herbaria is interesting. It
occurs from Eastport along the coast to Mount Desert but is unrepre-
sented from the area between there and the coast of Massachusetts.
Itis very abundant in the Penobscot Bay region, both on the mainland
and the islands.

RUBUS PUBESCENS Raf., var. PILOSIFOLIUS A. F. Hill. The pubes-
cent variety of the dwarf raspberry was first collected at Brooklin.

EMPETRUM NIGRUM L. "This is reported as ‘local’ by Norton and
‘rare’ by Graves, but it is very common on headlands and exposed
granite rocks, more so on the outer islands than on the mainland.

Corema Conrapit Torr. This is extremely common on rock out-
crops at Swans Island and at Brooklin, where it is found, not in a bog
in the Central Tract as Graves states, but on rocks at the edge of the
bog. It has been previously reported from Isle au Haut.

ILEX VERTICILLATA (L.) Gray, var. PADIFOLIA (Willd.) T. & G. This
was found very frequently at Brooklin and on the islands, though
there had been no specimens from the state in the herbaria before.

192 Rhodora [NoVEMBER

Examination of the Mount Desert material shows much of it to be
this variety.

DECODON vERTICILLATUS (L.) Ell, var. LAEviGATUS T. & G. The
stations for this variety at Isle au Haut and Deer Isle are northeast-
ward extensions from Kennebec County.

EPILOBIUM ADENOCAULON Haussk., var. PERPLEXANS Trel. A col-
lection at Hat Island near Swans Island is the first made in the state.

CORNUS CANADENSIS L., var. INTERMEDIA Farr. A bunchberry
collected in dry soil on the sterile slopes of Mount Champlain on Isle
au Haut proves to be this variety, which has been known in the East
only from Labrador and western Newfoundland.

VACCINIUM ATROCOCCUM (Gray) Heller. This has hitherto been
known from Orono and from Knox County southwestward. It is
very abundant in a sphagnum bog at Brooklin and in several swamps
on Deer Isle.

MERTENSIA MARITIMA (L.) S. F. Gray. Swans Island and Isle au
Haut may be added to the list of stations for this plant in Norton's list.
It is interesting to note that in this region at least, the plant occurs
only on the outer islands on the more exposed headlands or beaches.

ACHILLEA LANULOSA Nutt. The Swans Island material is the first
collection of this plant made in Maine.

YALE UNIVERSITY.

A NORTHERN VARIETY OF ASTER LINARIIFOLIUS.
M. L. FERNALD.

THE handsome rigid-leaved Aster linariifolius is found somewhat
generally on arid or sterile, gravelly or sandy soils throughout the
eastern United States, extending northward in the northeast to Lake
Champlain, Vermont, Grafton County, New Hampshire and southern
Somerset and Penobscot Counties in Maine; i. e. in New England its
northern limit is at about latitude 45°, its eastern limit at the Penob-
scot Valley. North and east of this limit Aster linariifolius is ex-
tremely rare and much of the evidence of its occurrence is open to
serious doubt, although it is listed in Macoun’s Catalogue from three
regions: “ Newfoundland. (Cormack.) Nepisiquit River, N. B. Rather

1914) Fernald,— A northern Variety of Aster linariifolius 193

rare. (Fowler's Cat.) Three Rivers, Q. (Maclagan.)," and in Hook-
er's Flora Boreali- Americana from “Canada. Mrs. Sheppard. New-
foundland. Mr. Cormack.” Beyond the Cormack record there is no
other evidence of the plant from Newfoundland and in a detailed
survey of Newfoundland botanical data Cormack's records have been
found so generally untrustworthy that, without supporting evidence,
this one can hardly be accepted as satisfactory. It is highly probable
that Cormack had Erigeron hyssopifolius which is common along many
of the Newfoundland rivers. Fowler’s material from the Nepisiguit
(or “ Nepisiquit") River has not been seen but the locality as given by
him, " Pabineau Falls," is highly suggestive of the typical habitat of
Erigeron hyssopifolius, which is found on the ledges and gravels about
the falls of nearly all rivers of the Gaspé Peninsula, northern New
Brunswick and northern Maine. The Three Rivers record may with
more probability be accepted for A. linariifolius, though it is highly
desirable that the exact identity of the plant should be determined.
But from these notes it is evident that north and east of New England
there have been known few, if any, undoubted stations for A.
linariifolius.

It is, therefore, interesting to find among the collections made in the
Province of Quebec during the past summer by Brother Marie-Vic-
torin of the Collège de Longueuil, Longueuil, Quebec, fine material of
Aster linariifolius from the rocky banks of the River Ste. Anne at St.
Raymond, Co. Portneuf, Quebec, somewhat northwest of the city of
Quebec. Brother Victorin’s material, although clearly belonging
specifically with A. linariifolius, differs from the typical form of the
plant in its less rigid and shorter oblong-linear mostly round-tipped
ascending leaves and in having the oblong-linear obtuse bracts of the
involucre more herbaceous than in typical A. linariifolius. It is a
well pronounced geographic variety, with which it is a pleasure to
associate the name of its discoverer, who is emulating Provancher and
Brunet in making better known to his own people the flora of the
Province of Quebec.

Whether the plant of Three Rivers, above referred to, is true A.
linariifolius or the more northern variety is yet to be determined and
this will not prove a difficult task; for, in writing of the plant from
Ste. Anne River, Brother Victorin says:

“While travelling on the C. P. R. between Montreal and Quebec,
I noticed that very likely this plant occupied an extensive tract of sandy

194 Rhodora [NovEMBER

ground between Three Rivers and Champlain. It was then in full
flower and I am quite convinced that it was Aster linariifolius.”

The plant from the Ste. Anne River may be called

ASTER LINARIIFOLIUS L., var. Victorinii, n. var., humilis 1-1.6 dm.
altus; foliis adscendentibus vel patentibus confertis viridibus oblongo-
linearibus, longioribus 1.3-1.8 em. longis 2-4 mm. latis, apice rotun-
datis, margine ciliolatis; capitulis 1-6; involucris 8-10 mm. altis;
squamis subherbaceis oblongo-linearibus ciliatis, apice rotundatis vel
obtusis. QUEBEC: on rocky banks of River Ste. Anne, St. Raymond,
Co. Portneuf, August, 1914, Brother Marie-Victorin, no. 618 (TYPE in
Gray Herb.).

Differing from typical Aster linariifolius in its more crowded mostly
ascending greener and less rigid short round-tipped leaves and in the
more herbaceous bracts, the outer oblong-linear. In typical A. linarii-
folius from New England southward and southwestward, the less
crowded spreading or spreading-ascending linear or linear-spatulate
leaves are rigid and more pointed, the larger leaves 2-4 cm. long, and
at least the outer linear-lanceolate bracts of the involucre taper gradu-
ally to acute tips.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

A FORM OF POTENTILLA TRIDENTATA.
ARTHUR STANLEY PEASE.

In a dry pasture about four and a half miles south of the village of
West Milan, New Hampshire, I collected, on 20 August, 1912, plants
of Potentilla tridentata Ait. which appear noteworthy from the rather
abundant hirsuteness of both surfaces of the leaves. A comparison
with material of this species in the Gray Herbarium and the Herbarium
of the New England Botanical Club has disclosed other specimens
showing, in greater or less degree, the same tendency. This peculiarity
is not mentioned by Aiton in his brief description of the plant (a
native of Newfoundland) introduced at Kew in 1776,' nor shown in

1 Hort. Kew. (1789), ii, 216: '' P. foliis ternatis cuneiformibus apice trifldis.''

1914] Pease,— A Form of Potentilla tridentata 195

the plate accompanying the desceription.! Theodor Wolf, in his
Monographie der Gattung Potentilla (1908), 77, records no variety or
form of the species based upon any character connected with pubes-
cence or hirsuteness. In the absence, therefore, of definite description
by the author of P. tridentata or of later segregation, the hirsute-
leaved plant, which, though apparently not separable geographically
or in habitat from typical P. tridentata, yet seems to merit some
recognition, may be described as

POTENTILLA TRIDENTATA Ait., forma hirsutifolia n. f., foliis utrim-
que hirsutioribus.— QUEBEC: Paspebiac lighthouse, 27 July, 1902, Wil-
hams & Fernald; vicinity of Cap à l'Aigle, 18 July, 1905, J. Macoun,
no. 67050 (the sheet in the Gray Herbarium containing three plants
of the form and two of typical P. tridentata). Maine: Orono, 1880,
Z. Furbish; Summit of Mt. Battie, Camden, 1325 ft., 14 July, 1903,
c. Furbish; Bar Harbor, F. H. Peabody; Southport, 7 Aug., 1894,
M. L. Fernald. New Hampsuire: Dry pasture 41 miles south of W.
Milan village, Milan, 20 Aug., 1912, A. S. Pease, no. 13871 (TYPE,
deposited in Herbarium of the N. E. Botanical Club). Massacuu-
sETTS: Eastern Point, Gloucester, 7 June, 1896, E. L. Rand & B. L.
Robinson; Princeton, July, 1893, C. A. Regester.

Specimens from Orland, Maine, collected by Helen G. Atkins, and

eU

Norfolk, Connecticut, collected 27 June, 1906, by C. H. Bissell, show
a transitional tendency from typical P. tridentata toward this form.

URBANA, ILLINOIS.

! Plate 9. The problematical P. retusa O. F. Müller, Fl. Dan. V. fasc. 14 (1780) 4,
t. 799, described from Greenland, is referred by Willdenow, Spec. plant. ed. 4 (1797) ii.
1110, and by other authors, including Wolf, to P. tridentata Ait. If this identification
were undoubted, the name P. retusa would supplant the later P. tridentata and would
be applicable to the hirsute form here under discussion, for P. retusa was described
"foliis ternatis, hirtis, apice retuso, tridentato." The original plate, however, shows
it to have had broadly obovate bright yellow petals, a character which at once
throws doubt upon its identity with the narrower- and white-petaled P. tridentata.

196 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

TWO NEWFOUNDLAND ANTENNARIAS.
M. L. FERNALD.

DurinG the middle of July last, while the number of Ruopora !
containing descriptions of several Antennarias from Newfoundland
was in press, Mr. Harold St. John and the writer had an opportunity
to spend a couple of days about Port à Port Bay in western Newfound-
land. Practically all of our time was devoted to the limestone table-
land, Table Mountain, which rises to the slight elevation of 300 m.
above the Bay. Here the two abundant representatives of Anten-
naria were A. eucosma Fernald & Wiegand, which was widespread in
the turf and humus, and A. alpina, var. cana Fernald & Wiegand,
which abounded on the dry limestone shingle. On one dome of the
tableland the plant recently proposed as A. canadensis, var. spathulata
Fernald * was in prime development wherever the dry shingle was
covered with turf; and on another dome (the northernmost visited)
the characteristic Antennaria of the shingly barrens was a little whitish
plant strongly suggesting A. alpina, var. cana, but with much smaller
heads and milk-white, instead of blackish, involucres. The latter
plant is quite unlike any species described from eastern America and
clearly distinct from its nearest relative, A. subviscosa Fernald, of
Rimouski County, Quebec.

Heretofore the only herbarium material of A. canadensis, var.
spathulata has been the three collections cited under the original
description, two of them August specimens with shriveled inflores-
cences, the other a single flowering individual. On Table Mountain
the plant was in beautiful flower and an abundance of material was
secured which agrees perfectly with the earlier collections and indicates
that the plant has strong specific characters to separate it from A.
canadensis Greene, a species unknown from Newfoundland.

The two species here noted may be called

ANTENNARIA spathulata (Fernald), n. comb. A. canadensis, var.
spathulata Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 132 (1914).

Differing constantly from A. canadensis Greene not only in the
cuneate-spatulate round-tipped basal leaves originally emphasized
but in several other characters. In A. canadensis the assurgent

1 Ruopora, xvi. no. 187, July, 1914.
? Fernald, Ruopora, 1. c. 132 (1914),

1914] Fernald,— Two Newfoundland Antennarias 197

stolons are numerous and the mats often several decimeters across;
in A. spathulata the stolons are very few and mats 1 dm. across are
rare. In A. canadensis the mature flowering stem is 3-5 dm. high,
with 8-15 cauline leaves and very loose several-headed corymbs;
in A. spathulata the mature flowering stems are 0.8-2 dm. high, with
4-7 cauline leaves and dense glomerules of 2-5 heads. Besides the
material cited the following should be noted as much more fully
representing this endemic Newfoundland species: humus and turf on
the limestone tableland, altitude 200-300 m., Table Mountain, Port à
Port Bay, July 16 & 17, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10,870.

A. albicans, n. sp., planta humifusa, stolonibus foliosis perbrevibus
(ad 2 cm. longis); foliis basilaribus spathulatis subacutis vel obtusis
vix mucronatis 3-8 mm. longis 2-3 mm. latis supra albidis, tomento
denso minuto sublucidoque; caule florifero 4.5-9 cm. alto gracile
subremote folioso; folii caulinis 9-15 linearibus 6-12 mm. longis
1-2 mm. latis, mediis attenuatis apice subulato, superioribus apice
scarioso glabro lineari 2-2.5 mm. longo; capitulis femineis (1—)2—5
glomerulatis turbinato-campanulatis; involucro 4.5-6 mm. alto
4.5-6 mm. lato (in specimine siccato); bracteis 2-3-seriatis subae-
qualibus, exterioribus 3-4 mm. longis oblongis vel lanceolatis obtusis
vel subacutis stramineis vel brunneis basi virescentibus paulo lanatis,
interioribus oblongis obtusis erosis lacteis.

Plant humifuse, the leafy stolons very short (up to 2 cm. long):
basal leaves spatulate, subacute or obtuse, scarcely mucronate, 3-8
mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, white above with dense minute somewhat
shining tomentum: flowering stem 4.5-9 cm. high, slender, somewhat
remotely leafy: cauline leaves 9-15, linear, 6-12 mm. long, 1-2 mm.
wide; the median attenuate, subulate at tip; the upper with a glabrous
linear scarious tip 2-2.5 mm. long: pistillate heads (1-)2-5 in glom-
erules, turbinate-campanulate: involucre 4.5-6 mm. high, 4.5-6 mm.
wide (in dried specimen): bracts in 2-3 series, subequal: the outer
3-4 mm. long, oblong or lanceolate, obtuse or subacute, straw-colored
or brown, green and a little lanate at base; interior oblong obtuse,
erose, milk-white.— NEWFOUNDLAND: dry limestone shingle on one
of the northern domes of Table Mountain, Port à Port Bay, July
16 & 17, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10,869 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Nearly related to A. subviscosa Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 131 (1914),
but that species has very long subligneous freely branching bases, the
basal leaves with much looser dull tomentum, the scarious appendages
of the upper cauline leaves very pubescent, the upper leaves and the
inflorescence glandular, and the inner bracts of the involucre narrow
and acute.

Gray HERBARIUM.

198 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

THE TWENTIETH ANNUAL FIELD MEETING OF THE VERMONT BOTANI-
CAL CLUB was held at Fairhaven, Thursday, Friday and Saturday,
July 9, 10 and 11, 1914. Headquarters were at Hotel Allen which
sets an unexcelled table. Thursday forenoon was spent near the
village on some of the hills of slate rock and at a small place owned
by Mr. Ellis, one of the members, who is trying out a great many plants
of economic value — fruits, nuts, berries, etc., some of which were the
black walnut, fig, olive, a Physalis which makes a delicious preserve
sampled by the Club, an Amelanchier with specially fine fruit, various
garden herbs, etc.

The afternoon was spent in a cedar swamp, where, besides the usual
plants of such places, the swamp valerian, Valeriana uliginosa, and
some hybrid ferns were found. Calypso borealis, however, was sought
in vain.

Friday was spent at West Haven about the ponds and cliffs of that
region. At the ponds were found, among other things, the water
star-grass Heteranthera dubia and on the cliffs grew luxuriant speci-
mens of the purple cliff brake, Pellaea atropurpurea, the slender cliff
brake, Cryptogramma Stelleri, the wall rue spleenwort, As plenium
Ruta-muraria and the maiden-hair spleenwort, Asplenium Trichomanes.
Special attention was paid to the blackberries on all the trips.

Carver's Falls on the Poultney River was to have been the objective
point Saturday morning but lack of water owing to drought and a new
dam made conditions unfavorable and instead several of the members
took a side trip to Lake Bomoseen on their way back to Rutland.

There was a very good attendance — thirty members being present.
The weather was perfect and the meeting proved both instructive
and enjoyable.— NErurE F. FLYNN, Burlington, Vermont.

Tue CamBRIDGE British FLona.— The first volume of the long-
awaited Cambridge British Flora ! has come to hand. It is in reality
Volume II; and as a forerunner of the others of the series is of unusual
interest to American botanists since, of the recognized British species
discussed and illustrated (about 130) in the groups covered — Salica-
ceae to Chenopodiaceae — two-thirds are members of our own flora as

1 The Cambridge British Flora by C. E. Moss, D. Sc., F. L. S. assisted by specialists
in certain genera. Illustrated from drawings by E. W. Hunnybun. Vol. II.
Salicaceae to Chenopodiaceae, small folio, pp. xx + 206, with text-maps and 206
plates. Cambridge (England) and New York; The Macmillan Co. 1914. $12.50
net.

1914] The Cambridge British Flora. (Review) 199

well. In presswork, paper and binding the book is dignified and sump-
tuous, as would be expected from the Cambridge University Press.
In arrangement the work comes to date and, the Introduction tells us,
is the first British flora based upon the system of Engler & Prantl.
In nomenclature the international rules adopted at Vienna and Brus-
sels are followed as are the international recommendations of groups
to be recognized (species, variety, forma, etc.); but with occasional
intentional departures from the nomenclatorial rules and recommenda-
tions such as many authors feel it incumbent upon themselves to make,
although by so doing they defer the day of stability in our nomenclature.

The text is very full and is accompanied by text-maps showing the
distribution of each species in the British Isles, and each accepted
species is illustrated by a full-page line-drawing plate. When com-
pared with the excellence of the text, the plates are disappointing for,
although faithful in outlines, they fail to catch much of the " gesture"
of the plant, and in many cases they do not bring out clearly the tech-
nical diagnostic characters which a critical student is anxious to see.
It is furthermore probable that the desired contrasts would be better
emphasized if some of the closely related species could be illustrated
on one plate; and at the same time, the plates would, in many cases,
give less the impression of occupying needless space. For instance,
everyone who has studied intensively our annual species of Salicornia is
interested in Dr. Moss’s attempts to segregate them and would be
greatly aided in understanding the proposed species if diagnostic fig-
ures could be seen side-by-side; but in the Cambridge British Flora
each species, however small the plant, is given a full plate, with the
result that 100 sq. dm. of plate-paper are used to bring out the figures
(not entirely convincing) of the annual species of Salicornia, which in
the aggregate occupy only 25 sq. dm. of space.

In the recognition of species the Introduction states that “a middle
course is desirable.” Probably all of us, however radical, will readily
subscribe to this ideal; the difficulty is clearly to see and to follow the
“ middle course." In many of the technical groups — the Salicaceae,
Betulaceae and Polygonaceae, for example — the treatments are ob-
viously guided by this precept and systematists throughout the north-
ern hemisphere will find much in the elaboration of these families that
will be directly serviceable or at least suggestive in the working out of
their own local problems. But it will require a much-altered concep-
tion of specific values to accept without question all the "species"
recognized in the Atriplex patula series or in Salicornia. For example,
it is not clear to the uninitiated that in Salicornia such diagnostic
statements as the following are indicative of distinct species:—

*5. S. pusilla (p. 193). Stem erect, up to about 1'0 to 1'5 dm. high,
branches curved-ascending. Terminal spikes short, up to about 5-12 mm. long,
with about 2-4 flowering segments. Lateral flowers smaller than the central
one. Stamens 1.

200 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

6. S. gracillima (p. 193). Stem erect, up to about 1'0 to 1'5, rarely 2:0
dm. high; branches regular, all or all except the lowest ones short (up to about
2:0-2:5 em. long), subequal, parallel. Terminal spikes short (up to about 8-12
mm. long), stout, with 2-4 floweringsegments. Lateral flowers smaller than the
central one. Stamens 1."

8. pusilla and S. gracillima may possibly have specific or varietal
characters, but neither the above-quoted portion of the conspectus nor
the fuller descriptions nor the illustrations bring them out. In this
connection it is illuminating to read in the Introduction that “We do
not furnish any analytical or artificial keys to the groups of plants.
These keys are scarcely ever satisfactory." Surely, however, a key
could be provided which would bring out more clearly the specific
differences, if they exist, in the annual Salicornias; or, if it is not pos-
sible to “key” the plants, they certainly do not deserve the exalted
rank of species.

These criticisms are written in all friendliness and, frankly, from a
sense of some disappointment; for the reviewer, who is confronted by
many of the problems which have perplexed British botanists, had set
an imaginary standard for the new Flora and had looked forward to its
settling many of his own difficulties. That it does not in all details
meet precisely this preconception is, of course, natural. It is an im-
portant and in some ways a great book; and everyone who wishes to
keep abreast with the recent British work upon a flora in many fea-
tures identical with our own will await expectantly the volumes as they
come from the press.— M. L. F.

Vol. 16, no. 190, including pages 169 to 184, was issued 23 November, 1914.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 16. December, 1914. No. 192.

NOTES ON THE FLORA OF MARYLAND AND
VIRGINIA,— II.

Ivar TIDESTROM.

FIvE species of poplars are listed for Maryland in a recent work.!
In a booklet? covering a part of the Amentiferae (Salicaceae, Cerif-
erae, and Betulaceae) nine species were listed, of which five have been
introduced and four are native. It is to be noted that Elysium
Marianum purports to include Virginia also, but since all of the spe-
cles are found within the limits of Maryland, the wide difference
between the accounts of the poplars from the latter state should not
be passed over without some explanation. The lists given in Plant
Life of Maryland include the following species: Populus alba, P.
heterophylla, P. grandidentata, P. tremuloides, and P. dilatata.

Populus alba is found escaped in many places throughout the
region, as is also the closely related P. canescens. The two species are
readily distinguished both by the flowers and the leaves. The follow-
ing diagnoses are given of the staminate aments of the two species:

P. ALBA. Stam. aments fullgrown, 8-10 cm. long, 1.5 em. in
diameter: subtending floral bracts villous, rounded with a cuneate
base; light brown, 6 mm. long (incl. the stipe), 3 mm. wide, laciniately
cleft into 5 or more teeth: staminiferous disk (on a stalk 1 mm. long)
elliptic, about 2 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide: stamens about 8; anthers
red, 0.7 mm. long: pollen-grains spherical, almost smooth.

P. CANESCENS. Stam. aments fullgrown, about 9 cm. long, 2 cm.
in diameter: subtending floral bracts villous, rounded with a cuneate
base, russet brown, 4 mm. broad, 7 mm. long (incl. the whitish stipe),

! Plant Life of Maryland, p. 422.
? Elysium Marianum 3: 11, 1910.

202 Rhodora [DECEMBER

laciniately cleft into 5 or more teeth: staminiferous disk (on a stalk 2
mm. long) elliptic, about 3 mm. long, 2 mm. broad: stamens 12-16;
anthers red, 1 mm. long: pollen-grains almost smooth, somewhat
larger than in P. alba.

Comparing the descriptions we find several factors which do not
agree, particularly the number of stamens. In general the floral parts
in P. canescens exceed in size those of P. alba. Those who are in
position to observe the two species in the same locality will soon learn
to distinguish them in flower. The leaves of the young growth and
root-shoots of P. alba are more or less deeply lobed, while in P. canes-
cens they are merely toothed, or at the most shallowly lobed. Both
are known to send out innumerable root-shoots.

Populus canescens should be included in the list of introduced trees
that have become established in many places. I have not observed
it in the North and specimens, collected in New England southward
to Pennsylvania, belonging to the P. alba group, which have come to
my notice, have invariably been P. alba.

PoruLUs ALBA BoLLEANA. This handsome fastigiate form is found
in cultivation in our region, but not escaped so far as I have been able
to ascertain. Its floral characters differ somewhat from those of P.
alba. Stam. aments, fullgrown, about 6 cm. long, 1 em. or less in
diameter: subtending floral bracts villous, rounded with a cuneate
stalk equalling the blade; the latter dark brown below, lighter brown
towards the apex, cleft into 4 nearly equal teeth: staminiferous disk
(on a stalk 1 mm. long) elliptic about 2 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide: sta-
mens 8; anthers red, 1 mm. long.

POPULUS GRANDIDENTATA. This species was first recorded from
Canada by Michaux Sr., and the diagnosis by Richard reads:

* P. petiolis superne compressis; foliis subrotundo-ovalibus, acumi-
natis, utrinque glabris, inaequaliter sinuato-grandi-dentatis.

Obs. Affinis P. albae; foliis itidem quandoque basi biglandulosis.

Hab. in Canada." [L. C. Rich. in] Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 243,
1803.

Later Michaux Jr.' in his illustrated account of the trees of North
America gives us additional information about it so as to leave us in
no doubt as to its identity.

Prior to 1806 Muhlenberg communicated specimens (?) of a poplar

1Hist. des Arbres For. do l'Amér. Sept. 1812-13.

1914] Tidestrom,— Flora of, Maryland and Virginia,— II 203

to. Willdenow which he called P. trepida. The latter published it
under that name in 1806.' His description is applicable to P. grandi-
dentata and to no other. Moreover, Muhlenberg? later on refers P.
grandidentata to P. trepida. This was discussed by the writer in the
American Midland Naturalist 2: 13. 1911.

On July 5, while I was botanizing between Oakland and Thayer-
ville, Garrett Co., Maryland, another, poplar came to my notice.

Fig. 3.

. Fig. 1. Populus grandidentata f. septentrionalis. X 4.
Fig. 2. Populus grandidentata f. septentrionalis. X }.
Fig. 3. Populus grandidentata f. meridionalis. X 4.

It resembled much P. tremula at a distance but proved to be a form of
P. grandidentata. I was convinced at the time that the latter species
has a wide range of variation in the form and size of its leaves. There
appear to be three distinct forms of normal leaves — two of which
may sometimes occur on the same tree, if not on the same branch.

1 Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 803, 1806.
2 Muhl. Catalogue 92, 1813.

204 Rhodora [DECEMBER

The illustration given by Michaux Jr. shows a leaf-blade as broad as
long. In Maryland another type seems to prevail having an outline
recalling the leaf of Betula nigra. Dr. E. L. Greene has collected
specimens (f. 1) near Springfield, Nova Scotia, which show the first
type. The corresponding root-shoot leaf (f. 2) differs from the
ordinary root-shoot leaf by its attenuate apex (cf. ff. 2, 4). The
leaves of the young growth of our Maryland form are well illustrated
in figures 3 and 4, the latter figure representing a leaf with a blade
20 cm. in length.

Fig. 4. Fig. 5.

Fig. 4. Populus grandidentata f. meridionalis. X }.
Fig. 5. Populus grandidentata f. coelestina. X }.

The type of leaf of the poplar found in Garrett County deviates
much from that of the others.

The leaves of this form are thinner: their outline commonly sub-
rotund: the apex is not at all prominent, sometimes rounded so as to
make the leaf outline elliptical: the margin is repand or remotely
repand-dentate, and not prominently repand-dentate or serrate.

'The forms may be distinguished thus:

1914] Tidestrom,— Flora of Maryland and Virginia,— II 205

1. PoPULUS GRANDIDENTATA (ff. 1—5).

a. septentrional’s (ff. 1, 2): folia ramorum rotundata pauce
repande grandidentata, apice triangulare; surculorum cor-
data inaequaliter serrata, acuminata, subtus plus minusve
tomentosa vel canescentia.

Canada and New England.

8. meridionalis (ff. 3-4): folia ramorum elliptica (forma fol.
Betulae nigrae) repande grandidentata, apice triangulare;
surculorum cordata inaequaliter serrata, apice triangulare,
repande grandidentata, subtus plus minusve tomentosa
vel glabrescentia.

New England and southward.

y. coelestina (f. 5): folia ramorum rotundata vel elliptica, apice
triangulari obtuso vel rotundato, margine repando.
Mountains of Maryland. [Tm. 6449.]

POPULUS HETEROPHYLLA. This species is said to be rare. I have
observed it eight miles northeast of Pocomoke City, Worcester Co.,
Maryland, where it grows much scattered among other deciduous
trees and Chamaecyparis thyoides. The tree is usually tall and straight,
the branches and leaves being sometimes inaccessible. My specimens
(Tm. 5435] were gathered from root-shoots. Mr. H. H. Bartlett has
collected it at Sandy Landing, on the Potomac River some 17 miles
west of Washington.

PoPULUS TREMULOIDES. This species has been listed for Maryland.!
It is not, however, recorded from the region immediately south of
Pennsylvania in any of our recent manuals.”

No specimens from Maryland have ever come to my notice, nor
have I ever seen any trees in places where I might suspect its presence.
Supposed specimens from "Thayerville, Garrett County, Md., are not
of this species. On my recent visit to the latter place as stated
above, I found no trace of Populus tremuloides, but in its stead P.
grandidentata f. coelestina, which latter has a deceiving “ P. tremula
aspect" from a distance. It should be remembered that Western
Maryland is a little explored region botanically and that there are
hundreds of square kilometers of forest area as yet unexplored. "That
we might find it there is not at all unlikely, since other trees and shrubs
with which it is usually associated are present in Garrett County. I
have observed Populus tremuloides on Pocono Plateau, Pa., [Tm.

! Plant Life of Maryland, p. 423.
? Sargent, Man. of Trees of N. Am. p. 155, 1905.

Gray's Manual, p. 328, 1908.
Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. 1: 590, 1913.

206 Rhodora [DECEMBER

- 6551-53] where it forms dense growths in places. Along with the
typical form I observed also P. tremuloides 8. Davisiana ' [Tm. 6554]
hitherto only known from Richmond, Ohio.

Since the publication of this form Prof. C. A. Davis, its discoverer,
has collected it at Wenham, Mass. It is readily distinguished by its
large, sub-orbicular, 6-9 cm. long leaves and by its equally long,
coarse, flattened petioles. Professor Davis has also discovered another
very interesting form on Mount Riga, near Salisbury, Conn., for which
the following diagnosis is proposed:

POPULUS TREMULOIDES y reniformis.

Differt a forma typica foliis late reniformibus, abrupte apiculatis
margine repando serrato.

Type in U. S. Dept. Agr. Economic Herbarium.

Collected on Mount Riga, Conn., June 2, 1912.

This form is readily distinguished by its kidney-shaped leaves,
which are ordinarily about 5-6 cm. in length (including the abrupt
point) and 7-8 cm. in width.

There is great difference of opinion as to the limitation of Populus
tremuloides. According to some the concept of the species embraces
all the forms from Newfoundland to Mexico and Lower California.
Others again regard it as a composite species, some of the constituents
of which merit specific or at least varietal rank. The Rocky Moun-
tain form? was segregated from the Eastern upon floral character
mainly. The autumn coloring of the leaves differs much in the two
forms, the one turning into a golden varying into orange, the other
becoming pale lemon yellow.

With the exception of the introduced Populus dilatata [P. italica]
the Lombardy Poplar, nothing is said about our native species of
Black Poplars (Cottonwoods) by the Maryland botanists, although
ample material exists in the U. S. National Herbarium. The late
Professor Ward recorded “ Populus monilifera" (P. virginiana) long
since from the Potomac Valley, and the writer has observed it upstream
as far as Cumberland, Md.

The writer * has also treated the two “old” species of black poplars
(cottonwoods) which we have in Maryland and Virginia and has
separated them on both floral and leaf characters. Since that time

! Amer. Midl. Nat. 2: 15, 1911.
2 Populus aurea Tm. Am. Midl. Nat. 2: 15, ff. 3, 4, 1911.
3 Runopona 13: 195, 1911.

1914] Tidestrom,— Flora of Maryland and Virginia,—II 207

I have observed the true Carolina poplar * P. angulata” in its native
region along the Savannah River opposite Augusta, Ga.

Since Michaux, Jr. recorded the species from the Lower Virginia
we are justified in discussing it in this paper.

It is difficult to interpret the few lines of description given by
Marshall ! of his “ Populus deltoide." The description of the leaves
might fit any one of the forms now grouped under * P. deltoides.”

NON
- p
d / J
EN
J d p
» :
Ur Es
74
ct
\
Fig. 6. Fig. 7.

Fig. 6. Populus virginiana. X }.
Fig. 7. Populus virginiana. X }.

But his statement “It grows naturally upon rich low lands, onthe
banks of large rivers in Carolina and Florida” would compel us to
apply the name to P. angulata Ait., if we could be sure of its being the
only species of the Aigeiros group in the South. In my own treat-
ment of the black poplars I have applied the name P. deltoides to the
tree which the Philadelphia botanists of a century or more ago were
wont to see in their native region. Marshall (l. c.) mentions also P.
nigra, the black poplar. His description of this tree would indicate
that he had the true P. nigra in hand for he states that the leaves of
it are “a little downy underneath," a condition which does not exist

1 Arbustrum Americanum (originally from Bartram's Catalogue).

208 Rhodora [DECEMBER

in the “ P. deltoides” of the Delaware country. The latter is com-
monly planted in or about
Washington where I have
observed it, and its leaves
when unfolding are invari-
ably glabrous and shining.
Through the courtesy of Prof.
B. L. Robinson I have been
able to study material of the
true P. nigra of Europe.
Typical leaves of the latter
l are generally rhombic-acumi-
Fig. 8. nate. There is, however, a
Fig. 8. Populus deltoides. X ij. wide range of variation of the
Fig. 9. Populus deltoides. X 4. z
leaves of the two species and
some forms of both are nearly identical in outline. The pubescence,
however, even in full grown leaves, serves to distinguish the Old World
species from our own.

[
D

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES (SECT. AIGEIROS).

Leaves of a cordate type.

POPULUS VIRGINIANA Fouger (ff. 6-7). Normal leaves (excl. petiole)
8-10 em. long and nearly as broad, ciliolate; the base varying from
nearly truncate to cordate (f. 6.): rootshoot leaves larger (f. 7.): sta-
mens 30-50; anthers yellow (reddish at first). Fl. Apr-May. Along
Potomac River.

Leaves of a deltoid or ovate type.

Leaves predominantly deltoid.

PopuLus DELTOIDES Marsh. (ff. 8-10).
Normal leaves (excl. petiole) 8-10 em. long
and nearly as broad (ff. 8 and 10): root
shoot leaves larger, 12-15 cm. long and
nearly as broad (f. 9): stamens 30-50;
anthers dark red. Fl. March-April. Along
Delaware River. In cultivation.

Leaves predominantly ovate.

PoPULUS ANGULATA Ait. Hort. Kew. 3: 407.
1789. Michx. f. Hist. Arb. 3: 302. t. 12, Fig. 10. Populus
1813. Schneider, Ill. Handb. 1:9.f.1,0-p, deltoides. x4.
1904 (ff. 11-13.) Normal leaves (excl. petiole) 8-10 cm. long,
nearly as broad; the base varying from rounded to nearly trun-
cate (f. 12): rootshoot leaves 12-18 cm. long, 12-15 cm. broad; the
base rounded: flowers unknown. The young branches are of an
olive brown color, 5-winged (See Michx. f., l. c. t. 12.), with seat-

1914) Tidestrom,— Flora of Maryland and Virginia,— II — 209

tered, oblong, 1 mm. long, white lenticels. There is another type

of leaves (f. 13) present
on the young growth
which I have not ob-
served in the other
species. In the latter
form the serrations are
much finer.

Philip Miller observed as early
as in 1759 that the Carolina
Poplar was less able to resist cold
than the other species of that
group. Professor Bessey has
also called attention to this fact.

Michaux f. in his description
of the tree states: “Le bois du
Peuplier de Caroline est blanc et
trés-tendre; on n'en fait aucun
usage dans les pays of il croît.
Ce bel arbre a été introduit
depuis long-temps en Europe, ou
les Amateurs de cultures étran-
géres l'employent avec raison
pour l’ornement de leur resi-

Fig. 11. Populus angulata. x i.

dence champétre: seulement il a un inconvenient, c'est que, dans

Fig. 12.

WasHINGTON, D. C.

Eig 3:

Fig. 12. Populus angulata. X i.
Fig. 13. Populus angulata. x ; EX

quelques hivers rigoureux,
sous le climat de Paris, ses
pousses terminales sont
attaquées par les gelées.”
(Michx. f., 1. c) It was my
good fortune to observe this
handsome tree of our South-
land last fall (Sept. 23, 1913).
Populus deltoides which was
planted in the streets had al-
ready shed its leaves while the
native treegraced thebanks of
Savannah Riverinallitsglory.

I am indebted to Albert F.
Stouffer for the illustrations.

210 Rhodora [DECEMBER

THE WESTERN VARIETY OF MAIANTHEMUM
CANADENSE.

M. L. FERNALD.

THE conventional descriptions of Maianthemum canadense Desf.
in our manuals read: “Pubescent or glabrous"! or “Glabrous or
pubescent,” ? and a somewhat similar statement can be traced through
the writings of various authors as far back at least as Hooker, who,
writing of the plant of British America (“ Newfoundland to the Rocky
Mountains"), said “More or less downy or glabrous."? Prior to
Hooker, however, the students of American botany, dealing chiefly with
the plants of the Appalachian district, had described our plant as gla-
brous. Thus Pursh, who studied the plant sufficiently to distinguish
two varieties based upon leaf-outline, said “foliis . . . utrinque glaber-
rimis" * and Torrey wrote “leaves....very smooth on both sides.”
The latter descriptions, by botanists who knew the plants of the
Appalachian region, exactly agree with the original diagnosis of
Maianthemum canadense by Desfontaines: "foliis. . . .utrinque glaber-
rimis," ê and they perfectly describe the plant which occurs from
Labrador to North Carolina, Tennessee, Indiana, Michigan and east-
ern Ontario. A study of nearly two hundred collections of the plant
has failed to reveal a single pubescent specimen within the area above
defined; while west of Indiana, Michigan and adjacent Ontario the
plant is pilose upon the stem, rhachis and leaves (at least beneath).
The only exception thus far seen is glabrous material on a mixed sheet
from Brown County, Wisconsin; but with this single exception all the
specimens seen from western Ontario, Manitoba, Saskatchewan and
Alberta, southward to South Dakota, Iowa and Illinois are pubescent.
Study of the flowers has failed to reveal any differences in them and
in outline the foliage of the western pubescent plant closely simulates

1 Watson & Coulter in Gray, Man. ed. 6, 526 (1890); Robinson & Fernald in Gray,
Man. ed. 7, 291 (1908).

? Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. i. 431 (1896), ed. 2, 517 (1913) under Unifolium
canadense.

3 Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 176 (1839) under Smilacina bifolia.

* Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i, 233 (1814) under Smilacina canadensis.

5 Torr. Fl. No. & Mid. U. S. i. 353 (1824) under Convallaria bifolia.

* Desf. Ann. Mus. Paris, ix. 54 (1807).

1914] Fernald & Macbride,— Artostaphylos Uva-ursi 211

that of the eastern glabrous type; but in its pubescence the western
plant is so clearly distinguishable that it is worthy separation as a
geographic variety which may be called

MAIANTHEMUM CANADENSE Desf., var. interius, n. var., plus
minusve pilosum.— ONTARIO: Mungo Park Point, Lake Nipigon, 1912,
H. E. Pulling. Mantrosa: Lake Winnipeg, Richardson; Observation
Point, Lake Winnipeg, July 23, 1884, J. Macoun; Winnipeg Valley,
1859, Bourgeau. SASKATCHEWAN: Carleton House to Cumberland
House, July, 1827, Drummond. ALBERTA: Strathcona, June 21, 1903,
M. A. Barber, no. 189. Sours Dakora: Piedmont and Little Elk
Creek, alt. 4000 ft., June 27, 1892, Rydberg, no. 1043 (TYPE in Gray
Herb.) Iowa: Fayette, May, 1894, B. Fink. WiscowsiN: Brown
County, June 22, 1892, J. H. Schuette. Iturots: Fountaindale,
Winnebago County, 1870, “a rare plant with us," M. S. Bebb; Starved
Rock, La Salle County, June, 1909, Greenman, Lansing, & Dixon, no.
34; Lake Villa, August 3, 1906, Gleason & Shobe, no. 103; Chicago,
H. A. Warne.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

THE NORTH AMERICAN VARIATIONS OF
ARCTOSTAPHYLOS UVA-URSI.

M. L. FERNALD AND J. FRANCIS MACBRIDE.

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS Uva-unsi, as it occurs in North America, seems
to fall into three somewhat pronounced geographic variants differing
primarily in the pubescence of the branches. The shrub which most
clearly matches the European material has the very young branchlets
minutely tomentulose and commonly somewhat viscid, but soon loses
its pubescence. "This typical form of the species is less common in
North America than one of the others, but occurs in characteristic
aspect from Greenland to Newfoundland and Quebec, and from the
Bering Sea region locally southward to the Black Hills, New Mexico
and Washington. This is the shrub described by Klotzsch as Daph-
nidostaphylis Fendleriana Klotzsch, Linnaea, xxiv. 80 (1851), and
although the Fendler material is more glutinous than most of the
European material, it is well matched by a sheet of specimens from the
Pyrenees.

212 Rhodora [DECEMBER

The commonest variety in North America is a shrub with the
branches invested with a dense canescent almost felt-like minute
tomentum, which is persistent, at least for several years. This
variety, which is apparently restricted to North America, does not
extend so far north as the typical form of the species, but is very
general through the southern half of its range, especially in the East.

The most extreme variation is a shrub of western Canada and
Montana and the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, which has
the branchlets loosely villous, the trichomes viscid and commonly
mixed with stipitate glands. These three variants seem so pronounced
and to have such well-defined ranges, that it is desirable to designate
them as definite geographical varieties.

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS Uva-urst (L.) Spreng., var. coactilis, n. var.,
ramulis canescento-tomentulosis, non viscosis, tomentulo persistente.

Branchlets canescent-tomentulose, not viscid, the minute tomentum
persistent.— Newfoundland to Yukon, south to Virginia, Indiana,
Illinois, and in the mountains to Colorado and northern California.
The following, among the numerous specimens examined, are cited as
typical. NEWFOUNDLAND: gravelly terrace of Exploits River,
Grand Falls, August 12, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no.
6029; dry limestone barrens, Ingornachoix Bay, August 1, 1910,
Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3847. QuEBEc: sandhills, Coffin
Island, Magdalen Islands, July 19, 1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long &
St. John, no. 7910. Prince Epwarp IsrANDp: sandhills, Bothwell,
August 24, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 7911. Nova Scotia:
dry open soil, Kentville, August 22, 1902, Fernald. Maine: dry
bank, Pembroke, August 15, 1909, Fernald, no. 2040; open sandy
woods, Brunswick, May 18, 1899, E. B. Chamberlain (TYPE, in Gray
Herb). New Hampsatre: Newington, May 26, 1890, C. H. Morss;
dry, open ground, Peterboro, June 12, 1908, Rand & Robinson, no.
443. MaSssACHUSETTS: rocky hill, Waltham, May 1, 1898, E. F.
Williams; Plymouth, April 25, 1865, Wm. Boott; Chilmark, April 25,
1897, S. Harris. RHopE Istanp: East Providence, April 28, 1906,
E. S. Reynolds, no. 0618. Connecticut: dry granite rocks, Guilford,
May 8 and August 14, 1906, G. H. Bartlett. ViRGINIA: near Luray,
August 25, Steele, no. 211. Ontario: Battersea, August 18, 1898,
J. Fowler. INDtANA: dry pine-barrens, Edgemoor, July 24, 1906,
Lansing, no. 2600. Iuuirvors: dry sand-ridges, Waukegan, August 17,
1906, Gleason & Shobe, no. 343. Micataan: bare dune, Hamlin
Lake, Ludington, 1910, Chaney, no. 164. Wisconsin: Camp Douglas,
August 12, 1891, E. A. Mearns. MaNrrOoBA: Lake Winnipeg Valley,
1857, Bourgeau. WvoMiNG: Tabernacle Butte, August 31, 1894,
Nelson, no. 1126; open steep slopes, Sheep Mountain, Sept. 2, 1903,
Goodding, no. 2004. CoroRaADo: Clements, no. 82. Yukon: 1898-

1914] Fernald,— Carex leptonervia a valid Species 213

1901, Maclean. British CoruMBIA: shore of Howser Lake, Selkirk
Mts., June 17, 1905, Shaw, no. 707. Ipano: Craig Mts., Nez Perces
County, May 20, 1892, Sandberg, MacDougal & Heller, no. 204.
WasurNGTON: Hangman Creek, Spokane County, May 24, 1893,
Sandberg & Leiberg, no. 69. Cattrornta: Humboldt Bay, May,
1901, H. P. Chandler, no. 1133.

A. Uva-urst, var. adenotricha, n. var., ramulis petiolisque viscoso-
villosis, pilis cum glandulis nigris stipitatis mixtis.

Branchlets and petioles viscid-villous, the pubescence mixed with
stipitate black glands.— Saguenay County, Quebec, Saskatchewan,
British Columbia and northwestern Montana. QUEBEC: Seven
Islands, August 4, 1907, C. B. Robinson, no. 732; Mingan, June, 1909,
C. W. Townsend. SASKATCHEWAN: 1857-8, Bourgeau. BritisH Co-
LUMBIA: high rocks above Emerald Lake, July 4, 1904, C. H. Shaw,
no. 5200, in part; stony hillside, Golden, May 11, 1888, C. F. Batchelder
(TYPE, in Gray Herb.). Montana: Spanish Creek, Gallatin County,
Sept. 20, 1901, J. Vogel.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

CAREX MARITIMA IN MARSHFIELD, MassacHUSETTS.— On July 4,
1914, Judge J. R. Churchill and I found specimens of Carex maritima
O. F. Mueller, growing in the landward edge of the salt-marsh near
the Marshfield station. The plants were small, not over half the size
of the average specimens I have seen on the Maine coast. This is a
southward extension of range of about thirty miles. The southern-
most station given by the Local Flora Committee is Cambridge.—
CLARENCE H. KNowrroN, Hingham, Massachusetts.

CAREX LEPTONERVIA A VALID SPECIES.— Since the publication
of the northernmost representative of Carex laxiflora Lam. as C. laxi-
flora, var. leptonervia Fernald, RHopora, viii. 184 (1906), the writer
has watched the plant with great care both in the field and in the her-
barium and has found it so constant in its characters and so pronounced
in its range that he is satisfied that it is a Canadian species quite dis-
tinct from the more southern complex comprising C. laxiflora and the
other plants which are often placed with it as varieties. In all these
southern plants, which reach their northeastern limit in New England
or adjacent Canada, the perigynium is strongly nerved, but in C. lepto-
nervia the smaller perigynium is nerveless or essentially so. The
latter plant, as originally indicated, belongs to a rather northern area,

214 Rhodora [DECEMBER

extending south only in the cooler or upland districts. It is the
only representative of the group to which it belongs about the Gulf
of St. Lawrence and in Newfoundland and it extends northward to
Newfoundland Labrador, where it is a component of a truly boreal
flora. In the second edition of Britton & Brown's Illustrated Flora
the plant is reduced outright to synonymy by Mackenzie under C.
anceps Muhl. or C. laxiflora, var. patulifolia (Dewey) Carey; but that
much larger plant has larger strongly-nerved perigynia and belongs
distinctly to a more southern area, reaching its northeastern limit of
distribution in the warm deciduous woods of southernmost Maine.
The northern plant should be called

Carex leptonervia (Fernald), n. comb. C. laxiflora Lam., var.
leptonervia Fernald, Rnmopona, viii. 184 (1906).— M. L. FERNALD,
Gray Herbarium.

ERRATA.

Page 10, line 40; for Lehm. read S. F. Gray, Brit. Pl. ii. 581 (1821).

" 13, “ 20; for punicens read puniceus.

" 27, “ 19; at beginning of line insert [.

at end of same line add ].

" 27, " 21; atend of line omit |].

" 3838, '' 26; for L. read LYCOPODIUM.

" $89, ~“ 17; ford. read Juncus.

* 39, “ 26; for P. read PoLYGonum.

“ 76, “ 1; forCephas read Cepha-.

" 117, “ 27; forname read namer.

" 130, “ 30; for em. read mm.

" 166, “ 19; fortrigonis read trigono-.

" 176, “ 9; for20 read 30.

On title-page of September number; for Panicum wrightianum
in Connecticut read Panicum wrightianum in Long Island.

Vol. 16, no. 191, including pages 185 to 200, was issued 17 December, 1914.

x52 421014] Index ZU

INDEX TO VOLUME 16.

New scientific names are printed in full face type.

Acer saccharinum, 13, 16; saccha- 130; eucosma, 129, 133, 196;

rum, 15.

Achillea lanulosa, 192.

Acorns, Plural Seeds in, 141.

Acorus Calamus, 89.

Agropyron caninum, 17; repens, var.
pilosum, 190.

Agrostis alba, 189;
mexicana, 89.

Aira, 81; caryophyllea, 78.

Aitonia erythrosperma, 62.

Alaria, 4.

Alburg, Vermont, Spiraea salicifolia

var. aristata,

in, 96.

Alder, 56; A cut-leaved, 56.

Algae, 1, 3; Drifting, 1.

Allies of Solidago odora, 52.

Alnus, 110; incana, 13, 56, 88, 110,
var. glauca, 56, var. glauca, forma
tomophylla, 56, var. pinnatifida,
56; rugosa, 110; vulgaris, 111.

Alopecurus geniculatus, 89, var.
aristulatus, 89.

Alpine Bearberries and the generic
Status of Arctous, 21.

Alsine borealis, 150; borealis alpes-
tris, 151; brachypetala, 151; Sim-
coei, 145, 150.

Alsineae, 145.

Ambrosia trifida, var. integrifolia, 40.

Amelanchier, 198; laevis, 15.

Amentiferae, 201.

America, Some Antennarias of north-
eastern, 129; Some Willows of
boreal, 169.

American Variations of Potentilla
palustris, 5; Variations of Stellaria
borealis, 144.

Ammophila arenaria, 39, 189.

Amphicarpa monoiea, 15.

Andromeda Mariana, 158.

Andropogon furcatus, 16.

Angelica atropurpurea, 13.

Antennaria, 129, 134, 196; albicans,
197; alpina, 131, var. cana, 129,
131, 196, var. monocephala, 130;
canadensis, 132, 196, 197, var.
spathulata, 132, 196; carpatica,

glabrata, 130; microphylla, 132;
neglecta, 133, 134, var. subcorym-
bosa, 133, 134; neodoica, 132, 133,
var. gaspensis, 132, var. rupicola,
131-133; petaloidea, 133, 134, var.
scariosa, 133, 134, var. subcorym-
bosa, 133; pygmaea, 129, 130;
rosea, 132; rupicola, 132, 133;
spathulata, 196, 197; straminea,
130, 131; subviscosa, 131, 132,
196, 197.

Antennarias of northeastern Amer-
ica, 129; Two Newfoundland, 196.

Anthriscus Cerefolium, 96.

Antithamnion floccosum, 4.

Apios tuberosa, 13, 15.

Apoeynum androsaemifolium, 15;
cannabinum, 12.

Arabis Holboellii, 132.

Arbutus, 25-27; alpina, 21, 25, 27;
Uva-ursi, 27, 28.

Arctostaphylos, 22, 23, 25-32; al-
pina, 21-23, 25, 27-30, 32; glauca,
29, 30; Manzanita, 31; Pringlei,
31; pungens, 31; rubra, 32;
tomentosa, 31; Uva-ursi, 25-29,
31, 211, The North American
Variations of, 211, var. adeno-
tricha, 213, var. coactilis, 212.

Arctous, 22, 23, 28-32; alpina, 30,
32, var. rubra, 22, 30, 32, 33; The
alpine Bearberries and the generic
Status of, 21.

Arenaria, 147, 180; calycantha, 146,
147, 150; ciliata, 44, The North
American Representative of, 43,
var. humifusa, 43, 44, var. norve-
gica, 44; cylindrocarpa, 43;
lateriflora, 55, 179, 180, Forms of,
179; macrophylla, 55; norvegica,
44; peploides, var. robusta, 190.

Argentina rubra, 10.

Armillaria ponderosa, 47.

Artemisia caudata, 39.

Arundo canadensis, 89.

Asclepias syriaca, 14; tuberosa, 185;
verticillata, 185.

216

Ascophyllum, 3, 4; nodosum, 3, 4.

Aspidium Filix-mas, 78.

Asplenium Ruta-muraria, 198; Tri-
chomanes, 198.

Aster, 57, 60; angustus, 57, 58, 60;
cordifolius, 15; frondosus, 57, 58,
60; lateriflorus, var. hirsuticaulis,
15; laurentianus, 59-61, var.
contiguus, 60, 61, var. magda-
lenensis, 59, 61; linariifolius,
192-194, A northern Variety of,
192, var. Victorinii, 194; macro-
phyllus, var. ianthinus, 13, 15;
panieulatus, 13; ptarmicoides, 20,
in Connecticut, 19; puniceus, 13;
subulatus, 57-61, var. obtusi-
folius, 61; umbellatus, 13.

Asterella, 63.

Asters of the Maritime Provinces,
Some annual halophytie, 57.

Astroporae, 63.

Atriplex patula, 199, var. hastata, 39,
var. littoralis, 39.

Avena fatua, 183, in eastern Massa-
chusetts, 183.

Bacteria, 79.

Bailey, William Whitman, 97.

Ballota nigra, 86.

Barbarea vulgaris, 14.

Barbilophozia quinquedentata, 67.

Barnstable County, Massachusetts,
Orontium in, 18.

Bartlett, H. H., Systematie Studies
on Oenothera,— IV. Oe. francis-
cana and Oe. venusta spp. novv. 33.

Bazzania trilobata, 68.

Bearberries and the generic Status of
Arctous, The alpine, 21.

Bearberry, 26.

Bear's Grape, 26.

Benzoin aestivale, 91, var. xantho-
carpum, 91.

Betula, 111; alba, var. minor, 39,
var. papyrifera, 111; lenta, 111;
lutea, 111, 190; nigra, 111, 204;
populifolia, 38, 111.

Betulaceae, 110, 199, 201.

Bicknell, E. P., Some Grasses note-
worthy in Massachusetts, 81; Viola
emarginata in Massachusetts, 76.

Bidens discoidea, 40.

Black Poplar, 206.

Blake, S. F., The earliest Name of
the Snowberry, 117; A new Coch-
learia from Newfoundland, 135; six
Weeks' Botanizing in Vermont,—
III, 38.

Boehmeria cylindrica, 13.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Boletus, 86.

Boston District, Reports on the Flora
of the,.— XIX, 106.

Botanical Club, The nineteenth an-
nual winter Meeting of the Ver-
mont, 78; Club, Twentieth an-
nual field Meeting of the Vermont,
198; Society, The twentieth an-
nual field Meeting of the Josselyn,
90.

Botanists and their Herbaria, Old-
time Connecticut,— I, 83.

Brace, J. P., 83.

Brachyactis, 60, hybrida, 60.

Bromus altissimus, 13; madritensis,
166; maximus, 166; rubens, 166;
teetorum, 166; villosus, 166, var.
Gussonei, 166.

Cactus Opuntia, 101.

Calamagrostis, 89.

Callitriche heterophylla, 89.

Calluna, 158.

Calypogeia suecica, 76; Sullivantii,
75

Calypso borealis, 198.

Cambridge British Flora, 198.

Camelina sativa, 191.

Canada and Newfoundland, Three
Lupines naturalized in eastern, 92.

Cape Cod, Opuntia vulgaris on, 101;
Two species new to, 78

Carex anceps, 213; canescens, 190;
cephaloidea, 13; concinna, 132;
flava, 89; laxiflora, 214, var.
leptonervia, 213, 214, var. patu-
lifolia, 214; lenticularis, 12; lepto-
nervia, 213, 214, a valid Species,
213; longirostris, 13; Carex mari-
tima, 213, in Marshfield, Massa-
chusetts, 213; retrorsa, 14, var.
Hartii, 14; salina, var. kattegaten-
sis, 190; stellulata, var. angustata,
190; torta, 12; Tuckermani, 14;
vulpinoidea, 16.

Carolina Poplar, 207, 209.

Carpinus, 111; caroliniana, 111.

Carya, 109; alba, 109, 110; cordi-
formis, 109; glabra, 109; micro-
carpa, 109, 110; ovalis, var.
obcordata, 110; ovata, 110, var.
Nuttallii, 110.

Castanea, 111; dentata, 111; pumila,
112.

Celastrus, 16; scandens, 13.

Cephalozia catenulata, var. pallida,
70; connivens, 70; Francisci, 75;
lunulaefolia, 70, 71; media, 62, 70,
71; multiflora, 70, 71; pallida, 70,

1914]

71; serriflora, 71; symboliea, 70,
71, var. pallida, 70.

Cephaloziella byssacea, 76; Sulli-
vantii, 75.

Ceramium rubrum, 4.

Ceratophyllum, 158; demersum, 159.

Ceriferae, 201.

Chamaecyparis thyoides, 205.

Chamaedaphne, 163.

Chantransia, 4.

Chara, 158.

Chase, A., Panicum Wrightianum in
Long Island, 167; An unwelcome
Invader, 166.

Chenopodiaceae, 198.

Chestnut Oak, 142.

Chiloscyphus rivularis, 75.

Chiococea alba, 118.

Chorda, 105.

Cicuta bulbifera, 15, 40; maculata, 16.

Cireaea intermedia, 13; Lutetiana,
15, 17.

Clavaria, 50; Kromholzii, 50; obtu-
sissima, 50; pallescens, 50; similis,
50.

Clematis virginiana, 13.

Clethra alnifolia, 90.

Clevea, 63, 64; hyalina, 62-64, var.
californica, 63; Rousseliana, 63.

Clintonia borealis, 89.

Clitocybe amara, 49; parasitica, 79;
subnigricans, 50.

Clitopilus leptonia, 48; subvilis, 48;
vilis, 48.

Club, Golden, 18, 19; The nineteenth
annual winter Meeting of the
Vermont Botanical, 78; Twentieth
annual field Meeting of the Ver-
mont Botanical, 198.

Cochlearia anglica, 135; cyclocarpa,
135, 136; from Newfoundland, A
new, 135.

Collins, F. S., Drifting Algae, 1;
Opuntia vulgaris on Cape Cod, 101;
Two Species new to Cape Cod, 78.

Collybia, 47, 48; subdecumbens, 48;
truncata, 48.

Color Forms, Some interesting, 128.

Colorado, Viola Selkirkii in, 94.

Comarum, 5; angustifolium, 6, 7,
10, 11, var. parvifolium, 6, 7, 10;
digitatum, 6, 10; palustre, 6, 7, 10,
8 villosum, 6, 8, 11; tomentosum,
6, 9, 11.

Compositae, 63.

Comptonia asplenifolia, 89.

Concerning Philadelphus platyphyl-
lus Rydb., 77.

Conioselinum chinense, 12, 13.

Index

217

Connecticut Botanists and their
Herbaria, Old-time,— I, 83; Pas-
palum in eastern, 136; Scirpus
occidentalis and Aster ptarmi-
coides in, 19; Unusual Plants
found in Salisbury, 96.

Conocephalum, 63.

Convallaria bifolia, 89, 210; pubes-
cens, 89; racemosa, 89; umbellu-
lata, 89.

Convolvulus sepium, 13.

Conyza, 60.

Conyzopsis, 60.

Corema Conradii, 191.

Cornus Amomum, 13;
var. intermedia, 192;
90; stolonifera, 13.

Coronilla varia, 185.

Cortinarius duracinus, 49; pholideus,

canadensis,
circinata,

Corylus, 111; americana, 111; ros-
trata, 13, 111.

Corynephorus canescens, 81.

Cottonwoods, 206.

Crapaud vert, 104.

Crataegus Jonesae, 191.

Cross, E. R. Viola Selkirkii in
Colorado, 94.

Cryptogramma Stelleri, 198.

Cuscuta Gronovii, 15.

Cut-leaved Alder, 56.

Cynosurus cristatus, 87.

Cyperus dentatus, 39; diandrus, 39;
strigosus, 16, forma capitatus, 39,
var. compositus, 39.

Cypripedium, 158.

Danthonia compressa, 16.

Daphne Mezereum, 96.

Daphnidostaphylis Fendleriana, 211.

Davis, S., Some fleshy Fungi of Stow,
Massachusetts,— II, 45.

Deane, W., Maria L. Owen, 153;
Reports on the Flora of the Bos-
ton District,— XIX, 106; William
Whitman Bailey, 97.

Decodon verticillatus, var. laeviga-
tus, 192.

Dentaria diphylla, 15.

Dermini, 50.

Deschampsia caespitosa, 16.

Desmarestia aculeata, 3.

Desmodium acuminatum, 15; cana-
dense, 15.

Desmotrichum, 105.

Diplophylleia, 73, 74; gymnostomo-
phila, 72.

Diplophyllum, 72-75; albicans, 73-
75; apiculatum, 74, 75; gym-

218

nostomophilum, 62, 71-75; in-
curvum, 75; taxifolium, 74.
Discovery of the long-sought Alga,
Stictyosiphon tortilis, 105.
Draba hirta, 132.
Drifting Algae, 1.
Dwarf Raspberry, 151.

Eames, E. H., Scirpus occidentalis
and Aster ptarmicoides in Con-
necticut, 19.

Earliest Name of the Snowberry, 117.

Eccilia, 47; flavida, 47.

Echinocystis lobata, 13.

Ectocarpus confervoides, 4;
losus, 105.

Elymus arenarius, 184; australis, 82;
canadensis, 13; virginicus, var.
hirsutiglumis, 189.

Empetrum nigrum, 191.

Entoloma, 48, 50; flavifolium, 50;
fumosonigrum, 50; mirabile, 50;
Peckianum, 50; salmoneum, 50.

Epigaea, 88.

Epilobium adenocaulon, var. per-
plexans, 192.

Equisetum, 16; arvense, 14; hye-
male, var. affine, 15; littorale, 16;
ratense, 96.

Erica, 158.

Erigeron hyssopifolius, 193.

Eriocaulon septangulare, 39.

Eriophorum callitrix, 87;
cum, 90.

Errata, 214.

Erucastrum Pollichii, 40.

Erysimum cheiranthoides, 191.

Erythronium americanum, 15.

Eumycetes, 79.

Eupatorium urticaefolium, 13, 15.

Euphorbia Cyparissias, 167, Station
for fruiting, 167; dentata, 89;
glyptosperma, 40; hirsuta, 89.

Evans, A. W., Notes on New Eng-
land Hepaticae,— XI, 62.

silicu-

virgini-

Fagaceae, 111.

Fagus, 112; grandifolia, 112, forma
pubescens, 112.

Fellows, D. W., The twentieth an-
nual field Meeting of the Josselyn
Botanical Society, 90

Fernald, M. L., The alpine Bear-
berries and the generic Status of
Arctous, 21; The American Varia-
tions of Potentilla palustris, 5;
American Variations of Stellaria
borealis, 144; The Cambridge
British Flora, 198; Carex lep-

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

tonervia a valid Species, 213; A
cut-leaved Alder, 56; The Genus
Ruppia in eastern North America,
119; The glabrous-leaved Sweet
Gale, 167; The narrow-leaved
Variety of Salix pyrifolia, 116;
A new maritime Polygonum from
Nova Scotia, 187; The North
American Representative of Are-
naria ciliata, 43; The North
American Variations of Arcto-
staphylos Uva-ursi, 211; A north-
ern Variety of Aster linariifolius,
192; Nymphaea variegata or N.
americana? 137; Some annual
halophytic Asters of the Maritime
Provinces, 57; Some Antennarias
of northeastern America, 129;
Some Willows of boreal America,
169; Three Lupines naturalized in
eastern Canada and Newfoundland,
92; Two Newfoundland Anten-
narias, 196; The Variations of
Ranunculus Cymbalaria, 160; The
Varieties of Hieracium scabrum,
181; The West Virginian Variety of
Polygonum cilinode, 165; A west-
ern Variety of Maianthemum
canadense, 210.

Festuca, 90; fluitans, 90.

Flora of Maryland and Virginia,
Notes on the,— II, 201; of the
Boston District, Reports on the,—
XIX, 106; of the Old Colony, The
original, 113; of the Penobscot Bay
Region, Maine, Notes on the, 189;
of the Sandy River Valley in
Maine, 11.

Floyd, F. G., Rediscover
historic Collection of
setts Plants, 185.

Flynn, N. F., The nineteenth annual
Meeting of the Vermont Botanical
Club, 78; Twentieth annual field
Meeting of the Vermont Botanical
Club, 198.

Form of Potentilla tridentata, 194.

Forms of Arenaria lateriflora, 179.

Fraxinus pennsylvanica, 16.

Frullania Selwyniana, 76.

Fucus, 3; vesiculosus, 3.

Fungi of Stow, Massachusetts, Some
fleshy, — II, 45; which cause Plant-
disease, 79.

of an
assachu-

Gale, The glabrous-leaved Sweet,
167; Sweet, 167.

Gale, 167; palustris, 167, var. sub-
glabra, 167.

1914]

Galera sphagnorum, 46.

Gentiana Andrewsii, 89; quinque-
flora, 90; Saponaria, 89.
Genus Ruppia in eastern North

America, 119.
Gerardia paupercula, 40; tenuifolia,
40

Glabrous-leaved Sweet Gale, 167.
Glyceria, 14; acutiflora, 90; borealis,

14.

Golden Club, 18, 19.

Grape, Bear's, 26.

Grasses noteworthy in Massachu-
setts, 81.

Gratiola neglecta, 88; virginiana,
88.

Grimaldia, 63.

Gyromitra esculenta, 45.

Habenaria, 90; blephariglottis, 90;
ciliaris, 158; flava, 16.

Halosaccion, 4; ramentaceum, 4.

Harshberger, J. W., Pinus Banksiana
on Nantucket, 184.

Hebeloma discomorbidum, 51.

Helianthus decapetalus, 13.

Hepatica, 128.

Hepaticae, Notes on New England,—
XI, 62.

Heracleum lanatum, 13.

Herbaria, Old-time Connecticut
Botanists and their,— I, 83.

Heteranthera dubia, 198.

Hibiscus boreale, 40; Trionum, 40.

Hieracium scabrum, 181, The Varie-
ties of, 181, var. intonsum, 183,
var. leucocaule, 182, var. ton-
sum, 182.

Hill, A. F., Notes on the Flora of the
Penobscot Bay Region, Maine,
189; A pubescent Variety of the
dwarf Raspberry, 151.

Himanthalia lorea, 4.

Holcus odoratus, 186.

Hyannis, Massachusetts, Orontium
8b, Fl.

Hygrophorus, 51; Morrisii, 49; ni-
tratus, 49; Peckianus, 49; psitta-
cinus, 48; pustulatus, 49.

Hypericum punctatum, 16.

Hypholoma delineatum, 46; rugo-
cephalum, 46.

Hyporhodii, 50.

Hystrix patula, 15.

Ilex, 28; glabra, 163-165, New
England Distribution of Ilex opaea
and, 163; opaca, 163-165, and

Ilex glabra, New England Dis-

Index

219

tribution of, 163; verticillata, var.
padifolia, 191.
Ilysanthes, 88.

Inocybe, 51; agglutinata, 48, 51;

asterospora, 51; calospora, 5l;
castaneoides, 51; diminuta, 51;
euthelella, 51; eutheloides, 51;

hiulea, 51; infelix, 51; longispora,
51; minima, 51; rimosoides, 51;
subochracea, 51; trechispora, 51;
umboninota, 51.

Is Arenaria lateriflora dioecious? 55.

Isanthus, 89; brachiatus, 88. I

Isoétes echinospora, var. Braunii,
IN

Jack, J. G., Plural seeds in Acorns,
141.

Josselyn Botanical Society, The
twentieth annual field Meeting of
the, 90.

Juglandaceae, 109.

Juglans, 110; cinerea, 16, 110.

Juncus effusus, 90, var. solutus,
39, 90; filiformis, 12; Greenei,
190; nodosus, 12. :

Jungermannia barbata, 67; conni-
vens, 71, forma symbolica, 70, 71;

cordifolia, 75; ferruginea, 73;
grandiretis, 65; Helleriana, 72;
lacinulata, 70; lunulaefolia, 70,
71; Lyoni, 67; multiflora, 70;

ovata, 72, 73; pumila, 76; quin-
quedentata, 67, 68.

Juniperus horizontalis, 189;
giniana, 186.

vir-

Kjellmannia sorifera, 152, found on
the Rhode Island Coast, 152.

Knowlton, C. H., Carex maritima in
Marshfield, Massachusetts, 213;
Flora of the Sandy River Valley in
Maine, 11; New England Dis-
tribution of Ilex opaca and Ilex
glabra, 163; The original Flora of
the old Colony, 113; Orontium at
Hyannis, Massachusetts, 77; Re-
ports on the Flora of the Boston
District, — XIX, 106; Spiraea
salicifolia in Alburg, Vermont, 96.

Laccaria laccata, 49.

Lactarius fuliginosus, 49; lignyotus
50.

Laetuea floridana, 78.

Laminaria, 3, 4; Agardhii, 3; longi-
cruris, 3, 4

Laminariaceae, 4.

Laportea canadensis, 13.

220

Lathyrus maritimus, 39; palustris,
var. pilosus, 191.

Leersia virginica, 16.

Leguminosae, 15.

Lepiota cristatella, 46.

Leptonia, 48, 51; flavobrunnea, 51;
gracilipes, 51; validipes, 51.
Lilium canadense, 13; tigrinum, 39.

Lily, Yellow Pond, 137, 139.

Linaria minor, 40.

Lindernia, 88.

Lolium perenne, 87.

Lombardy Poplar, 206.

Long, B., The American Variations
of Potentilla palustris, 5.

Long Island, Panicum Wrightianum
in, 167.

Lonicera, 118; alba, 118, 119;
canadensis, 118; ciliata, 118; ta-
tarica, 40.

Loomis, M. L., Avena fatua in eastern
Massachusetts, 183.

Lophozia confertifolia, 75; grandire-
tis, 62, 65, 66, var. humilis, 65;
incisa, 66, 67; IKaurini, 75; Lyoni,
67, 68; marchica, 67; Mildeana,
66, 67; quinquedentata, 62, 67, 68.

Lunularia, 63.

Lupine, 92, 93, 128.

Lupines naturalized in eastern Can-
ada and Newfoundland, Three,
92.

Lupinus albicaulis, 93; nootkaten-
sis, 94; perennis, forma albira-
cemus, 129, forma roseus, 128;
polyphyllus, 94.

Lycopodium tristachyum, 38.

Lycopus virginicus, 16.

Lysimachia terrestris, 15; vulgaris,
185.

Macbride, J. F., The North American
Variations of Arctostaphylos Uva-
ursi, 211.

.Maianthemum canadense, 89, 210,
A western Variety of, 210, var.
interius, 211.

Maine, Flora of the Sandy River
Valley in, 11; Notes on the Flora
of the Penobscot Bay Region, 189.

Mairania, 26-29, 32; alpina, 22, 27,
28, 33; Arctostaphylos, 27; Uva-
ursi, 27, 28.

Maple, River, 13.

Marasmius, 46; varicosus, 46.

Marchantia, 63; hyalina, 62.

Marchantiaceae, 62.

Maritime Provinces, Some annual
halophytic Asters of the, 57.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Marshfield, Massachusetts, Carex
maritima in, 213.
Marsilea quadrifolia, 85.
Martinella gymnostomophila, 71.
Maryland and Virginia, Notes on the
Flora of,— II, 201.
Massachusetts, Avena fatua in east-
ern, 183; Carex maritima in Marsh-
field, 213; Orontium at Hyannis, 77;
Orontium in Barnstable County,
18; Plants, Rediscovery of an
historic Collection of, 185; Some
fleshy Fungi of Stow,— II, 45;
Some Grasses noteworthy in, 81;
Viola emarginata in, 76.
Mertensia, 158; maritima, 192.
Metzgeria pubescens, 75.
Micropetalon, 146; lanceolatum, 151.
Milium effusum, 14; pungens, 90.
Mimulus ringens, 15.
Moehringia lateriflora, 56;
phylla, 55.
Monostroma, 4; fuscum, 4.
Moore, A. H., Allies of Solidago
odora, 52; Concerning Phila-
delphus platyphyllus Rydb., 77;
Some interesting color Forms, 128.
Moss, C. E., [Notice of Work], 198.

macro-

Muhlenbergia foliosa, 13; mexi-
cana, 89; sobolifera, 90; tenui-
flora, 89.

Murdoch, J. Jr., Orontium in Barn-
stable County, Massachusetts, 18.

Mycena, 47.

Mycetozoa, 79.

Myrica, 89, 109; asplenifolia, 38,
109; carolinensis, 109; Gale, 109,
167, var. subglabra, 167.

Myricaceae, 109.

Myriophyllum tenellum, 40.

Naiadaceae, 120.

Najadaceae, 120.

Nantucket, Pinus Banksiana on,
184.

Nardia Geoscyphus, 76.

Narrow-leaved Variety of Salix pyri-
folia, 116.

Naucoria sphagnophila, 48.

Neesiella, 63; carnica, 65; pilosa, 62,
65; rupestris, 62, 64, 65.

New Cochlearia from Newfoundland,
135.

New England Distribution of Ilex
opaca and Ilex glabra, 163; He-
paticae, Notes on,— XI, 62.

Newfoundland, A new Cochlearia
from, 135; Three Lupines natur-
alized in eastern Canada and, 92.

1914]

New maritime Polygonum from Nova
Scotia, 187.

Nolanea, 47; delicatula, 47.

North America, The Genus Ruppia
in eastern, 119.

North American Representative of
Arenaria ciliata, 43; Variations
of Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, 211.

Northern Variety of Aster linarii-
folius, 192.

Notes on New England Hepaticae,—
XI, 62; on the Flora of Maryland
and Virginia,— II, 201; on the
Flora of Penobscot Bay Region,
Maine, 189.

Nova Scotia, A new maritime Poly-
gonum from, 187.

Nuphar, 139; advena, 139-141;
americana, 138-141, a tomentosa,

139; Kalmiana, 141; variegata,
140.

Nymphaea, 138; advena, 137, 139,
140, var. variegata, 137, var.

variegatum, 137; americana, 138,
139, 141, or N. variegata? 137;
microphylla, 17; odorata, 141;
variegata, 137, 138, 141, or N.
americana? 137.

'Oak, 79; Chestnut, 142; Red, 142,
143; White, 142.

Oenothera biennis, 15, 34; francis-
cana, 33-35, 37; Hookeri, 33;
Lamarckiana, 37; murieata, 15;
Systematie Studies on,— IV, 33;
venusta, 34—36, var. grisea, 35-

37.

"Oenotheras, 34, 37.

Old-time Connecticut Botanists and
their Herbaria,— I, 83

'Ombrophila clava, 46.

Omphalia, 47; maura, 47.

‘Onoclea sensibilis, 13, 14; var.
obtusilobata, 14; Struthiopteris,
13, 14.

'Onosmodium, 158; virginianum, 159.

Operculatae, 63.

Opuntia, 102-104; glomerata, 104;
missouriensis, 104; vulgaris, 101;
103, 104, on Cape Cod, 101.

Orchis ciliaris, 90; psycodes, 90.

Original Flora of the old Colony, 113.

Orontium, 18, 19, 77; aquaticum, 18,
77; at Hyannis, Massachusetts,
77; in Barnstable County, Massa-
chusetts, 18.

Oryzopsis, 90; racemosa, 15.

Osmunda cinnamomea, forma incisa,
38, forma latipinnula, 38; regalis,

Index

221

90, forma interrupta, 38, var.
interrupta, 38; spectabilis, 90.
Osmorrhiza Claytoni, 15.
Ostrya, 111; virginiana, 111.
Owen, Maria L., 153.

. Oxybaphus floribundus, 40.

Pallavicinia Flotowiana, 76.

Pancovia, 6; angustifolia, 10; digi-
tata, 10; palustris, 10.

Panicum, 82; barbipulvinatum, 82;
clandestinum, 13; deminutivum,
167; scoparium, 82; tennesseense,
12; Wrightianum, 167, in Long
Island, 167.

Paspalum, 136; circulare, 136; in
eastern Connecticut, 136; psam-
mophilum, 136.

Pease, A. S., A Form of Potentilla
tridentata, 194.

Pedicularis canadensis, 14, 128, forma
praeclara, 128.

Pellaea atropurpurea, 198.

Peltolepis, 63, 64.

Penobscot Bay Region, Maine, Notes
on the Flora of the, 189.

Pentaphyllum palustre, 6.

Phelps, O. P., Unusual Plants found
in Salisbury, Connecticut, 96.

Philadelphus Lewisii, 77, var. platy-
phyllus, 77; platyphyllus, 77.

Phloeospora tortilis, 105.

Pholiota, 46; mycenoides, 46.

Phryma Leptostachya, 17.

Physalis, 198.

Picea pungens, 95.

Pickerel Weed, 18, 19.

Pinus Banksiana, 184, on Nantucket,
184; resinosa, 186; rigida, 189.

Plagiochasma erythrospermum, 62.

Plagiochila, 62, 68, 69; alleghenien-
sis, 69; Austini, 68, 69; spinu-
losa, 68, 69; Sullivantii, 68, 69.

Plant-disease, The Fungi which
cause, 79.

Plants found in Salisbury, Connecti-
cut, Unusual, 96; Rediscovery of
an historie Collection of Massa-
chusetts, 185.

Plicaticalyx, 73.

Plural Seeds in Acorns, 141.

Plurality of Seeds in Acorns of
Quercus Prinus, 41.

Pluteolus callistus, 46; expansus, 46.

Poa aquatica, 186; nervata, 187;
triflora, 90; trivialis, 90.

Polygonaceae, 199.

Polygonatum biflorum, 89.

Polygonum, 187; acadiense, 188; am-

222

phibium, forma terrestre, 39; cili-
node, 165, 166, var. laevigatum,
166, The West Virginian Variety of,
165; Convolvulus, 13; exsertum,
189; Fowleri, 187, 188; from
Nova Scotia, A new maritime, 187;
glaucum, 187; hydropiperoides,
128, forma leucochranthum,
129; maritimum, 187; Persicaria,
128, forma albiflora, 128, 129;
Raii, 187, 188.

Polysiphonia fastigiata, 4.

Pond Lily, Yellow, 137, 139.

Pontederia, 18, 19..

Poplar, Black, 206; Carolina, 207,
209; Lombardy, 206.

Populus, 106; alba, 106, 201, 202,
alba Bolleana, 202; angulata, 207—
209; aurea, 206; balsamifera, 13,
106; candicans, 106; canescens,
201, 202; deltoide, 207; deltoides,
106, 207- 209; dilatata, 201, 206;
randidentata, 15, 106, 201-203,
orma coelestina, 204, 205, forma
meridionalis, 203-205, forma
septentrionalis, 203, 205; hete-
rophylla, 201, 205; italica, 206;
monilifera, 206; nigra, 207, 208,
var. italica, 106; tremula, 203,
205; tremuloides, 16, 106, 201,
205, 206, ? Davisiana, 206, forma
reniformis, 206; trepida, 203;
virginiana, 206—208.

Potamogeton, 17; amplifolius, 17;
bupleuroides, 17; dimorphus, 17;
epihydrus, 17.

Potentilla, 5, 6, 8; angustifolia, 10;
Anserina, 40, var. sericea,
Comarum, 10; digitata, 10; flori
bunda, 90; fruticosa, 90; mon-
speliensis, var. norvegica, 40; nivea,
132; palustris, 5, 6, 9-11; The
American Variations of, 5, var.
parvifolia, 10, 11, forma sub-
sericea, 9, 10, var. subsericea, 10,
var. villosa, 5, 6, 8-11; recta, 185;
retusa, 195; rubra, 10; tridentata,
194, 195, A Form of, 194, forma
hirsutifolia, 195.

Preissia, 63.

Prenanthes racemosa, 41.

Prickly Pear, 101, 104.

Prunus cuneata, 90; depressa, 90;
maritima, 91, 92, forma flava, 92;
pumila, 12; virginiana, 13, 16.

Psedera vitacea, 13.

Pseudotsuga mucronata, 95.

Pubescent Variety of the
Raspberry, 151.

dwarf

Rhodora

[DECEMBER.

Pycnanthemum aristatum, 89; muti-
cum, 89.

Pylaiella littoralis, 4.

Pyrola asarifolia, 15.

Quercus, 43, 79, 112; alba, 41, 112,
142; alba X bicolor, 113; alba X
Prinus, 113; bicolor, 112; coccinea,
112; Garryana, 142; ilicifolia, 112;
ilicifolia X velutina, 113; imbri-
caria, 112; macrocarpa, 141; palus-
tris, 112, 141, 144; prinoides, 112;
Prinus, 41, 112, 141, Plurality of
Seeds in Acorns ‘of, 41; Robur, 42,
112, 141; rubra, 15, 16, 112, 141,
142, var. ambigua, 190; velutina,
112.

Quinquefolium palustre rubrum, 6.

Ranunculus arvensis, 161; Cymba-
laria, 160-162, 187, var. alpinus,
162, forma hebecaulis, 162, var.
major, 161, 162, var. saximon-
tanus, 162, The Variations of,
160; Flammula, 89, 161, var.
reptans, 12; laxicaulis, 89, 191;
repens, 17; septentrionalis, 17;
tridentatus, 161, var. major, 161,
162, var. minor, 160, 161.

Raspberry, Dwarf, 151, A pubescent
Variety of the Dwarf, 151.

Reboulia, 63.

Red Oak, 142, 143.

Rediscovery of an historie Collection
of Massachusetts Plants, 185.

Reports on the Flora of the Boston
District,— XIX, 106.

Rhode Island Coast, Kjellmannia
sorifera found on the, 152.

Rhodochorton Rothii, 4.

Rhododendron maximum, 163.

Rhodymenia, 4; palmata, 3.

Rhus Toxicodendron, 14.

Riccardia multifida, 76; palmata, 76.

River Maple, 13.

Rosa spinosissima, 40.

Rubus, 28; Chamaemorus, 184; pu-
bescens, 151, var. pilosifolius,
152, 191; triflorus, 151.

Rumex mexicanus, 39, 96.

Ruppia, 119, 124, 125; brachypus,
120, 121, 124; curvicarpa, 124;
drepanensis, 120; in North Amer-
ica, The Genus, 119; intermedia,
124, var. eurvicarpa, 127; mari-
tima, 119-125, 127, subsp. brachy-
pus, 124, var. brachypus, 124,
subsp. brevirostris, 124, var. brevi-
rostris, 123, 124, 127, var. curvi-

1914]

carpa, 123, 124, var. exigua, 123,
127, var intermedia, 123, 124, 127,
var. longipes, 122-127, var. longi-
pes, forma aculeata, 125, var.
longipes, forma pectinata, 125, var.
minor, 125, var. obliqua, 123-125,
127, var. onondagensis, 123, 126,
127, var. recta, 124, subsp. rostel-
lata, 125, subsp. rostellata, proles
brevirostris, 124, subsp. rostellata,
C. brevirostris, 124, var. rostrata,
121-127, subsp. spiralis, 121, 123,
subsp. spiralis, proles curvicarpa,
125, var. spiralis, 123, var. sub-
capitata, 123, 126, 127; obliqua,
123; occidentalis, 121; pectinata,
123, 124; rostellata, 120-122, 125,
127; spiralis, 120, 122, 123, 125;
transsilvanica, 123.

Rynchospora fusca, 86; glomerata,
16.

Sagittaria arifolia, 15, 38; hetero-
phylla, forma fluitans, 38; lati-
folia, 15.

St. John, H., Nymphaea variegata
or N. americana ? 137; The Varie-
ties of Hieracium scabrum, 181.

Salicaceae, 106, 198, 199, 201.

Salicornia, 199; gracillima, 200;
pusilla, 199, 200.
Salisbury, Connecticut, Unusual

Plants found at, 96.

Salix, 106, 109, 169; alba, 106, var.
caerulea, 106, var. vitellina, 13,
106; alba X fragilis, 108; aurita,
106; babylonica, 106; balsami-

fera, 116, var. lanceolata, 116;
Barclayi, 175; Bebbiana, 177;
calcicola, 169; californica, 173;
candida, 106, 173; caprea, 178;
chlorolepis, 169; cinerea X cor-
data, 108; cordata, 12, 13, 106,
var. angustata, 106, var. myri-

coides, 107; cordata X lucida, 108;
cordata X pedicellaris, var. hypo-
glauca, 108; cordata X petiolaris,
108; cordata X rostrata, 108; cor-
data X sericea, 108; cordata X
subsericea, 108; cryptodonta,
172; curtiflora, 170, 171; deser-
torum, 169; discolor, 107, 108,
var. eriocephala, 107, var. pri-
noides, 107; discolor X humilis,
108; discolor X rostrata, 108; fra-
gilis, 107; fuscescens, 169; glauco-
phylla, 175; glaucophylloides,
173, 175; humilis, 107, 108; hu-
milis X petiolaris, 108; humilis

Index

223

X rostrata, 108; humilis X sericea,
108; humilis X tristis, 109; latius-
cula, 169, 175; laurentiana, 169;
leiolepis, 178; lucida, 12, 13, 107;
myrsinites, 170, 171; myrtillifolia,
170-172, var. brachypoda, 172;
nigra, 107, var. falcata, 107;
nigricans, 107; novae-angliae, 170,
171, y myrtillifolia, 171, 8 pseudo-
cordata, 171, a pseudo-myrsinites,
171; obtusata, 169; paraleuca,
175, 176; pedicellaris, var. hypo-
glauca, 107, var. tenuescens, 107;
pentandra, 107; perrostrata, 177;
petiolaris, 107; petiolaris X ros-
trata, 109; petiolaris X sericea,
109; petiolaris X subsericea, 109;
petiolaris X tristis, 109; phylici-
folia, 176, 177; pseudo-cordata,
171; pseudo-myrsinites, 170, 171;
purpurea, 107; pyrifolia, 116, The
narrow-leaved Variety of, 116, var.
lanceolata, 116; reticularis, 169,
179; rostrata, 13, 107, 177, 178,
var capreifolia, 177, 178, forma
latifolia, 177, var. luxurians, 177,
var. perrostrata, 177, var. pro-
jecta, 178; sericea, 13, 107, 176;
stenocarpa, 176; subsericea, 107;
tristis, 107; vagans, 177; vestita,
169, 179; viminalis, 107.

Salsola Kali, var. tenuifolia, 39.

rri River Valley in Maine, Flora
of, 11.

Sanguinaria canadensis, 15.

Sauteria, 63, 64; hyalina, 62.

Seapania, 72, 73; curta, 75; ferru-
ginea, 73; gymnostomophila, 71.

Schuh, R. E., The Discovery of the
long-sought Alga, Stictyosiphon
tortilis, 105; Kjellmannia sorifera
found on the Rhode Island Coast,
152.

Scirpus americana, 39; atrocinctus,
14; atrovirens, forma sycnocepha-
lus, 39; cyperinus, 190, var. pelius,
15, var. pelius, forma condensatus,
39; debilis, 14; georgianus, 15;
occidentalis, 19, 20, 87, and Aster
ptarmicoides in Connecticut, 19;
pedicellatus, 14, 190; rubrotinctus,
14; Torreyi, 14; validus, 20, 87.

Senecio vulgaris, 86.

Shrubs, Two yellow-fruited, 91.

Sisymbrium officinalis, 191; Sophia,
86

Sium cicutaefolium, 12.
Six Weeks’ Botanizing in Vermont,—
III, 38.

224

Smilacina, 89; bifolia, 210; cana-
densis, 210; racemosa, 15; stellata,
14; trifolia, 164.

Smith, C. P., Plurality of seeds in
Acorns of Quercus Prinus, 41.

Snowberry, 117, The earliest Name
of the, 117.

Society, The twentieth annual field
Meeting of the Josselyn Botanical,

90.

Solidago, 15, 52; aspericaulis, 53-
55; bicolor, 15; canadensis, 15;
Chapmanii, 52-55; fistulosa, 52,
53, 55; graminifolia, 15; hispida,
15; juncea, 15; lanceolata, 52, 53;
latifolia, 15; nemoralis, 15; odora,
52-55, Allies of, 52; pilosa, 53;
puberula, 15; retrorsa, 52, 53;
serotina, 15; squarrosa, 15; torti-
folia, 52-55.

Some annual halophytie Asters of
the Maritime Provinces, 57; An-
tennarias of northeastern America,
129; fleshy Fungi of Stow, Massa-
chusetts,— II, 45; interesting color
Forms, 128; Willows of boreal
America, 169.

Sparganium americanum, 15, 38; di-
versifolium, 38, var. acaule, 15.

Specularia perfoliata, 185.

Spergulastrum lanceolatum, 146, 148,
151.

Sphenolobus, 72, 73; gymnosto-
mophilus, 72; Hellerianus, 72;
ovatus, 72.

Spiraea latifolia, 96; salicifolia, 40,
96, in Alburg, Vermont, 96.

Station for fruiting Euphorbia Cy-
parissias, 167.

Steironema ciliatum, 15.

Stellaria, 146; alpestris, 148-151,
var. aliflora, 148, var. panieulata,
148; borealis, 144-151, American
Variations of, 144, var. alpestris,
144, 151, a apetala, 149, var.
Bongardiana, 150, 151, var. ealy-
cantha, 146, 148, 150, 2 corollina,
148, 149, var. corollina, 144, 148,
149, 151, var. floribunda, 150,
151, var. isophylla, 150, var.
Simcoei, 150, var. sitchana, 150,
151; brachypetala, 149, 151; caly-
cantha, 145-147, 150; Friesiana,
148; lanceolata, 146, 151; longi-
folia, 16, 149-151; sitehana, 149,
151; uliginosa, 148.

Stevens, F. L., [Notice of Work], 79.

Stietyosiphon tortilis, A Discovery
of the long-sought Alga, 105.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Stow, Massachusetts, Some fleshy
Fungi of,— II, 45.

Suksdorf, W. N., Is Arenaria lateri-
flora dioecious? 55.

EC Gale, The glabrous-leaved,

P.

Symphoria albus, 118, 119; elongata,
118; heterophylla, 118; leuco-
carpa, 118; racemosa, 118.

Symphoricarpos albus, 118, 119, var.
laevigatus, 119, var. pauciflorus,
119; foetidus, 88; pauciflorus, 119;
racemosus, 117-119, var. laeviga-
tus, 119, var. pauciflorus, 119.

Systematie Studies on Oenothera,—

Oe. franciscana and Oe.
venusta spp. novv., 33.

Thaspium aureum, 89.
T[haxter], R., The Fungi
cause Plant-disease, 79.
Three Lupines naturalized in east-

ern Canada and Newfoundland, 92.

Thuja occidentalis, 38.

Tidestrom, I., Notes on the Flora of
Maryland and Virginia,— II, 201.

Tilia, 16; americana, 13, 15.

Tillaea, 158.

. S., Two yellow-fruited
Shrubs, 91.

Tricholoma, 50; albobrunneum, 50;
equestre, 50; flavobrunneum, 50;
fumidellum, 50; portentosum, 50;
terraeolens, 50; terraeolens majus,
50; terreum, 50.

Tridens flavus, 82.

Trisetum spicatum, 16.

Twentieth annual field Meeting of
the Vermont Botanical Club, 198.

Two Newfoundland Antennarias,
196; Species new to Cape Cod, 78;
yellow-fruited Shrubs, 91.

Typha angustifolia, 186.

which

Unifolium canadense, 210.

Unusual Plants found in Salisbury,
Connecticut, 96.

Unwelcome Invader, An, 166.

Utricularia cornuta,

Uva Ursi, 25, 26, 28.

Uvularia sessilifolia, 90.

Vaccinium, 25, 28; album, 117-119;
atrococcum, 192; canadense, 117;
stamineum, 117; vacillans, 117.

Valeriana uliginosa, 198.

Vallisneria, 120.

Variations of Ranunculus Cymba-
laria, 160.

,

|

-iniii
3 1753 3 3371

753 00341
1914] Index 225

Varieties of Hieracium scabrum, 181.

Veratrum viride, 13.

Vermont Botanical Club, The nine-
teenth annual winter Meeting of
the, 78; Botanical Club, Twen-
tieth annual field Meeting of the,
198; Six Week’s Botanizing in,—
III, 38; Spiraea salicifolia in
Alburg, 96.

Veronica, 73; americana, 89; arven-
sis, 90; Beccabunga, 89; Chamae-
drys, 96; scutellata, 90; sentillata,
90; serpyllifolia, 90.

Vicia Cracca, 14.

Viola adunca, 95; biflora, 95; blanda,
94; Brittoniana, 76; emarginata,
76, in Massachusetts, 76; fimbria-

tula, 76; nephrophylla, 95; Nut-
talii, 95; palustris, 95; pedati-
fida, 95; renifolia, var. Brainerdii,
95; rugulosa, 95; sagittata, 76;
scabriuscula, 15; Selkirkii, 94, 95,
in Colorado, 94.

Virginia, Notes on the Flora of M ary-
land and,— II, 201.

Vitis idaea, 25; vulpina, 13, 15.

Weatherby, C. A., Old-time Con-
necticut Botanists and their Her-
baria,— I, 83.

Weed, Pickerel, 18, 19.

West Virginian Variety of Poly-
gonum cilinode, 165.

Western Variety of Maianthemum
canadense, 210.

White Oak, 142.

Wiegand, K. M., The Genus Ruppia
in eastern North America, 119.
Willows of boreal America, Some,

169.

Woodward, R. W., Forms of Arena-
ria lateriflora, 179; Paspalum in
eastern Connecticut, 136; Station
for fruiting Euphorbia Cyparissias,
167.

Xylosteum ciliatum, 2 album, 118.
Xyris caroliniana, 90; jupicai, 90.
Yellow Pond Lily, 137, 139.

Zizania aquatica, 14.
Zizia, 89.